/T"
The Italian Pringipia-^Pabt L
FIRST ITALIAN COURSE
CONTAINING A
GRMIMAR, DELECTUS, AND EXERCISE BOOK
WITH VOCABULARIES
ON THE PLAN OF
DR. WILLIAM SMTH'S "PRINCIPIA LATESTA"
NEW YORK
HARPER & BROTHERS, FRANKLIN SQUARE
1891.
THE PRINCIPIA SERIES.
ISino, Clorli.
PRINCIPIA LATINA, Pakt I $0 66
PRINCIPIA LATINA, Part II 90
INITIA GR^CA, Part 1 60
APPENDIX TO INITIA GRiECA, Part I iO
FRENCH PRINCIPIA, Part 1 60
FRENCH PRINCIPIA, Part II 80
FRENCH PRINCIPIA, Part III 1 00
GERMAN PRINCIPIA, Part 1 60
GERMAN PRINCIPIA, Part II 80
ITALIAN PRINCIPIA, Part 1 75
ITALIAN PRINCIPIA, Part II 90
Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, Nkw York.
Haupbb a BmoTMini vill ttnd any of lie ahovt trorlr* fy mail, pottag* jpT»paid, to anf
part vfUi* United Statei, Canada, or Mexico, on receipt of the prtee
6
PREFACE.
The following Work has been drawn up by Signer Eicci,
Professor of Italian in the City of London College, on the
same plan as the Piincipia Latina and the French and
German Principia.
The main object of the book is to enable a beginner to
acquire an accurate knowledge of the chief grammatical
forms, to learn their usage by constructing simple sen-
tences as Foon as he commences the study of the language,
and to accumulate gradually a stock of words useful in
conversation as well as in reading. The grammatical
forms are printed in conspicuous type and at full length,
as no sound knowledge of the language can be acquired
unless the pupil becomes thoroughly familiar with these
forms. But at the same time it is important that the
learner should be exercised from the first in the construc-
tion of Sentences, so as to test by practical application
the grammatical forms. The present Work thus contains
Grammar, Delectus, and Exercise-book, with Vocabularies,
and consequently presents in one book all that the
beginner will require for some time in his study of the
language.
The Grammar has been made as complete as possible,
60 far as the forms are concerned, in order to obviate the
necessity of the use of any other Grammar. Great pains
have teen taken to simplify the Rules, which often consist
IV PEEFACK
of only a few words, when the same subjects occnpy
several pages in other Italian Grammars. Special care
has been taken in the arrangement and classification of
the Irregular Verbs. Many of the so-called Irregular
Verbs, which show the same slight irregularities, are
given in the chapters on Peculiarities of Verbs.
As most persons have learnt some Latin before beginning
Italian, it has been thought advisable to point out the
affinities between the two languages. In the Vocabularies
the etymology of all Italian words is given, not only of
those derived from the Latin, but also of those which come
from the Teutonic and other languages. In the case of
Teutonic derivations the modern German forms, where
they exist, are generally given, as more practically useful
than the older forms, from which the Italian words
actuallj' come. In drawing up these lists the authorities
of Diez, Littre, and Brachet have been chiefly followed.
The writer has consulted most of the books used in
teaching Italian both in this-^ountry and abroad, and
desires to express his obligations to the Grammars of
Volpo and Sauer, as well as to the ordinary Grammars
used in Italian Schools.
CONTENTS.
PAGK
I. The Alphabet. Parts of Speech 1
II. Pronunciation 2
nr. The Article 3
IV. Tbe Substantive 5
1. Formation OF THE Plural 5
2. Formation of the Genitive 9
3. Formation of the Dative 10
4. Formation of the Ablative 11
V. The Partitive Article 14
VI. Proper Names 15
VII. The Verb Avere 16
VIII. The Verb Essere 22
IX, The Adjective 27
1. Qualificative Adjectives 27
2. Possessive Adjectives 37
3. Demonstrative Adjectives 38
4. Interrogative Adjectives 39
5. Numeral Adjectives 40
6. Indefinite Adjectives 45
X. The Verb 47
XI. First Conjugation 49
XII. Second Conjugation ., 51
XIII. Third Conjugation 54
XIV. Affinities of the Italian and Latin Verbs.. .. 57
XV. Peculiarities of some Verbs of the First Conju-
gation 58
XVI. Peculiarities of some Verbs of the Second Conju-
gation 61
XVII. Peculiarities of some Verps of the Third Conju-
gation ., 65
XVIII. Complements of Verbs 69
XIX. The Pronoun .. • 75
A. Personal Pronouns 75
B. Demonstrative Pronouns 84
C. Possessive Pronouns 87
yi CONTENTS.
PAGE
D. Interrogative Pronouns 87
E. Helative Pronouns 89
F. Indefinite Pronouns 91
XX. Passive Verbs 92
XXI. Neuter Verbs 98
XXII. Reflective Verbs 101
XXIII. Impersonal Verbs 108
XXIV. Adverbs 112
A. Adverbs of Time 114
B. Adverbs OF Place 115
C. Adverbs of Manner 116
D. Adverbs OF Qu an 1 IT Y 117
E. Adverbs OF Affirmation 118
F. Adverbs OF Negation 118
G. Adverbs OF Doubt 120
H. Adverbial Expressions .. .. 121
XXV. Prepositions 123
A. Prepositions governing the Genitive.. .. 123
B. Prepositions governing the Dative .. .. 124
C. Prepositions governing the Accusative .. 125
D. Prepositions governing the Ablative ., 125
XXVI. Conjunctions 126
A. Copulative Conjunctions 126
B. Disjunctive Conjunctions 127
XXVII. Interjections 128
XXVIII. Irregular Verbs 130
The First Class 130
Verbs irregular in the Past Definite and
Past Participle 131
The Second Class 139
A. Verbs irregular in the Past Participle
only 139
B. Verbs irregular IN different Tenses . . .. 141
The Third Class 164
Defective Verbs 164
Alphabetical List OF Irregular Verbs . . .. 169
Vocabularies 179
Index I. — Italian Words 204
Index II. — English Words 213
A PIEST
ITALIAN COURSE.
I. — The Alphabet. Parts of Speech.
1. Alphabet. — The Italian alphabet consists of 22 letters :
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, L, M, N, 0, P,
a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, 1, m, n, o, p,
Q, R, S, T, U, V, Z.
q, r, s, t, u, V, z.
The English letters K, W, X, Y are only used in foreign
words.
The names of the Italian letteis are given on page 3.
Of these letters, a, e, i, o, u are Vowt-ls (vocdli), the re-
maining letters being consonants (consondnti).
2. Accents. — There is only one written accent (\) in
Italian, and it is used
(a) To mark a contraction ; as, verita, truth ; carita, charity ;
written instead of caritate, veritate, showing thus the
suppression of a syllable, and preserving the accent oi
the word in its original place.
(b) To give a different signification to the same word, as
la, the, la, there ; da., from, da, gives ; e, and, e, is.
(c) On the third person singular of the Past Definite and on
the first and third persons singular of the Future:
as, egli amo, he loved ; io amero, / shall love ; egli
amera, he will Jove.
Note l.— The acute accent (') is never written in Italian, but in this work it
is put for the sake of beginners upon every Italian word, exopt in
the Elxercises, in order to indicate the pronunciation; as, un r.ngeln,
an angel ; un amfco, a friend.
2.— Some writers me the circumflex accent (') to mark the contrac-
tion of two i's : as principi for privcipii, eta
3. Apostrophe. — The Apostrophe shows that a vowel has
been droppe^l, as I' amico, the friend, instead of lo amico ;
r anima, tlie soul, instead of la anima.
2 PRONUNCIATION.
4. Genders. — There are two Genders : Masculine (masco-
lino) and Feminine (femminino).
5. Numbers. — There are two Numbers : Singular {singo^
Idre) and Plural (^lurdle).
G. Farts of Speech. — There are Nine Parts of Speech in
tlie Italian language :
1. Article, articolo. 5. Verb, verho.
2. Substantive, or Noun, sostantivo, 6. Adverb, avverhio.
or ndme. 7. Preposition, preposizione.
3. Adjective, aggettivo. 8. Conjunction, congiunzione.
4. Pronoun, proiidme. 9. Interjection, interiezidne.
IL— Pronunciation.
Every letter must be pronounced in Italian, as there are
neither diphthongs nor mutes.
Vowels.
a i3 pronounced like a in father : as, padre, father.
( (close) „ a in made : meno, less.
\ (open) „ a in and : eiba, grass.
i „ e in to he : dire, io say.
( (close) „ o in society : sotto, under.
\ (open) „ 0 in lo!<s : ddtto, learned.
XL „ oo in booty : rnuto, dumb.
Consonants.
The Consonants not given below have the same sound
as in English.
ik before a, o, u, h : as caro, dear ; die, what,
ch in cherry before e, i : as cera, wax ; cittk,
town,
g in garden before a, o, w, h ; as gdla, throat ;
. ghianda acorn. .- . /
gf in general before e, t ; as gelare, to freeze ;
gidrno, day.
gl when before i sounds like 11 in billiards : as egli, he ; except in
negli'gere {to neglect) and its derivatives ; when it sounds like gl
in negligent. In all other cases gl has the English sound,
gn sounds like ni in union: as bagno, hath ; ragno, spider.
h 18 never pronounced in Italian, and is used
(a) to harden the sound of the lettt rs c and g when these precede
the vowel e or i.
(b) to give different meanings to the same word : as anno, year;
hanno {they) have
j sounds like y in to yield and is used only to form the plural of a few
worda in io : us esenipio, example, esempj or ese'mpii.
■0 has the sound of / *^ ^^ scatter before a, o, u, h : as, scacco, chess.
\ «/i in shame before e, i : as, scimmia, monkey.
THE
ARTICLE.
Pronunciation
OF
THE Italian Alphabet.
Name.
Similar sounds in English.
A •
a
sounded like a in father-
B
bi
})
be in to be.
C
ci
«
ch ill cherry and c in cottage.
D
di
?»
di in ducovery.
E
e
ij
a in fl7id and ?»ade.
F
effe
M
e//"e in effervescent.
a
gi
n
ge in (jeneral and gr in garden.
H
acca
?j
oca in academy.
I
i
«j
i in middle.
J
i lungo
)»
y in fo r/ieZd
L
elle
5)
eZie in Ellamiere.
M
emme
Jt
the English m.
N
enne
»
€n in enemy.
O
o
J»
0 in Zoss and in society.
P
pi
»»
pi in p/fy.
Q
qu
gfM in quarrel.
R
erre
>»
err in <o err.
S
esse
«
c««e in esi^ence.
T
ti
M
tea in fea.
U
u
W
oo in booty.
V
vi
5>
vi in victory.
z
zeda
>»
the English long zed.
III. — The Article (i'ArticoIo).
There are three Articles, the Definite, the Indefinite,
and the Partitive.
1. Definite Article.
Masculine. Feminine.
Singular U, lo (1') * la (1')
Plural 1, gli le
II is used before all nmsculine nouns beginning with a
consonant, except the impure s and z; as, il padre, the
father ; il fratello, the brother. Lo is used before masculine
nouns beginning with the impure s, z or a. vowel, but
the 0 is dropped before a vowel : as, lo scoglio, the rock ;
lo zio, the uncle ; V osso, the hone, instead of lo osso. I is the
plnral of 11, and gli of lo ; but the i of gli is only dropped
before another i : as, lo scettro, the srepire ; gli scettri, the
sceptres ; V ingannatore, the cheat ; gl' ingannatori, the cheats.
Note. — When a noun ends in gli. the g of the article is dropped to
avoid the repetition of the same sound : as, li seogli, the rocks ; li artigli,
ike claws.
Note. — The impure s is » followed by another consonant ; as, «6, «tf,
«d, &c.
* The Article comes from the Latin demonstrative pronoun ille, ilia.
1*
4 THE ARTICLE.
La is used with all feminine nouns ; but drops the a
and takes an apostrophe when before a vowel : as,
r allieva, the pupil (fern,), instead of la allieva.
2. Indefinite Article.
Masculine. Feminine.
nno, an. una, an'.
Uno is used before masculine words beginning with the
impure s or z ; un is used before all other masculine nouns ;
una is used before all feminine nouns, except those begin-
ning with a vowel, before which it drops the a and is
written un' : as, uno scacco, a chessboard ; un amico, a
friend (masc.) ; una mddre, a mother ; un' arnica, a friend
(fern.).
[3. The P.artitive Article is given on page 14.]
The Article filways agrees in gender and number with
the Noun.
Examples.
Singular.
Plural.
a padre, the father.
la madre, the mother.
i padri,
le madri,
the fathers,
the mothers.
lo specchio, the looking-glass.
raraico, the friend (m.).
Y aniica, the friend (J.)
gli speech!,
gli amici,
le amiche,
the '! )oMng-glasses.
the friends (m.).
the friends if.).
anp specchio, a loohing-gla»8.
an cane, a dog.
ana camera, a room.
an' anima, a soxd.
Present Tense of the Verb " To have*' av^re.
Singular. Plural.
io ho,* I have. noi abbiamo, we have.
tn hii, thou hast. vol avete, you have.
egli ha, he has. eglino hanno, theij (m.) have.
eUa ha, she has. elleno hanno, they (/.) have.
Exercise I.
1. Io lio r orologio. 2. Io ho una camera. 3. Tu hai un cane.
4. II padre ha r orologio. 5. La madre ha un cane. 6. L' amico ha
uno zio. 7. L' arnica ha una zia. 8. Lo zio ha una madre.
9. L'nomo na il cane. 10. L'nomo lia una camera. 11. Lo zio
ha li cera. 12. La madre ha un orologio.
* Mar.y author.? use the accent Instead of the 7i ; as, 6, ai, a, anno. Note that the h,
or the accent, are used to distinguish the verb from similar words of different meaning :
aa 0, or ; ai, to Uie ; a, to ; anno, year.
THE SUBSTANTIVE. 5
1. I have a dog. 2. We have a room. 3. The man has a
friend (masc). 4. The man has a dog. 5. The mother has a
friend (fern.). 6. They (masc) have a watch. 7. They (fern.)
have a friend (/em.). 8. The friend (fern.) has an uncle. 9. I
have the dog. 10. Tlie man has a dog. 11. The mother has a
watch. 12. The friend (masc.) has a room.
Present Tense of the Verb " To liave'^ av^re, used Inteno'
gatively.
Singular. Plural.
ho io ! have I? abbiamo n6i 1 /tare ^oe ?
hai tu 1 hast thou 1 avete vdi ? have you ?
ha egli ? has he i hanno eglino ? have they (m.) ?
ha eUa ? has she ? hanno elleno 1 have (hey (/.) ?
si, yes ; no, no ; e (before vowels ed), and ; che, what.
EXEBCISE II.
1. Avete voi iin padre ed una madre? 2. Ha egli uno zio? SI,
egli ha uno zio. 3. Hai tu una zia ? 4. Avete voi un cane ?
5. Ha egli lo zucchero? G. Avete voi una camera? Si, io ho una
camera. 7. Ha il cane un osso? Si, il cane ha un osso. 8. Ha
r amico la cera ? Si, egli ha la cera. 9. Avete voi un allievo ? No,
io ho un' allieva. 10. Ha ella un orologioV 11. Che avete voi?
Io bo un cane. 12. Avete voi un coltello? Si, io ho un coltello.
1. Has he a friend (masc.) ? 2. Have they (masc) a pupil (masc.) ?
3. Has the friend (masc.) a watch? 4. Have you a pupil (fern.)?
5. Has he a watch ? 6. Have they (fern.) an uncle ? Yes, they
(fern.) have an uncle. 7. Have you a knife? No, I have the
sugar. 8. Have you a room ? Yes, I have a room. 9. Has he a
dog? No, he has a watch. 10. Has she the sugar ? Yes, she has
the sugar. 11. Has the dog a bone? Yes, the dog has a bone.
12. Have they (masc.) a room ? Yes, they (masc.) have a room.
IV. — The Substantive (il Sostantivo).
1. FoRMATio.v OK THE Plural (Formazioue del Plurdle).
AH nouns form their pluial in i, except feminine nouns
in a, which form their plural in e.
Examples.
Singular. Plural.
il fratello, the brother. i fralelli, the hrotners.
la mano, the hand. le mani, the hands.
il priiicipe, the prince. i pn'ncipi, the princes.
la madre, the mother. le madri, the mothers.
la casa, the house. le case, the houses.
11 poeta, the poet. i poeti, the poets.
6 THE SUBSTANTIVE.
No lES.
1. Words ending in ca, ga take h after the c or ^ in the
plural, in order to preserve to those letter.s the same hard
sound they have in the singular : as, il diica, the duke,
i duchi ; la ruga, the ivrinJde, le riighe.
2. Words ending in co, go in the singular liave th<'ir
plural, some in ci, gi, and some in chi, glii : I'amico, the
friend, gli amiid ; il sacco, the sack, i sacchi ; il raago, the
majician, i magi ; V ago, the needle, gli aghi.
3. Monosyllables, words with the accent on the last
syllable, and words ending in i, ie, or s do not change in
the plural : as, il re, the king, i le ; la ciiih, the town, le citta ;
la specie, species, le specie; il lapis, the pencil, i lapis.
4. Words ending in cia, ccia, gia, ggia, and scia drop
the i in the plural : la faccia, the face, le facce ; la spiaggia,
the coast, le spiagge.
5. The names of trees are masculine, and the names
of fruits are feminine: as, il nooe, the walnut-tree, la noce,
the walnut; il ciriegio, the cherry-tree, la ciri('gia, the cherry ^
etc. The exceptions are : la quercia, the oak, il fico, which
means the fig-tree and the fig ; il limone, the lemon-tree and the
lemon ; and 1' ananasso, the pine-apple tree and the pine apple.
The following words are irregular in the pluial : —
Dio, God. {^li (lei, the gods.
il hue, the ox. i budi, the oxen.
mille, a thoumnd. mi la, tlwamnds.
la moglie, the wife. le mdgli. the tcives.
V uomo, the man. gli uomiui, the men.
Y uovo, the egg. le uova, the eggs.
[Other Irregular Plurals to be passed over by the pupil
at present.
1. The following masculine nouns in o have, besides the
plural in i, a feminine plural in a, sometimes e, in some
ca-es with a different signification (the plurals placed in
brackets are less frequent) : —
SinRular. Plural.
Masculine. Masculine. Foniinlne.
1 Hne'llo, tJie ring gli ane'lli (le anella).
il hraccio, the arm (i bracci) le briiccia.
il budello, the gut i bude'lli le budella, bu-
delle.
il calcajrno, the heel (i calcagni) le calcagna.
il caste'llo, the cattle i castelli (le cast^lla).
il cervello, the brain i cervelli, mind le cervella, hraini.
THE SUBSTANTIVE.
Singular.
Masculine.
il ci'glio, the eijehroic
il coltello, the knife
il CO mo, the horn
il dite'lio, the armpit
il dito, the finger
il filo. the thread
il fondameiito,
foundation
il fi utto, the fruit
il fiiso, the spindle
il getjto, tJie gesture
il ginocchio, the knee
il gomito, the elbow
il grido. the shout
il labbro, the lip
il legno, the wood
il lenzuolo, the sheet
il membro, the limb
il muio, the wall
V orecchio, the ear
I'dssu, the hone
Plural.
Masculine.
(i ci'gli.)
i colte'lli
i corni, cornets
(i diteiii)
(i d.ti;
i fill iofa flat)
Feminine,
le ciglia.
(le coltella).
le cdrna, horns.
le ditella, dite'lle.
le drta.
le fi'Ia (of cloth
the i foiidame'nti {used ah- le foiidamenta (of ma-
stradedly)
i friitti, results
i fusi
i gesti, gestures
(i gindechi)
i gdmiti
(i gridi)
(i labbri)
i legni, ships
(i lenzudli)
i me'mbri, members
sonry).
le friitta, the fruits.
(le fusa).
le gesta, great deeds.
le gindcehia.
(le gdmita).
le grida.
le labbra.
le le'gna,legne,^retcoo(f.
le lenziidla.
le ruerabra. limbs.
il pdmo, the apple
il pugno, the fist
il qua Ire'Uo, brich,arr(nc
il r.so, laughter, rice
il sacco, sack
lo strido, shout
il tempo, the time,
weather
il vesti'gio, the track,
trace
il vestime'nto, clothing
i muri, icalls (of a house) le miira walls (of a town).
(gli oieeehi) le orecchia, oreccliie.
gli dssi, hones le dssa (remains of the
dead, ashes).
i pdmi (le pdma).
i piigiii, blows ivith fist le pugna, fists,
i quadrelli, bricks le quadiella, arroicss
i r.si, rice le risa, laughter,
i sacchi (le sacca).
(gli stridi) le strida.
i tempi, times, weathers le quattro tempora, the
four ember-weeks.
(i vesti'gi) le vestigia, vestige.
(i vestimenti)
le vestimenta.
2. The following masculine nouns in 0 have always the
plural feminine in a : —
il centinaio, the hundred, le centinaia.
t?ie leather, le cudia.
the mile, le mi'glia. •
the thousand, le migliaia.
the burktt, le mdggia.
the pair, le paia.
four bushels, le riibbia.
'the bushel, le staia.
11 cuoio,
il mi'glio,
il migliaio,
il mdggio,
U paio,
il rubbio,
lo staio,
3. The following nouns are only used in the singular :
la cancre'na, the gangrene. la prdle, the offspring.
la earie, rottenness of bones. la rdba, the property.
la mane, the morning. la rosoli'a, tJte measles.
la pasqua, Easter. la sti'rpe, the pedigree.
la progenie, the descendants.
THE SUBSTANTIVE.
4. The following words have no singular when meaning,
le fauci,
le forbici.
gli annul i, the annals.
le basette, the lohishers.
i baffi, the moustaches.
i calzoni, the trousers.
le carezzo, the caresses.
i dolci, the sweetmeats.
V esequie, the funeral.
le nozze, the wedding.
pfli sponsali, the betrothal.
le te'nebre, the darhness.
5. The following nouns have a different meaning in
their plural : —
throat (of a wild beast).
the scissors.
i guai, the tcoes.
le interiora, the entrails.
le moUe, the tongs.
i mostacchi, the moustaches.
le mutande, the drawers.
i vanni, the pinions.
le viscere, the entrails.
i viveri, the victuals.
il ce'ppo,
the trunh of a tree.
1 ceppi.
the fetters.
la dote,
the dowry.
le doti,
the qualities.
il ferro,
the iron.
i ferri,
the fetters.
11 fasto.
the luxury.
i fasti,
the annals.
il genitore
, the father.
i genitori,
the parents.
la gente.
the people.
le genti.
the nations.
la grazia,
grace, free pardon.
le grazie,
thanks.
11 natale,
Christmas.
i natali,
the birth.
il rame,
the ore (metal).
i rami,
the engraved plates.
il sale,
the salt.
isali.
the witticisms.
la vacanza, the vacancy (of an office), le vacaiize, the holidays."]
due, two ; tre, three ; veduto, visto, seen.
Exercise III.
1. Due uomini hanno veduto un cavallo. 2. Le donne hanno
gli agbi. 3. lo ho gli specchi. 4. lo lio visto iin ragno. 5. Ha
egli nn podere? Si, egli ha due poderi. 6. Ella ha le frutta. 7. La
moglie ha tre aghi. 8. Noi abbiamo due mani. 9. Lo zio ha due
sorelle. 10. Hal tu due uova ? No, io ho un uovo. 11. La casa ha
tre porte. 12. Egli ha uno specchio.
1. She has two needles. 2. We have three houses. 3. He has
two uncles. 4. He has an estate. 5. We have the fruits. 6. He
has a sister. 7. She has three eggs. 8. Have you two horses?
No, I have one horse. 9. The house has two doors. 10. Have
you an aunt? I have three aunts. 11. The woman has a needle.
12. We have three horses.
sono, are ; quattro, four ; oinque, five ; anche, also ; o, or.
Exercise IV.
1. Avete voi tre, o quattro case ? Io ho cinque case. 2. Avete voi
uno zio ? Si, ed io ho anche una zia. 3. Ella ha una figlia. 4. La
mano ha cinque dita. 5. Ejili ha tre figli e due figlie. (>. La casa ha
quattro finestre. 7. Io ho due fratelli. 8. Tu hai tre sorelle cd un
fratello. 9. La zia ha quattro sorelle. 10. 11 padre ha tre fratelli. 1 1 .
La casa ha una porta c cinque finestre. 12. Noi abbiamo una sorella.
THE SUBSTANTIVE. \)
1. I have two houses. 2. The house has two doors. 3. The
house has five windows. 4. The sister has five needles. 5. Have
you a brother ? 1 have a brother and two sisters. 6. The mother
has five sons and three daughters. 7. The uncle has a brother.
8. The aunt has two sisters. 9. The hands have fingers. 10.
Have you five horses ? No, I have two horses. 11. Have you a
knife ? No, I have a bone. 12. The man has a watch, two horses
and three houses.
B.
1. La donna ha cinque figli. 2. Ella ha anche due figlie. 3. To
ho due cappelli. 4. Le due donne sono sorelle. 5. II padre e lo
zio sono amici. 6. Hai tu le noci ? No, io ho le arance. 7. Noi
abbiamo due spazzole. 8. Avete voi il sapone ? Si, ed io ho anche
r asciugamano. 9. La figlia ha due sorelle. 10. II figlio ha due fratelli.
11. La sorella ha una spazzola. 12. II padre ha una forchetta.
1. I have a towel. 2. He has a hat. 3. She has two oranges.
4. He has a brother and also a sister. 5. Have you a fork ? Yes,
and I have also a knife. 6. She has a daughter. 7. They (masc.)
have five walnuts. 8. 'J'he sister has two oranges and three walnuts.
9. I have a brush. 10. I have an uncle and an aunt. 11. Have you
an uncle? Yes, and I have also an aunt. 12. W'e have two oranges.
2. Formation of the Genitive (Genitivo).
The preposition of is expressed in Italian by di, which
is thus used with the article.
Singular. Plural.
Masculine. Feminine. Masculine. Femininp.
I del della del delle |
Definite Article dello dell' degli > of the.
dell' )
Indefinite Article d' imo, d* un, d' una, d' nn' of a, an.
Del a contraction of di il. Dei a contraction of di i.
Dello, dell' „ di lo. Degli „ di gli.
Delia, deir „ di la. Delia „ di le.
Examples.
Sinpnlar. Plural.
del padre of the father. dei padri of the fctthers.
dello zio of the uncle. degli zii of the yincles.
dell' ami'co of the friend (w.) degli amfci of the friends 'm.')
della niadre of the mother. delle madri of the mothers,
dell' arnica of the friend (/.). delle amu-he of the friends (/.).
d' uno spef^chio of a looTcing-glass.
d' un cappello of a hat.
d' una camera of a room.
d' un' anima of a soul.
e, is ; dove, dve, where ; qui, here.
Exercise V.
1. L' arte del pittorc. 2. II cappello del fratello e qui. 3. Pov'fe
{for dove e) il libro del fratello ? Qui. 4. II colore della faccia.
10
THE SUBSTANTIVE.
5. La faccia dell' uomo. 6. Le strida della scimmia. 7. Dove sono
gli amici dello zio? Eglino sQno qui. 8. Dov'fe la sedia della
zia? La sedia della zia e qui. 9. 11 giardino dello zio. 10. II
cappello della cugina. 11. 11 cavallo del cugino. 12. Ledita della
mano.
1. The books of the cousin (masc.) are here. 2. 'J'he hat of the
man. 3. The garden of the house. 4. The windows of the houses.
5. The room of the uncle. 6. The colour of the hands. 7. The
friends of the cousin (masc). 8. The horses of the uncle. 9. The
chair J of the room. 10. The liouse of the painter. 11. The house
of the aunt. 12. The hats of the brothers are here.
3. FoRMATiox -OF THE Dative (JDativo),
The prepositions to and at are translated in Italian
by a (before a vowel ad), which is thus used with the
article.
Plural.
Masculine. Feminine.
ai alle
Definite Article
Singular.
Masculine. i^eminine.
al alia
aUo
air
all'
agli
Indefinite Article ad uno, ad un, ad una, ad un'.
Al a contraction of a il.
Alio, all' ,. a lo.
Alia, air „ a la.
Ai a ccntraction of a i.
AgU „ a gli.
Alle „ a le
Examples.
Singular.
al padre to the father. ai padri
alio ZIO to the uncle. agli zii
all'ami'co to the friend (ni.) agli amici
alia madre to the mother. alle niadri
all' arnica to the friend (f) alle amiche
ad tino specchio /o a looking-glass.
ad un cappello to a hat.
ad una camera to a room.
ad un' aniraa to a soul.
Plural.
to the fathers,
to the uncles,
to the friends (w.)
to the mothers,
to the friends (/.)
Masculine
Feminine ;
(il) nuo
(la) mia
chi, icho? whom'f
io amo, / love, I like.
(i) miei
(le) mie
dato, given.
io do, / give.
my.
Exercise VI.
1. Io do un cappello alia sorella. 2. Avete voi dato un anello alia
madre? 3. Io do le frutta alia figlia. 4. Io amo il mio bastone.
5. Lo zio ha dato uno specchio alia zia. (^. Io ho dato il giornale
alio zio. 7. Io do la mia penna alia sorella. 8. L' allieva ha dato
THE SUBSTANTIVE.
11
una penna aU'allievo. 9. Egli ha dato un libro alia madre. 10.
Nui abbiamo dato iin quadro al fratello. 11. Lo zio ha dato il mio
bastone al padre. 12. lo ho dato il inio cappello al fratello.
1. I have given my ring to the aunt. 2. He has given my stick
to the uncle. 3. She has given a hat to the daughter. 4. She has
given a pen to the aunt. 5. We have given a newspaper to the
father. 6. They {masc.) have given a painting to the uncle. 7.
I have given my hat to the friend (masc). 8. The uncle has given
a i)en to my friends (masc). 9. He has given a book to the
daughter. 10. They (masc) have given my newspapers to the
pupils (masc). 11. I like my painting. 12. He has given a
horse to the man.
4. Formation of the Ablative (Ahlativo).
The Ablative is formed in Italian with the prepositions
da, from ; in, in ; su, upon, on ; per, hy ; con, with ; fra, tra,
among ; which are thus used with the article.
Singular
Masculine.
dal, dallo, dall'
nel, nello, nell'
sul, suUo, sull'
pel, per lo, per 1'
, col, con lo, con 1'
!da uno, da un
in uno, in un
sur uno, sur un
I per uno, per un
i con uno, can un
Dal a conti action of da il.
Dallo, dair „ da lo.
Dalla, dall' „ da la.
Plural.
Feminine. Masculine. Feminine.
dalla, dall' dai, dagli dalle from the.
nella, nell' nei, negli nelle in the.
suUa, sull' sui, stigli stille on the.
per la, per 1' pei, per gli, per le hy the.
con la, con 1' coi, con gli con le with the.
from a, an.
in a, an.
on a, an.
by a, an.
vdth a, an.
Dal a contraction of da i.
Dagli „ da gli.
Dalle „ da le.
da una, da un'
in una, in un'
sur una, sur un'
per una, per un'
con una, con un'
The same contractions take place with the other pre-
positions (see p. 12), except with fra and tra, which aie
generally not contracted with the article.
Examples.
Singular.
dal padre from the father. dai pddri
dallo zio from the uncle. dagli zii
dall' amico from the friend (m.) dagli ann'ci
dalla madre from the mother. dalle madri
dall' arnica from the friend (/.) daUe amiche from the friends (/.)
da uno spe'echio /rom a looking-glass.
da un cappello from a hat.
da una camera from a room.
da un' anima from a soul.
Plural.
from the fathers,
from the uncles,
from thefriends(m. )
from the mothers.
12 THE SUBSTANTIVE.
io vengo, I come ; egli viene, he comes ; io vado, I go.
Exercise VII.
1. Io vengo dalla citta. 2. Egli viene dal giardino. 3. Ella
viene dall' albergo. 4. Io vado alia chiesa. 5. Ella viene dalla
ferrovia. 6. Egli viene dalla zia. 7. Io vado per la strada. 8.
Ella e con la madre. 9. Ella viene dal teatro. 10. 11 servo
viene coi libri. 11. 11 dottore viene dalla casa. 12. Lo speziale
viene col dottore.
1. I come from the church. 2. He comes from the hotel. 3.
I go to the hotel. 4. She comes by the railway. 5. I come from
the street. 6. She comes with the books. 7. The uncle comes
with the doctor. 8. I come from the church. 9. She is with my
brother and with my sister. 10. The aunt comes from the town.
11. I go with the mother. 12. She comes from the garden.
egli va, he goes. 6ggi> to-day.
B.
1. II padre va alia chiesa. 2. La madre va con la zia. 3. Egli
va oggi col fratello. 4. Ella va al teatro. 5. II dottore va oggi
air albergo. 6. Io vengo dal teatro. 7. II servo va all' osteria.
8. Io vado oggi alia ferrovia. 9. Egli e nella strada. 10. II libro
e sulla tavola. 11. Ella e nella strada con la zia. 12. Ella e nella
1. lie goes to the railway. 2. She goes to (the) church. 3. He
comes from the house. 4. She comes from the theatre. 5, He is
at the hotel. 6. The pen is on the table. 7. I go to the hotel with
my servant. 8. I come from the railway. 9. My brother goes
with my sister. 10. He goes to the garden. 11. She comes from
the garden. 12. I go to-day to the hotel
RECAPITULATIOIf OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE AND OF ITS
USE WITH THE PREPOSITIONS.
Masc
. Sing, j F. Sing.'
Masc
Plur.
F. Plur.
il .
lo .
la .
i
gli.
le .
the
di,o/ . .
del.
dello
deUa
dei.
degU
delle
of the
a, <o .
al .
alio
alia !| ai .
agli i aUe
to the
da, from .
dal.
dallo
dalla |! dai.
dagli dalle
from the
in, in .
nel.
nello
n&lla ' nel .
negli nelle
in the
su, on .
sul.
stillo
stilla 1 sol .
stigli ! sulle
on the
per, &y. .
pel.
per lo per la pel .
per gli per le^ hy the
con, with .
col .
con lo con la 1 coi .
congli con le with the.
THE PARTITIVE ARTICLE. 13
Eecapitulation of the Declension of the Substantive.*
1. Nouns beginning with a consonant : —
Singular.
Masculine. Feminine.
Nom. il padre, the father. la madre, the mother.
Ocn. del padre, of the father. della madre, of the mother
Dat. al padre, to the father. alia madre, to the mother.
Ahl. dal padre, from the father. dalla madre, from the motJier
Plural.
Nom. i padri, the fathers. le madri, the mothers.
Gen. dei padri, of the fathers. delle madri, of the mothers.
Dat. ai padri, to the fathers. alle madri, to the mothers.
Ahl. dai padri, from the fathers. dalle madri, from the mothers.
2. Nouns beginning with z, or s followed by a con-
souant : —
Singular.
Masculine. Feminine.
Nom. lo scudo, the shield. la scalola, the box.
Gen. dello scudo, of the shield. della scatola, of the box
Dat. alio scudo, to the shield. alia scatola, to the box-
All. dallo scudo, from the shield. dalla scatola, from the box.
Plural.
Nom. gli scudi, the shields. le scatole, the boxes.
Gen. degli scudi, of the shields. delle scatole, of the boxes.
Dat. agli scudi, to the shields. alle scatole, to the boxes.
A hi. dagli scudi, from the shields. dalle scatole, from the boxes.
3. Nouns beginning with a vowel : —
Singular.
Masculine. Feminine.
.^om. 1' amico, the friend. 1' anima, the sord.
Gen. dell' amico, of the friend. dell' anima, of the soul.
Dat. all'amico, to the friend. all' anima, to the soul.
Ahl. dall' amico, from the friend. dall' anima, from the soul.
Plural.
Nom. gli amici, the friends. le anime, the souls.
Gen. degli amici, of the friends. delle anime, of the souls.
Dat. agli amici, to the friends. alle anime, to the souls.
Ahl. dagli amici, /rom the friends. dalle anime, from the souls.
• Tlie .' causative of Nouns is like the Nominative
14 PROPER NAMES.
V. — The Partitive Article (Articolo partitivo).
The Partitive Article some (or amj), is the same as
the Genitive of the Definite Article (see p. 9) : as, io ho del
vino, I have some wine ; della birra, some beer.
KoTE 1.— When the word is used in an indefinite and general sense,
the Italian is like the English : as, io ho libri e pe'nne, / have hooks
and pens.
Exercise VIII.
1. Io ho degli amici. 2. Hai tu del butirro? Si, io ho del
butirro. 3. Egli ha della carne. 4. Ella ha del danaro. 5. Eglino
hanno del formaggio. 6. EUeno hanno del latte. 7. Avete voi
del pane? Si, io ho pane e formaggio. B. Ella ha delle pere.
9. Noi abbiamo del te. 10. Eglino non hanno vino, ma hanno
della birra. II. Ella ha dell' acqua. 12. Io non ho danaro.
1. I have some water. 2. He has some wine. 3. Has she any
butter ? Yes, she has butter and eggs. 4. We have some butter.
5. Have you any water ? Yes, I have some water. 0. I have
some pears. 7. They (masc.) have some wine. 8. You have some
meat. 9. Have you some bread ? Yes, I have some bread. 10.
We have given some money to the man. II. I have given some
pearg to my sister. 12. They (/em.) have given some beer to my
brother.
Note 2. — When the Partitive Noun is in the Genitive case, or
expresses the part of a thing, the preposition di is used without the
Article : as, una bottiglia di vino, a bottle of wine.
EXEBCISE IX.
1. Io ho un bicchiere di vino. 2. Tu hai una tazza di te. 3.
Ella ha degli abiti di seta. 4. II mio orologio h d'oro. 5. Noi
abbiamo delle bottiglie di birra. 6. La mia spada e d'acciaio.
7. 11 tuo bastone e d'ebano. 8. La casa del cugino e di marmo.
9. Io ho degli stivali di pelle. 10. Avete voi del caffe, o della
cioccolata? 11. La tavola e di legno. 12. L' anello e d' oro.
1. I have a cup of tea. 2. He has a glass of water. 3. She has
some needles of steel. 4. We have two sticks of ebony. 5. You
have a house of marble. 6. They (masc.) have boots of leather.
7. They (fern.) have some dresses of silk. 8. We have a table of
wood. 9. You have a cup of coffee. 10. I liave a cup of chocolate.
11. Thou hast a bottle of wine. 12. She has a hat of silk.
PEOPER NAMES.
15
La Francia,
La Spagna,
II Portogallo,
li' Italia,
La Svizzera,
La Germania.
II Belgio,
L' Olanda,
La Daniruarca, Denmark.
La Svezia, Sweden.
La Norvegin, Norway.
La Kiissia, • Russia.
France.
Spain.
Fortugal.
Italy.
Switzerland.
Germany.
Btlgium.
Holland.
VI. — Proper Names (Nomi propri).
1. The Article is omitted before,
(o) Christian names : as, Carlo, Charles.
(6) Names of towns, except il Vasto, il Cairo, la Mirandola, I'Aia, the
Hague.
Names of countries, when governed by the preposition in or di, are
used with or xcithout the Article : as, in Inghilterra, in England ; in
Italia, in Italy ; nella Cina, in China.
2. The Article is used with the names of conntries, or
parts of the world : as,
La Prussia, Prussia.
L' Austria, Austria.
La Turchia, Turkey.
La Cina, China.
L' India, India.
Gli Stati Uniti, The United States.
II Brasile, Brazil.
L* Eurdpa, Europe.
L' Asia, Asia.
L' Africa, Africa.
L' America, America.
L' Australia, Australia.
3. The Article is omitted before the names of islands,
except the following and a few otliei s : —
L' Inghilterra, England. La Sicilia, Sicily,
L' Irlanda, Ireland. La Sardegna, Sardinia.
L' Elba, Elba. La Cors'ca, Corsica. '
4. The article is often nsed with family names : as, il
Machiavelli, il Tasso, etc.
Note, — The English Possessive case, Johns hat, Emma's sister,
is rendered in Italian by tlie Genitive: as, il cappe'llo di Giovanni [the
hat of John), la sorella di Emma {the sider of Emma) ; the nominative
always preceding the genitive.
Exercise X.
A.
1. Carlo e mio fratello. 2. Emma e mia sorella. 3. To ho i
guanti di Sofia. 4. Dov' e la zia ? Ella e a Londra. 5. Dov' e il
cappello di Pietro? II cappello di Pietro e sulla tavola. 6. Avete
voi un bast one? Si, io ho il bastone di Giovanni. 7. lo ho il caj>-
pello di Carlo. 8. Maria h la figlia della signora Scalchi. 9. E
ella qui? No, ella e a Parigi. 10. Dov'e il padre? Egli e a
Koma. 11. Dov' e il figho del signore Stoppino ? Egh e a Milano.
12. Avete voi un cappello ? Si, io ho il mio cappello.
1. Peter is my brother. 2. Mary is my sister. 3. I have my
brother's gloves. 4. Where is John? He is in Paris. 5. Where
is my brother? He is in London. P. W^here is Mrs. Johnson?
She is in Milan. 7. Have you my hat? No, I have my hat.
8. Where is Peter's cousin (masc.) ? He is in Rome. 9. Have you
16
THE VEKB AV^E. *
my uncle's stick ? 10. Have you given some money to the man ?
Yes, sir. 11. Who has the gloves ? The father has the gloves.
12. He has Maiy's gloves.
1. Parigi e la capitale della Francia. Q. Londra h la capitale
deir Inghilterra. 3. Mio cugino e a Berlino. 4. Mio padre e in
Inghilterra. 5. Dresda h in Sassonia. 6. II Belgio h in Europa.
7. II Brasile e in America. 8. Mio zio h in Asia. 9. lo vengo
dall' Inghilterra. 10. lo vado oggi con mio fratello al teatro. 11.
Dov' e mia zia ? Al teatro. 12. lo ho il cappello di Pietro.
1. My father is in Asia. 2. Holland is in Europe. 3. My
brother is in Grermany. 4. My uncle is in China. 5. My cousin
(inasc.) is in Italy. 6. My cousin (fern.) is in Paris. 7. My sister
is in Kussia. 8. Where is Charles ? He is in London. 9. She is
with ray sister in the room. 10. I have John's horse. 11. I have
my uncle's newspajier. 12. We have the pupils' (fern.) hooks.
VII. — The Verb Avere, to have,
INDICATIVE MOOD (Indicatico).
Present Tense (Presente).
Singular.
riural.
io ho.
I have.
ndi abbiamo,
we have.
tu hai,
thou hast.
vdi avete,
you have.
egli ha,
he has.
eglino hanno, '
elleno hanno, j
they have.
ella ha,
she has.
Imperfect Tense (Imperfetfo).
io aveva.
I had.
ndi avevamo.
we had.
tu avevi,
thou hadst.
vdi avevate.
you had.
egU aveva,
he had.
eglino avevano.
they had.
Past Definite Tense (Passdto Definito).*
io ehbi,
I had.
ndi avemmo.
we had.
tu avesti,
thou hadst.
vdi aveste,
you had.
egli ebb8,
he had.
eglino ebbero,
they had.
Future Tense {Futuro).
io avro,
I shall have.
ndi avremo,
we shall have.
tu avrai,
thou wilt have.
vdi avrete,
you icill have.
egli avra,
he will have.
eglino avranno.
they will have.
COMPOUND TENSES {Tempi Composii).
avtito, had.
Past Indefinite Tense (Passdto Imlefinito).
io ho avtito,
tu hai avuto,
egli ha avtito.
I have had.
thou hast had.
he has had.
ndi abbiamo avtito,
vdi avete avtito,
eglino hanno avuto.
we have had.
you have had.
they have had.
* See page 48 for an explanation of the difference between the Imperfect and the
Past Definite.
THE VERB AVJfiRE.
17
Pluperfect Tense (Piu che Perfetto).
Singular.
io aveva avtito, I had had.
tu avevi avtito, thou hadst had.
egli aveva avtito, he had had.
Plural.
ndi avevamo avtito, we had had.
vol avevate avuto, you had had.
eglino avevano avtito, they had
had.
Past Anterior Tense {Passdto Rimdto).
io ebbi avuto,
tu avesti avtito
egli ebbe avuto,
I had had.
thou hadst had.
he hadjiad.
n6i avemmo avtito, we had had.
vdi aveste avuto, you had had.
eglino ebbero avuto, they had had.
Future Anterior Tense (Future Anteriore).
io avro avuto,
tu avrai avuto,
egli avra avuto,
I shall have had.
thou wilt have
had.
he will have had.
n6i avremo avuto, we shall have
had.
v6i avrete avuto, you icill have had.
eglino avranno avuto, they will
Jiave had.
CONDITIONAL MOOD {GondiziondU).
Present Tense (Presente).
io avrei, I should have.
tu avresti, thou wouldst have.
egli'avrebbe, he would have.
n6i avremmo we should have.
voi avreste, you would have.
eglino avrebbero, they would have.
Past Tense {Passdto).
First Form.
io avrei avuto, I should
tu avresti avuto, thou wouldst
egli avrebbe avuto, he would
n6i avremmo avuto, ice should
vdi avreste avuto, you woidd
eglino avrebbero they would
avuto,
Second Form.
io avessi avuto / shoidd )^
tu avessi avuto, thou wouldst \M
egli avesse avtito, he would j |
ndi avessimo avtito, ice should )^
vdi aveste avuto, you would f ^
eglino avessero they would j ^
avuto, ;<
abbi tu,
abbia egli,
IMPERATIVE MOOD (Imperativo).
have thou.
let him have.
abbiamo ndi,
abbiate vdi,
abbiano eglino.
let us have.
have ye.
let them have.
18
THE VERB AVJfiRE.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD (Soggiuntivo)
Present Tense (Presente).
Singular,
ch' io abbia, that I may ^
cho tu abbia, tTiat thou mayst \ §
oh' egli abbia, that he may
oh' io avessi,
cbe tu avessi,
cb' egli avesse,
Plural.
che noi abbiamo, that we may \
cbe vdi abbiats, that you may f aj
cb' eglino abbiano, that they (^
may ]
Imperfect Tense (Imperfetto).
that I might
that thou
mightst
that he might
che noi avessimo, that ice
che voi aveste, that you
ch' eglino aves- that they
sero,
Past Tense {Vassdto).
oh' io abbia avuto, that I may
ohe tu abbi avuto, that thou
mayst
eh' egli abbia avuto, that he
may
|i
che noi abbiamo that ice may
avuto,
che voi abbiate that you may
avuto,
ch' eglino abbia- that they may
no avtito.
1
(1
ch'io avessi
avtito,
ehe tu avessi
avuto,
ch'egli avesse
avtito,
Pluperfect Tense {Piii che Perfetto).
that I might
that thou
mightst
that he might
che noi avessimo that we might
avtito,
che voi aveste that you might
avtito,
ch' eglino aves- that they
sero avtito, rnight
INFINITIVE MOOD (Infinito).
Present (Presente). Past (_Passdto).
avere, to have. \ aver avuto, to have had.
GEKUND (Gerundio).
Present (Presente). Past (Passdto).
avendo, having. \ avendo avuto, having had.
PARTICIPLES (Participiy
Present (Presente). Past (Passdto).
avente, having. I Sing, avuto (w.), avuta (/.) \
I Plur. avlti (m.), avute (/.) /
THE VERB AV^RE.
i^
Rules on the Use of the Verb.
1. The Personal Pronoun is often omitted in Italian; as, Ho
ve<iuto mio j adre, / have seen my father.
2. The interrogative is the came as in English ; as, Ho io ?
Have I ? Aveva lo ? Bad J ? See p. 56.
3. The negative non always precedes the Verb; as, Kon ho
veduto Carlo, / have not seen Charles ; non hai tu visto mio fratello ?
Hast thou not seen my brother f
4. The Italians use the feminine pronoun Ella and the third
person singular of the Verb, in addressing a stranger, or a superior ;
in ^yhich case the word Vossignorta, Your Lordship, is understood ;
as Ella ha il mio cappello ( Your Lordship) has (you have) my hat.*-
The second person plural, vdi, you, is used in mercantile corre-
spondence and in lamiliar conversation. The second person singular
tu, thou, is used amongst friends and relations. Voi and tu are used
towards servants. These rules are not strictly followed everywhere
in Italy.
Idioms formed with the Verb AVEBE, shortened AVEB.
Ave're a me'nte,
Avere a mano,
Aver caro,
Averla con,
Aver caLlo,
Aver freddo,
Aver cerve'llo, \
Aver giudizio,/
Aver fretta,
Aver fame,
Aver sete,
Aver sdnno,
Aver fama (\\,\
Ave'r voce di, /
Aver ludgo,
Aver r intenzidne,
Aver pensiero.
Aver idea,
Aver male,
Aver paura,
to remember,
to have a thing
ready,
to cherish,
to be angry
with,
to fed warm,
to feel cold.
to be clever.
to be in
hurry,
to be hungry,
to be thirsty,
to be sleepy.
to be reputed.
to take place.
to intend.
to feel pain,
to be frigh-
tened,
to be glad.
Ave'r per iscusato, to excuse.
Aver ragidiie, to be right.
Aver tdrto, to be wrong.
Aver vdglia (with di), to wish.
Aver budna cera, io loohhealthy.
Aver cattiva, to h^oh unheal-
or mala oera, thy, poorly.
Aver I azienza, to be patient.
Avere a or da (be- to be obliged.
fore an infinitive)
Aver cerlezza.
Aver cudre,
Aver faccia di.
Aver bLedgno,
Aver compasfiidne.
Aver ciira,
Aver a grade,
to be certain^
to be sure,
to dare,
to seem, to
appear,
to want, to
need,
to pity,
to take care,
to be pleased
tcith.
nse.
Avere a schifo, \ . j^„^»%
... J. .' Wo cLespis
Aver in disprezzo,/ -^
Aver astio, j to be angry
ddio,/
Aver in ddio.
with, to hate.
Aver piacere,
Aver a male, "I ^ i i jr
Aver per male,} to tahe offence.
* When Ella Is written in the middle of a sentence with a capital e it must be
translated by you ; when written with a small e, it must be translated by she.
2
20 THE VERB AViiRB.
Exercise XL
A.
Simple Tenses,
1. lo bo un libra. 2. Tu hai \m calamaia 3. Egli Iia una
lettera. 4. Ella ha una coUana. 5. Noi abbiamo due scarpe.
6. Voi avete cinque lire; 7. Eglino hanno due mele. 8. EUeno
hanno tre OTologi. 9. lo ebbi tre fichi. 10. Ella avra due lettere.
11. Voi avrete un calamaio. 12. Eglino avranno due cavalli.
1. I have a horse. 2. Thou hast two pens. 3. He has four
shoes. 4. She has three needles. 5. We have two rings. 6. You
have fiTe figs. 7. They (masc.^ have two apples. 8. They {fern.)
have two letters. 9. I shall have a letter. 10. We shall have
two horses. 11. She will have a chair. 12. He will have an
inkstand.
8^ if.
Compound Tenses.
1. lo ho avuto un regalo. 2. Tu hai avuto un foglio di carta.
3. Egli ha avuto un anello. 4. Ella ha avuto due orecchini.
5. Noi abbiamo avuto detle ciriege. 6. Voi avete avuto una dis-
grazia. 7. Eglino hanno avuto due bottiglie di birra. 8. EUeno
hanno avuto quattro penne. 9. Avrk egli avuto un regalo ? JS'ossi-
gnore.* 10. Avremo noi avuto dello zucchero? Sissignore. 11.
Avreste voi avuto un regalo ? Sissignore. 12. Non avevano eglino
avuto una disgrazia ? No, signora ; eglino non avevano avuto una
disgrazia.
1. I have had a sheet of paper. 2. Thou hast had a present.
3. She has had four earrings* 4. He has had some cherries. 5.
We have had a misfortune, 6. You have had some figs. 7. They
(rnasc.) will have had three bottles of beer. 8. They (fern.) would
have had a present. 9. Have we had a present? No, sir. 10.
Has she not had a chain ? No, sir. 11. Will you have had some
cherries ? No, sir. 12. Would they (masc.) have had a mis-
fortune? No, sir.
Idiomatic Forms,
G.
1. Voi non avete a mente il colore del vino di Giovanni. 2.
Avete voi caldo o freddo ? lo non ho freddo, io ho caldo. 3. L* a-
mico non aveva un asciugamano, egli aveva un cappello. 4. 11
pittore non aveva colori. 5. Aveva la zia del butirro? No,
la zia non aveva butirro. ella aveva del latte e del te. 6. Avete
* Wbenerer nO« or a word endii^ with an accentuated rowel is joined to anotbtr
word, the first letter of the latter Is doubled : as—
No signore b< comes nossignore. da-6 ti becomes darotti
S"! signore „ t-ibsgnore. da mi dammi, ke.
amb lo „ amollo.
But this does not occur when they precede gli, or a word beginniog with a Towel
tbu»: giurd gli becomes givrogli, la onde becomes Uumde, etc.
THE VERB AV^RE. 21
voivoglia d' un' arancia ? No, io ho voglia di avere delle pere.
7. Avete voi fretta ? No, signore, io non ho fretta. S. Avete voi
fame, o sete ? Io ho sete, non ho fame. 9. U fratello ha mala
cera, signore, egli ha vogha d'un bicchier* d'acijua. 10. Abbiate
giudizio, ed avrete danaro. 11. Se io avessi danaro, avrei libri
e servi. 12. Ella non ha pazienza, ella ha fretta.
1. The painter has no colours. 2. Do you feel cold ? No, sir, I
feel warm. 3. The friend (fern.) had no oranges, she had walnuts.
4. Had the friend (masc.) not a hat? No, sir, he had a book.
5. Had the uncle a cup of coffee ? Yes, sir, and he had also butter
and bread. 6. Have you a fork ? No, sir, I have not a fork.
7. The daughter had not a needle, she had a watch and two books.
8. Have you some books ? No, sir, we have no books. 9. Have
you had a sheet of paper from Charles ? Yes, sir, and I have had
also a newspaper. 10. Has he had a letter from the uncle ? No,
sir, he has had a letter from my father. 11. Have they (/^w.)
not had a present from my sister ? Yes, madam, they (fern.) have
had two watches from Mrs. N. 12. Does he look well ? Is o, sir,
he looks poorly.
D.
1. Io non ho paura della spada, io ho pam-a de'cani. 2. Mio
fratello ha cattiva cera, egli ha avuto paura. 3. 11 a egli veduto
il mio cavallo ? No, signore, egli non ha veduto il vostro cavallo.
4. Hanno eglino veduto i miei giardini ? Si, signora, eglino hanno
veduto i giardini ed anche le case. 5. Ha egli moglie il cuginoPf
Mio cugino ha moglie e due figli. 6. Ha Carlo avuto del formaggio
e del pane ? No, signore, Carlo non ha avuto formaggio. Carlo ha
avuto del pane. 7. Ha egli voglia di libri o di dauaro ? Egli
ha voglia di libri. 8. Ha mio fratello avuto delle noci ? No,
signora, egli ha avuto delle arance. 9. Avrebbe egli voglia d' un
bicchiere di birra ? No, signore, egli ha voglia d' un bicchiere di
vino ed anche di pane e formaggio. 10. Mia madre ha avuto un
orologio d' oro da mio padre. 11. La zia ebbe delle noci dalla cugina.
12. Mio fratello e mia sorella hanno avuto una tazza di t^ e del
pane e butirro.
1. Have you had a cup of tea ? No, sir, I have had a glass of
wine. 2. Has he some oranges ? Yes, madam, and he has also
some walnuts. 3. Hast thou had my hat? No, sir, I have not
: had the hat. 4. I shall hxve two bottles of wine from Charles.
5. Have you a ring ? Yes sir, I have a ring and a watch. 6.
I have no cousins (masc.) and Charles has no brothers. 7. My
brothers have had a monkey. 8. My aunts have had two cups of
tea. 9. Have I not given to my brothers my horse and my watch ?
Yes, Sir, you have given to the brothers the horse and the watch.
10. Has she had my books ? She has had the books and the pen.
11. I have given to Charles my inkstand and three sheets of paper.
12. The painter has given to my cousin (fern.) some colours.
* The final e of words is often dropped. See p. 28, note,
t Has the comin a wife ? lit. Hoi he a wift—the cousin f
22
THE VERB ^SSERB.
VIII. — ^The Verb Esseee, to he,
INDICATIVE MOOD (Indicativo).
Present Tense (Presente).
io sdno,
tnsei,
egUe,
ellae.
Singular.
I am.
thou art.
he is.
she is.
Plural.
n6i siamo, we are,
v6i siete, you are.
Imperfect Tense (Imperfetto).
io era,
taeri,
egUera,
I was.
thou wast,
he was.
ndi eravamo,
voi eravate,
eglino erano.
we were,
you were,
they were.
Past Definite Tense (Passdto Defi
nito).
ioffii,
tu fdsti,
egUfu,
I was.
thou wast,
he woA.
ndi fdmmo,
v6i fdste,
eglino fdrono,
we were,
you were,
they were.
Future Tense (Futuro).
io saro,
tu sarai,
egUsara,
I shall he.
thou wilt he.
he will he.
ndi saremo,
voi sarete,
eglino saranno
we shall he.
you will he.
they will he.
COMPOUND TENSES (T^mpi Compdsti).
stato, heen.
Past Indefinite Tense (Passdto Indefinito).
io sdno stUto,
tu sei st&to,
egli e state,
io era stato,
tu eri stato,
egli era stato.
I have (am) heen.
thou hast heen.
he has heen.
ndi siamo stati,
vdi siete stati,
eglino sdno stati.
Plupebfeot Tense (Piii che Perfetto).
I had (was) heen.
ihou hadst heen.
he had heen.
ndi eravamo stati,
vdi eravate stati,
eglino erano stati.
we have heen.
you have heen.
they have heen.
we had heen.
you had heen.
they had heen.
Past Anterior Tense (Passdto Rlmdto).
to fdi stato,
tu fdsti stato,
egli fu stato.
J" had (was) heen.
thou hadst heen.
he had heen.
ndi fdmmo stati,
vdi fdste stati,
eglino fdrono stati.
we had heen.
you had heen.
they had heen.
Future Anterior Tense (Futuro Anteriore).
io saro stato, I shall have (he)
heen.
ta sar&i stito, thou shalt have
heen.
egli sard stato, he shall have heen.
ndi saremo stati, we shall have
heen.
vdi sarete stati, you shall have
been.
eglino saranno stiti, they shall have
THE VERB ifiSSEBB.
23
10 sarei,
tu saresti,
egli sarebbe,
CONDITIONAL MOOD (^CondiziondU).
Present Tense (Fresente),
Singular.
I should he.
thou wouldst be.
he would be.
Plural,
ndi sarenuno, we should be.
vdi sareste, you would he.
eglino sarebbero, they would be.
Past Tense (Passdto).
First Form.
io sarei stato,
tu saresti stato,
I should have'
thou wouldst
have
egli sarebbe stato, he would
have
ndi saremmo stati,
vdi sareste stati,
eglino sarebbero
stati.
we should '
have
you would
have
they would
have
Second Form.
io fossi stato, 1 should
tn fossi stato, thou wouldst
egli fosse stato, he would
noi fdssimo stati, we should i 6
vdi fdste stati, you would [-J
eglino fdssero stati, they would] |
IMPERATIVE MOOD (Imperatho).
BiitU,
be thou.
siamo ndi.
let us be.
Bia egU,
let him be.
siate vdi.
he ye.
siano eglino.
let them be
oh' io sia,
che ta sii,
eh' egli sia,
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD (Soggiuntivo).
Present Tense (Fresente).
that we may be.
that I may be.
that thou mayst be
that he may he.
che ndi siamo,
che voi siate, that you may be.
ch' eglino slano, that he may he.
Imperfect Tense (Jmperfeito).
ch' io fossi, that I might he.
che tu fossi, that thou mightst he.
ch' egli fosse, that he might he.
che ndi fdssimo, that we might he.
che vdi fdste, that you might he.
ch' eglino fdssero, that they might be.
ch'iosia st^to,
che ta tax stato,
Past Tense (Passdto).
that I may
that thou
mayst
' egli sia stato, that he may
che ndi siamo stati, that we
may
che vdi slate stati, that you
may
ch' eglino siano stati, that they
may
24 THE VERB ^SERE.
Pluperfect Tense (P«m che Ferfetto).
Singular. I'lural.
ch' io fossi stato, that I might
che tn fossi stato, that thou
mightst
ch' egli fosse stato, that he
might
che n6i fdssimo stati, that we '
might
che vol foste stati, that you
might
ch' eglino fossero stati, that they
might
. INFINITIVE MOOD (Jnfinito).
Present {Predate). Past {Passdto).
essere, to he. | essere stato, to have (be) been.
GERUND (fierundio).
Present (Presente). Past (Passdto).
essendo, being. \ essendo stato, having (being) been.
PARTICIPLES (Participi).
Present (Presente). Past (Passdto).
[essente, being.! \ Sing, stato (m.) stata (f.) \ ,
I Plur. stati (m.) state (f.) / ^^^^
Note 1.— The verb Essere is conjugated, in its Compound Tenses,
with tlie verb " to be," not " to have :" as, Io sdno stato, 1 have (am)
been. It means "to exist" when used without an adjective or parti-
ciple. Essente is very seldom used.
Note 2. — All Participles are declined like adjectives, being usnd in
the masculine and feminine gender, and in the singular and plural
number : as, stato, stata, stati, state.
Participles agree in gender and number with the Subject when with
the verb to be, and are left undeclined, or agree with the Object or
Accusative, when with the verb to have.
Idioms formed with ESSERE.
Essere a raal termine, to be in a critical position.
Essere all' drdine, to be ready.
Essere un poco di budno, to be good for nothing.
Essere in procinto di, |
Essere sul pvinto di, > to be on the point of.
Essere per, |
Essere in budn concetto, to have a good character.
Essere in catfivo concetto, to have a bad character,
Essere a grado, to please.
Es <ere d' accdrdo, to agree.
Essere in disaccdrdo, to disagree.
Essere in grado di, to be able.
Essere in sfe, to be right (in mi7id).
Essere fudri di s^, to be mad, or maddened.
THE VERB ]fiSSERE. 25
Exercise XII.
aadare, to go ; fare, todojiio make.
A.
Simple Tenses.
1. lo sono nelia casa (or a casa). 2, Tu sei nella libreria. 3.
n libro e suUa tavola. 4. Ella e suUa sedia. 5. Eglino sono sul
tefcto. 6. Sietevoi nella cantina? 7, Eglino sono in carrozza. 8.
Siete voi per le scale? 9. Siamo noi in citta? 10. Sarete voi a
tempo ? 11. lo non fui a tempo. 12. Saranno elleno al teatro ?
1. I am in the library. 2. Art thou in the house ? 3. He is in
the cellar. 4, fehe is in the carriage. 5. We are in (a) time. 6. You
are not in (a) time. 7. He is on the roof. 8. They (/em.) are in the
house. 9. Will he be in (a) time ? 10. Shall 1 be in (a) time ? 11.
Will he be in the library ? 12. Will they (masc.) be in the room?
No, Sir,
B
Compmmd Tenser.
1. Dove siete stato, signore? lo sono stato a Londra. 2. Dov'e
stata la sorella ? Ella e stata a Parigi. 3. Dove sono state le zie ?
Elleno sono state al mercato. 4. Dove sono stati i fratelli ? Eglino
sono stati alia passeggiata. 5. La serva e stata al mercato. 6,
Egli e stato al parco. 7. lo sarei stato dal medico. 8. Voi non
sareste stato a tempo. 9. Siete voi stati al ballo? 10. IE egli
stato al pranzo del signer B. ? II. Sei tu stato per le scale? 12,
Noi siamo stati con gli zii,
1. I have been to Paris. 2. Where has he been ? He has been
in London. 3. She has been at the market. 4. Has the servant
(masc.) been here? 5. Will the mother have been with the
daughter? 0, We should have been to the theatre. 7. You
would have been with my father. 8. Where would you have
been ? At Paris. 9. You would not have been in time. 10. He
would have been with the doctor. 11. The sisters of Charles
would have been here. 12. She would have been in the market.
^ra, now ; gia, di gid, already.
C.
1. Avete voi il mio bastone ? No, io non ho il bastone. 2. Siete
voi stato al teatro ? Si, signore. 3. Io sarei stato al parco, se avessi
avuto tempo. 4. Io vado ora al parco. 5. Io sono gia stato alia
passeggiata. 6. Siete voi gi^ stato col pittore ? Io sono stato ora
col pittore. 7. Ella ha avuta la febbre. 8. Noi abbiamo avuto un
regalo. 9. Egli e stato col capitano. 10. Yoi avete avuto delle
pere. 11. Noi non avevamo avute le frutta. 12. Egli e stato in
Francia.
1. The captain has been in Italy. 2. Has he been with my
father? 3. We have not been at the promenade. 4. Have you
26 THE VERB ]6i8ERE.
already been with the captain ? 5. He has had the fever. 6. She
has been to the park. 7. Have you had some pears? 8. They
(masc.) have already had two bottles of wine. 9. IShe will have two
houses. 10. If I had had the time, I would have been with my
brother. 11. Where have you been? In the (aZ) park. 12. We
have already been in the library.
perche, why ; anc6ra, yet ; non ancdra, not yet ; fatto, done, made.
D.
1. Non ho io ragione ? 2. Non hai tu torto ? 3. Ella non ha
ragione. 4. Voi avete torto. 5. Non abbiamo avuto torto. 6.
Elleno hanno avuto ragione. 7. Perche siete voi stato in cam-
pagna? 8. Io non sono ancora stato alia passeggiata. 9. Io ho
fatto r esercizio. 10. Avete voi avuta la lezione ? 11. Io non ho
avuto tempo. 12. Io ho fatta una passeggiata.
1. Has she not a brother ? 2. Has he not a sister ? 3. Was
{had) I not right? 4. Were (had) you not wrong? 5. Have
you not been in the country ? 6. W^as he not at the promenade ?
7. Was she not with my sister ? 8. Had he not time ? 9. Were
you not at the dinner? 10. Shall we be {have) right? 11. Have
you done the exercise ? 12. Have they {fern.) had some presents ?
S.
Idiomatlcal Sentences.
1. II mio amico h a mal termine. Che ha egli ? Egli ha avuto
una disgrazia. 2. Siete voi all'ordine, Giovanni? Si, signore,
io sono all' ordine. 3. Mio fratello e un poco di buono, egli non
era alia lezione. 4. Io era in procinto di fare un regalo a mio
eugino. 5. Noi eravamo in procinto di andare all' albcrgo. 6. Io
sono in buon concetto con mia madre e con mio padre. 7. £ Ella
d' accordo con mio zio ? Nossignore, io non sono d' accordo con:
Io zio : noi siamo in disaccordo. 8. Siete voi in grado di fare una
passeggiata ? Sissignore, io sono in grado di fare una passeggiata.
9. Mio fratello era fuori di se dalla paura. Egli aveva paura del cane.
10. Sono elleno d' accordo ? No, elleno sono in disaccordo. 11. Noi
siamo per fare una passeggiata. 12. Amico mio, tu sei a mal termine.
1. Do you agree with my uncle ? No, sir, we do not agree.
2. Is my cousin {masc.) in a critical position? He is good for
nothing, he is in a critical position. 3. A re you ready ? We are
ready, sir. 4. Were they {masc.) ready ? No, sir, they {masc.)
were not ready. 5. I am on the point of going (to go) to the hotel.
6. We are on the point of going {to go) to take {to make) a promenade.
7. Will you be able to take {to make) a walk with my brother ?
I shall be able to take {to make) a walk. 8. My uncle was mad-
dened by fear of the dog. 9. Charles has a bad character, he is
good for nothing. 10. Has John a good character with Mr. G. ?
My brother has a good character with Mr. G. 11. Are you ready
for dinner ? We are not ready for dinner. 12. Did the doctors
agree ? No, sir, the doctors disagreed.
THE VEUB ^fcSERE. 27
IX. — The Adjective {V Aggettivo),
There are six classes of Adjectives : qualijicativey pos-
sessivey demonstrative, interrogative^ numeral, and indefinite.
Qualificative Adjectives {Aggettivi qualificativi).
Qualificative Adjectives express the quality of persons
or thinpjs : as, un uomo alto, a tall man; una bella pittura,
a beautiful painting,
m
A. Formation of the Feminine of Adjectives.
All Adjectives ending in o form their Feminine by
changing o into a : as,
Masculine. Feminine.
buono,
alto,
budna,
alta,
good.
tan.
cattivo,
cattiva,
had.
All Adjectives
ending in 6
are the same
sndeis: as,
Masculine,
Feminine.
grande,
an.abUe,
grande,
amabilc,
great.
^celebrated.
celebre.
ce'lebre,
Many masculine Nouns in 0 have feminine forms in a
like adjectives : as, il cugino, the male cousin, la cugina,
the female cousin ; il figlio, the son, la figlia, the daughter.
Masculine Nouns in tore have feminine forms in trice :
as, r attore, the actor, V attrice, the actress ; V autore, the
author, I'autrfce, the authoress; il vincitore, the conqueror^
la vincitrice, the female conqueror, and as adj. victorious.
Some nouns in tore have a double feminine: as, il
traditore, the traitor, la traditora and la traditrice, the
traitress.
B. Formation of the Plural of Adjectives.
Adjectives form their plural in the same way as sub-
stantives : thus words in 0 and e form their plural in 1,
and words in a form their plural in 6 : as,
Masculine. Feminine.
Singular, alto, alta, I ^-tt
Plural alti, alte I ^"•
Singular, grande, grandf-, \ .
Plural. grandi, grandi, / ^^^^'
2*
28 ADJECTIVES.
Adjectives ending in ca, or ga, form their plural in che,
or ghe, in order to retain their hard sound : those in co,
or go, sometimes form their plural in ci, or gi, and at
other times in chi, or ghi : as,
Masculine Feminine.
Singular, bianco, bianca,
Plural. biaiichi, bianche
Singular, largo, larga,
Plural. larghi, larghe,
Singular, antico, antica,
Plural. antichi, antiche,
> white.
> wide.
> ancient.
Singular, benefice, benefica, \ , ^ /
Plura'. benefici, beuefiche, / oew^y^'^eMi.
Note. — When the accent is on the antepenultimate, like bendfico,
the plural is usually ci, not chi.
C. Agf.ekment of Adjectives.
Adjectives agree in gender and number with the noun
they qualify : as,
Singular, caro amico, dear friend (m.) Ciira amua, dear friend (/.).
Plural, carl amici, dear friends (rn.) cdve amiche, dear friends (J.).
If the same Adjective qualifies nouns of different
genders, it is put in the masculine plural : as, il padre e
la inadre sono hno^ the father and the mother are good.
A nonn in the plural may be followed by two or more
adjectives in the singular : as, le lingue greca e latina, the
Greek and Latin languages.
Note. — Sometimes the Adjectives (as well as other words) drop the
final letter, or syll ible : as, buon uomo, good man ; gran soldato, great
soldier ; bell' arte, fine art.
Exercise XIII.
A.
1. 11 buon vino e la buona birra. 2. II buon pane e la buona
carne. 3. 11 lungo canale nella grande cittk. 4. La grande querela
nella campagna. 5. La piccola sorella e nel giardino. 6. Chi fu
vincitore della battaglia? 7. L'attore e I'attrice furono applauditi.
8. Klla era una traditora. 9. La mia bianca mano e piccola.
10. La mia guancia non e gonfia. 11. Ella ha una madre pru-
dente. 12. Mio padre e anche prudente.
1. The long table is in the room. 2. Have you had my little
stick? 3. The chair is small. 4. The canal is long. 5. Oaks
(art.) are tall. 6. The actress has (is') been applauded. 7. She is
a good painter (fern.). 8. My little house is in the town. 9. My
tall brother is in the library. 10. My friend (ma>sc.) is tall. 11.
My hat is white. 12. My cheek is swollen.
ADJECTIVES. 29
1. La mia casa e grande. 2. 11 cappello di Carlo e nero. 3. La
mia sedia e alta. 4. II pozzo nel giardino e profondo. 5. La
sorella ha un abito bianco. 6. I miei cappelli sono neri. 7. I due
cavalli sono bigi. 8. Le case nella citta sono alte. 9. 1 miei amici
sono felici. 10. Le donne sono anche felici. 11. Ella e ancora
giovine. 12. Egli e un giovine di buona famiglia.
1. My hat is black. 2. The brother of Charles is tall. 3. My
house is small. 4. Mary's chair is high. 5. The coat of my
brother is black. 6. The hat of my father is white. 7. The
wells are deep. 8. My horses are grey. 9. The house is not high.
10. My mother is happy. 11. My father is also happy. 12. My
sisters are not happy.
C.
1. La vecchia donna ha un cappello bianco. 2. II fabbro ha due
grandi figli. 3. Mio padre ha una vecchia madre. 4. Mio nonno e
vecchio. 5. La nonna mia ha una bella casa. 6. lo sono stato alia
casa della mia giovine sorella. 7. Egli e giovine ed alto. 8. Avete
voi del buon vino ? Si, io ho del vino vecchio. 9. 11 latte e
fresco, ma il pane e secco. 10. Egli ha avuto due bottiglie di vino
vecchio. 11. Io ho due belle carrozze. 12. Ha egli due cavalli
bigi?
1. The uncle of Charles is old. 2. The aunt of John is not old.
3. My mother has an old father. 4. The mother of my father is
old. 5. My grandfather is not yet old. H. The man in the street
is tall. 7. 'Ihe milk on the table is fresh. 8. Ihe bread is not
new. 9. The old man has no money. 10. Is the wine good?
Yes, the wine is old. 11. I have had some old wine. 12. Hast
thou had three bottles of old wine ? No, sir, 1 have had one bottle
of old wine.
D.
1. La birra e amara. 2. 11 vino non ^ amaro. 3. Siete voi felice ?
No, io non sono fehce. 4. Emma e felice, perche ella e buona.
5. Vittorio sarsl un buon giovine. 6. Egli ha una buona madre ed
un buon padre. 7. Ella ha una madre affettuosa. 8. II vecchio
fabbro ha cinque giovani figli. 9. Egli ha due buone sorelle.
10. 11 maestro e severo. 11. La casa e vecchia. 12. II libro e
nuovo.
1. The master is not severe. 2. I am not happy. 3. My beer
is bitter. 4. The wine is not old. 5. She is not happy. 6. Are
you not happy? 7. Victor is a good son. 8. He will be an
affectionate son. 9. She has an affectionate mother. 10. The
blacksmith has an old father. 11. The house is not old. 12. The
book is old.
30 ADJECTIVES.
D. Position of the Adjective.
1. Adjectives of one or two syllables generally precede
the noun they qualify : as,
un biion ragazzo, a good hoy.
un beir oioldgio, a fine watch.
2. Adjectives of more than two syllables generally /oZZow?
the noun they qualify : as,
lina donna amabile, an amiable icoman.
un gionne studioso, a studious youth.
This rule, however, is not strictly followed in Italian.
3. Adjectives denoting physical qualities, colour, taste,
smell, &c., follow the noun they qualify : as,
carta bianca, white paper.
la tavola rotonda the round table.
un udmo cieco, a blind man.
4. Participles agree with and follow the noun : as,
una fi'glia amata, a beloved daughter.
5. The signification of an Adjective sometimes changes
with its position before or after the noun : as,
un udmo grande, a tall man.
un grand' udmo, a great man.
un galant' udmo, a gentleman,.
un udmo galante, a coxcomb.
voi amate, you love, you like.
Exercise XIV.
1. lo amo il buon vino e la buona came. 2. Che amate voi?
lo amo la campagna. 3. Amate voi 11 vino? No, signore, io amo
la birra. 4. Io non amo la birra cattiva. 5. Io ho un bel cavallo.
6. Che avete voi ? Delle belle rose. 7. La. mia rosa e rossa. 8. II
mio fiore c bianco. 9. Io amo le viole. 10. Amate voi le rose?
Io amo le rose bianche. 11. Le rose sono rosse ed anche bianche.
12. Avete voi della carta bianca ?
1. I like the town. 2. Do you like (like you) the "Country?
ADJEC^TIVES. 31
3. The rose is white. 4. My rose is red. 5. Have you had a grey
horse ? Ko, sir, 1 have had a black horse. 6. My mother has a
black dress. 7. I have a black coat. 8. Have you had some white
paper ? 9. We have had some red roses. 10. They (/.) have some
white roses. 11. She has had some roses white and red. 12. 1
tike (the) red flowers.
B.
1. Jo ho deir uva buona. 2. Dov' e il giovine ? Egli e a Parigi.
3. Parigi e una bella citta. 4. Roma e anche una bella citta.
5. Torino e una citta nuova. 6. La strada principale del villaggio
e lunga. 7. Mio nonno e nella casa del vccchio amico. 8. 1 miei
vecchi amici sono ricchi. 9. Lo zio e ancora giovine. 10. Jo amo
la lingua italiana. 11. Amate voi la lingua italiana, o la lingua
inglese.? 12. lo amo la lingua inglese.
1. Have you some good grapes (Sing.) ? Yes, sir. 2. I like good
grapes (Sing.). 3. 1 like also good wine. 4. I have had some
red flowers. 5. I have been in the little village. 6. The street
is long. 7. The town is old. 8. I have had some red and white
flowers. 9. My old friend is rich. 10. Have you some paper?
Yes, I have some white paper. 11. Have you a white rose? is'o,
sir, I have a red rose. 12. I have had a grey horse.
E. Comparison of Adjectives.
Adjectives have three forms, called the Positive, Com'
parative and Superlative degrees.
There are three Comparatives : the compai ative of supe-
riority, the comparative of equality, and the comparative
of inferiority. There are two Superlatives: the superlative
of superiority, and the superlative of inferiority. The super-
lative is either absolute, by which a high degree is ex-
pressed without comparison, or relative: ls Kapoli e una
citta grandissima, e la piii giande delle citta Italiane,
Naples is a very great city, is the greatest of Italian cities ;
the first is a superlative absolute, the second a superlative
relative of superiority.
1. The Comparative of superiority is formed by prefix-
ing piu, imore, to the Positive, and the Superlative relative
of superiority by prefixing 11 piu, tlie most, to the Positive .
as.
Positive {Positivo). Comparative {Comparat'ivd). Superlative {Superlativo).
Masc. alto "i . « piu alto il piu alto.
Fem. alta j^^"' piii alta la piu alta.
Masc. graude'l . piu grande il piii grande.
Fem. grande P'*^" ' - piii jrrande la piu grdnde.
32 ADJECTIVES.
2. The Comparison of inferiority is formed by prefixing
m6no, less, to the Positive, and the Superlative relative of
inferiority by prefixing 11 meno, the least, to the Positive :
as.
Positive. Comparative. Superlative.
Masc. crudele^ j meno crudele il meno erudele.
Fern, crudele p^"^ ' meno crudele la meno crudeic.
Masc. secco )■, meno secco il meno secco.
Fern, secca j^^V' meno secca la meno se'cca.
3. The Superlative absolute is formed by adding the
termination issimo to the Positive deprived of its final
letter : as,
Positive. Superlative.
Exceptions.
1. Adjectives ending in ro and re preceded by a con-
sonant drop their ro and re and add ^rrimo to make their
Superlative absolute : as,
Positive. Superlative.
Masc. acre \ acerrimo.
Fern, acre J* ^^' acerrima.
Masc. integro K , integerrimo.
Fern. Integra ( ^" integerrima.
Masc. celebre ) 7 i < j celeberrimo.
Fern, celebre Y^^^^<^^^^- celeberrima.
2. Adjectives ending in dico, fico, and volo drop the last
letter and add entissimo to make their Superlative absolute :
as,
Positive. Superlative.
Masc. male'dico\^ , j. „, maledicentissimo.
Fern, maledica/^"'^'**^^"^- maledicentissima.
Masc. benefico (, ^ . beneficent issimo.
Fern, benefica /''^^^J^cenc beneficentissima.
Masc. benevolo\i » . benevolentissimo.
Fern, bene'vola/^'^"*^^^"'* benevolentissima.
Note. — The above forms follow the Latin: as, acer, acerrimus,
maledicus, malediceutissimus.
Irregular Comparison.
The following Adjectives have their Comparative and
Superlative irregular : thus —
Positive. Comparative. Superl. Rel. Superl. Absol.
buono, a, good. migliore 11, la miglidre dttimo, a
cattivo,!*'}^**^- peggidre il, la peggidre p^ssimo, a
ADJECTIVES.
3
Positive,
♦grande, great.
♦piccolo, a, small.
Comparative,
maggiore
minore
Superl. Rel.
il, la maggiore
il, la niindre
Superl. Absol,
massimo, a
mini mo, a
*alto, a, high.
*basso, a, low.
Bupeiidre
infer lore
il, la superiore
I'inferidre,
'supremo, a
sommo, a
mfimo, a
33
Those marked with an asterisk form their Comparative
and Superlative relative aLo in the regular way.
2. The following Adjectives have no positive : —
Comparative,
posteridre, later.
esteridre, exterior.
interidre, interior.
pridre, former,
uhenore, further.
citeridre, on this side.
anteridre, former, foregoing.
Superlative,
postremo, last.
estremo, extreme, last.
intimo, imcardy intimate,
primo, first
ultimo, last.
prdssiaio, next
Remarks.
1. The comparison of equality, as . , . , as or so .... as,
is formed by placing the adjectives o^- nouns between
cosi .... che, or tanto .... quanto : as,
Giovanni e COsi ricco che Pietro, John is as rich as Peter,
La tavola e tanto larga quanto liinga, the table is as broad
as long.
2. The English than after the C«)mparative is expressed
in two ways, either by the Genitive or by che.
(i) The genitive is used when the comparative is fol-
lowed by a noun or a pronoun : as,
II sole e piu grande della luna, the sun is larger than the
moon.
II leone e meno crudele della tigre, the lion is less cruel
than the tiger.
Tu sei piu grande di me, thou art taller than I.
(ii) Che is used when there is a comparison between
two nouns without an adjective : as,
Egli e piu pittore che scultore, he is more a painter than a
sculptor.
(iii) Che is used when the comparison is between two
adjectives: as,
;6gli e piu fortunate che prudente, he is more fortunate
than prudent.
34 ADJECTIVES.
(iv) Che is used when two verbs are compared, and non
is used if no negative precedes : as,
Voi parlate piu che non pensate, you speak more than you
think.
But in many cases it is indifferent whether the com-
parison is expressed by the Genitive or che.
F. Modifications of Adjectives and Nouns.
(^Augmentatives and Diminutives.)
A peculiarity of the Italian language is the power of
•modifying an Adjective or a Noun by changing its ter-
mination, so as to augment or diminish the original mean-
ing of the word : thus, vecchio, old, is changed into
vecchietto, a little old man; Vecchione, a very old man;
vecchiaccio, an ugly old m£m;' &c.
1. The terminations one, uto, denote increase: as, p6rt;j,
a door, portone, a large door or gate ; ricco, rich, riccone,
enormously rich ; naso, a nose, nasone, a large nose ; nasuto,
adj., icith a long nose.
2. The termination otto denotes strength : as, giovine,
youth, giovinotto, a strong young man; contadina, a country-
woman, contadinotta, a strong countrywoman.
3. The terminations dccio, dstro, dzzo, aglia suggest
something had : as, giovine, youth, giovinastro, a had young
man; vino, tcine, vinaccio, had wine; medico, doctor, medi-
castro, quack ; plebe, people, plebaglia, moh.
4. The terminations ino, 6tto, ^llo, er^Uo, suggest dimi-
nution together with fondness : as, caro, dear, carino, little
dear ; mano, hand, manina, little hand ; vecchio, old man,
vecchietto, dear little old man, or, vecchierello.
5. The terminations uolo, 6ccio, uzzo, ticio, 6ciolo, Igno,
Ognolo denote diminution with contempt : as, libro, hook,
Jibruccio, worthless little hook; verde, green, verdognolo,
greenish; &c.
6. Words already modified can undergo a second modi-
fication : as, c^pra, goat, capretto, young goat, caprettino,
small young goat ; ^.ore, flower, fioreHo, little flower, fiorelh'tio,
dear little flower ; etc.
ADJECTIVES. 35
7. Some words, thus modified, have altogether lost their
original meaning, and have become new words with new
meanings: as, citta, city, cittadella, citadel; Yiadre, father,
padrino, god-father, &c.
It is not every woril that ca!i he modified in Italian,
but it is impossible to give any rule, as there are no fixed
rules for the use of these modifications.
These terminations greatly enrich the Italian language,
but their use is only to be learnt by long practice and
knowledge of the best Italian authors.
Exercise XV.
ma, hut.
A.
1. II leone e piu grande del lupo. 2. II gatto e meno grande del
cane. 3. La nuova casa e piu piccola della vecchia casa. 4. La
campagna e piu grata della citta. 5. Le notti d' invemo sono piii
iunghe de'giorni. (i. II maestro e piu vecchio dello scolare. 7. II
hue e meno forte dell' elefante. 8. La luna e piii piccola della
terra. 9. Gli amici sono piii nmnerosi nella buona che nella cattiva
fortuna. 10. L' anello della sorella e d' oro. 11. Ho meno danaro,
ma ho piu libri di voi. 12. La tua sedia e nella camera.
1. The room of my brother is larger than my room. 2. The
wolf is stronger than the dog. 3. My brother is taller than John.
4. The old man is in the room. 5. Paris is smaller than London.
6. Horses are stronger than dogs. 7. The canal is longer than
the street. 8. The house is old. 9. The elephant is stronger
than the horse. 10. The glass is upon the table. 11. The dog
is in the room. 12. The cat is on the roof.
B.
1. Vittorio e un carissimo ragazzo. 2. Londra e la piii grande
citta d' Europa. 3. La citta e grandissima. 4. Le strade sono
lunghissime. 5. Egli e un uomo integerrimo. 6. II banchiere k
benevolentissimo. 7. La pittura e bella, ma e cara. 8. Dov' e il mic
bicchiere ? Sulla tavola. 9. Egli e mio intimo amico. 10. Noi
siamo amicissimi. 11. II gatto e sulla sedia. 12. La ragazza
e nella casa.
1. He is better ttian Charles. 2. The wine of John is very bad,
3. He was the greatest man of Rome. 4. The watch of Mary is
very dear. 5. He is the smallest of my brothers. 6. The sister of
Emma is my best friend. 7. England has the largest city of
Europe. 8. The son of Emma is very young. 9. John is a very-
young man. 10. He is an old man. 11. She is my oldest friend (/.).
12. He is the youngest of my brothers.
36 ADJECTIVES.
(^Modifications of Adjectives and Nouns.)
C.
1. II canone nel giardino e addormentato. 2. lo ho visto un
gattone nella cucina. 3. I lupicini sono con la lupa. 4. II cavalluc-
cio di Vittoriuo e di colore nerognolo. 5. I noccioli delle ppsche
sono amarognoli. 6. 11 fiorellino e rossiccio e non gialWgnolo.
7. 11 mio librone e piu pesaute del tuo libricino. 8. 11 vecchietto h
riccone, egli e piu ricco del mediconzolo. 9. 11 vinetto e amarastro.
10. La inia casetta e piu bella della tua casaccia. ^11. Un giovinotto
e piii forte ci' un vecchierello. 12. 11 libretto e sul tavolino.
1. ♦The little-old-man is in the garden. 2. The powerful-big-dog
is in my room. 3. The kitten is with the big-ugly-cat. 4. The
pony is in the garden. 5. The sraall-dear-little-fiowers aye upon
the little-table. 6. My big -book is upon the big-book of John.
7. The young-little-wolf is with two big-wolves. 8. The dear-little-
weak-old-woman is with the aunt. 9. The quack is a very-poor-
ugly-iuan. 10. The dear-little-book is upon the big-worthless-
table. 11. My Httle-flower is yellowish. 12. The bad wine is
iiasiilv-bitti-r.
1. L'erbetta del praticello e plena di fiorellini. 2. Le caprette
j^ojMj fra gli arboscelli del mio boschetto. 3. La pecorella e addor-
me'itata fra le pianticelle. 4. Le quercette sono meno forti de'
quercioni. 5. 11 tuo anellino e belluccio. 6. La mia cameretta e
piccolina, ed e meno grande del tuocamerone. 7. II tuo cappellaccio
e vecchissimo. 8. II quadruccio del pittoraccio e bruttissimo. 9. La
manina della vecchierella e aggrinzlta. 10. I capelli di Saflfo sono
nerastri ed inanellati. 11. La navicella e sul mare. 12. I passe-
rotti e le farfallette sono nel giardino.
1 . The little-pretty-field has new short-grass, and pretty-dear-little-
flowers. 2. The pretty-little wood has more young trees than trees.
3. The young-goats are amongst the little-plants. 4. A biji-oak
and a little-young-oak are in the garden. 5. The little-ring of the
little-sister is rather-pretty. 6. John is in the big-room of the
ugly-old-house. 7. 1 have two pretty-fat-little sparrows in my
little-room. 8. Victor has two little-butterflies. 9. Two naughty-
little-lioys are with an ugly-old-man in the street. 10. Little-rings
of gold are on the pretty-little-hands of Sappho. 11. The little-
brothers of John are on the little-ship. 12. I have had a big-glass
of weak-wine.
• None of these nouns or acyectives should be translated into Italian by Itself i
but the noun or a(yectlve they qualify should be translated in tha Italian modifi«d
furm.
ADJECTIVES. 37
2. Possessive Adjectives (^Aggettim Possessivi).
The Possessive Adjectives aie —
Singul
ar.
Plural.
Masc.
Fern.
Masc.
Fern.
KnglL^h.
il mio,
lamia,
i miei.
lemie.
my.
iltnio,
la tua,
ituoi.
letue.
thy.
Urao,
la sua,
isuoi.
le sue,
his, her, its.
il nostro,
la nostra,
i ndstri,
le nostre,
our.
U vdstro,
la vostra,
i vostri,
le vdstre.
your.
il loro,*
la Idro,
i loro,
le loro.
their.
1. When the Possessive Adjective precedes in the Singular
words expressing, relationship or tirles, no article is used
wifh it : as, mio padre, my father; tua zia, thy aunt; suo
cugino, his cousin (m.); Yo.-tra Maesta, your Majesty.
But if the posset^sive is in the Plural or follows the words
expressing relationship or titles, the anicle must be used :
as, i vostri genitori, your parents ; il padre mio, my father ;
la Maefeta \ Oistra, yotir Majesty, etcf
The article is also used when another adjective precedes
theso words : as, il mio caro padre, my dear father ; la mia
cara mad re, my dear mother.
Note. — Loro is never changed, and always takes the article, even
with words expressing relationship : as, il lore padre, their father ;
la loro mad re, their mother ; i lore fi'gli, their sons ; le loro figlie,
their daughters.
2. The Possessive Adjectives agree with their Substan
tives in gender and number. In English, the Possessive
Adjective in the Object or Accusative agrees in gender
with the Subject of the sentence, but in Italian it agrees
in gender with the Object : as
Carlo ha visto sua madre, Charles has seen his mother.
Vdstra soiella ha visto suo padre, your sister has seen her father.
La madre ama i sudi figli, the mother loves her sons.
II padre ama le sue figlio, the father loves his daughters.
3. When his, her, refer not to the subject of the sentence,
but to some other noun, the genitive of the Third Personal
Pronoun, di Itii, di 161, is used : as.
Carlo ha visto sua sorella, ed i figli di lei, Charles has seen his sister
and her children.
1 suoi figli would mean the children of Charles.
* Loro, from the Latin illorum, Fr. leur.
t I f these words are modified (see F, pp. 34-35), they take the article : as, il mfo
fratellino, my little brother; la mfa sorellfua, my little sitter.
38 ADJECTIVES.
4. As E'lla is used in politely addressing a person (see
p. 19), so suo or di lei are used for the English your, and
are then written with a capital letter : as,
lo ho il Suo cappeilo, or io ho il cappello di Lei, I have your Jiat.
Exercise XVI.
ama, (lie, or she) loves. amano, (they) love.
1. Mio cugino 6 allegro. 2. Io era a casa vostra ieri sera. 3. Noi
siamo stati con vostro padre. 4. Vol siete mio amico. 5. Ella
era con vostro fratello. 6. L' amico era con lo zio di Carlo.
7. Saremo a pranzo da vostro padre. 8. Io sarb a pranzo da vostra
madre. 9. Carlo ama sua madre. 10. Emma ama suo padre. 11.
Grli uomini amano i loro genitori. 12. Le mie sorelle amano il loro
padre.
1. Your brothers are in the country. 2. Your sister is here.
3. Your aunt was with the brother. 4. Your house is the highest
in the town. 5. My hat was white. 6. We were with your sons.
7. My exercises are very long. 8. She was with her father. 9. You
are not so tall as your brother. 10. Your paper is whiter than
my paper. 11. Your brother is stronger than my cousin (m.).
12. Your sister is smaller than my cousin (/.).
3. Demonstrative Adjectives (Aggettivi Dimostrativi).
The Demonstrative Adjectives are declined without the
article.
Singular. Plural.
Masc. Fem. Masc. Fem. English.
questo,* questa, questi, queste, this, these (near me).
cotesto,t cotesta, cotesti, ooteste, that, those (near you).
quelle^ quella, quelli, quelle, that, those (yonder).
1. Qu^sto refers to a person or thing near the speaker ;
cot^sto to a person or thing near the person addressed ;
and quello to a person or thing at a distance.
2. Quelli, the pi., is usually changed into quegli before a
vowel or impure S : as, quegli onori, those honours.
3. Before a consonant, except impure s, quello usually
becomes quel, and qu^Ui becomes qu^i or que' : as, quel
cane, that dog ; quel libri, those hooks.
* Questo, from the T^tin ecce iste.
f Cotesto, written also codesto, contracted from the Latin eccu' tibi itte.
t Quello, from the I^atin ecce tile.
ADJECTIVES. 3&
Exercise XVI J.
1. Quest' uomo e vecchio, ma questa ragazza e giovine. 2.
Qiiesti alberi sono grandi. 3. Coteste sedie sono alte. 4. Queste
pere sono mature. 5. Cotesto libro e buono. 6. Quelle case sono
vecchie. 7. Cotesto cappello e nuovo. 8. Quel bicchiere e piccolo.
9. Quelle tazze sono grandi. 10. Questa penna e migliore della
penna tua. 11. Questo e un bell' orologio. 12. Quella lezione e
difficilissima.
•1. This woman is younger than that woman. 2. This watch is
dearer than that watch. 3. That glass is small. 4. Those streets are
very (molto) long. 5. That coat is dearer than my coat. 6. Those
lessons are not difficult. 7. That man has an old hat. 8. This
house is higher than that house. 9. This exercise is less diffi-
cult than that exercise. 10. That dog is stronger than this dog. 11.
This is an old painting. 12. That book is older than my book.
4. Interrogative Adjectives (Aggettivi Inierrogativi).
The Interrogative Adjectives are —
Singular. Plural
Masc. and Fem. Masc. and Fern English.
quale, quali, wliich f or what ?
che (both genders and numbers), what ? used in exclamations.
Quale often becomes qual before a consonant, except impure 8.
Examples.
quale cavdllo ? which horse f
quale ddnna ? which woman ?
qual bicchiere ? which glass ?
quali libri ? which boohs 9
quali case ? which houses ?
clie bel libro ! what a beautiful hook !
che be I la chiesa ! whxit a beautiful church!
che bei fiori ! what beautiful flowers !
che belle pitturc ! what beautiful paintings !
andato.
gone.
Exercise XVm.
1. Quale donna avete voi visto ? 2. In quale citt^ siete voi stato ?
3. Qual fiore e codcsto? 4. Quali fiori avete voi in mano? 5.
Quali libri avete voi avuti ? 6. Con quali studenti siete voi stato ?
7. Per quali vie siete voi andato ? 8. Quali ameni boschi avete
voi visto ? 9. A casa di quali amici siete voi stato ? 10. Di qirai
coloie avete voi il vostro abito ? 11. Le arance sono di color giallo'.
12. Che bella musica e la musica italiana !
40
ADJECTIVES.
1. "Which man has boen here? 2. In which room have yon
been ? 3. Which of my brothers have you seen ? 4. "Which
flowers have you had ? 5. Which books are those on the table ?
6. Which colour is the best? 7. Which books has your father?
8. "With which students have you been in the town? 9. Which
forest have yOu seen ? 10. What roads have you seen ? 11. What
(a) beautiful colour ! 12. What (a) small hat !
5. Numeral Adjectives (Aggettivi Numerdli).
A. Cardinal Numbers {Numeri Cardindli).
1 lino, una.
2^iie.
3 tre.
4 quattro.
5 cinque.
6 sei.
7 se'tte.
8 otto.
9 nove.
10 died.
11 lindici.
12 d(5dici.
13 tredici.
14 quattdrdici.
15 quindiei.
16 sedici.
17 diciassette.
18 dicidtto.
19 dicianndve.
20 ve'nti.
21 ventiino.
22 ventidue.
23 ventitre.
24 ventiquattro.
25 venticinque.
26 ventisei.
27 ventisette.
28 ventdtto.
29 ventindve.
30 trenta.
31 trentuno.
32 trentadiie.
33 trentatre.
34 trentaquattro.
35 trentacinque.
36 trentasei.
37 trentasette.
38 trentdtto.
39 trentandve.
40 quaranta.
41 quaraiituno.
42 quarantadiie.
43 quarantatre.
44 quarantaquattro.
45 quarantacinque.
46 quarantasei.
47 quaranta sette.
48 quarantdtto.
49 quarantandve.
50 cinquanta.
51 cinquantuno.
52 cinquantadue.
63 cinquantatre.
54 cinquantaquattro.
55 cinquantacinque.
56 cinquantasei.
57 cinquantasette.
58 cinquantdtto.
59 cinquantandve.
60 sessanta.
61 sessantuno.
62 sessantadiie.
63 sessantatre.
64 sessantaquattro.
65 sessantacmque.
66 sessantasei.
67 sessantasette.
68 sessantdtto.
69 sessantandve.
70 settaiita.
71 settantuno.
72 settantadue.
73 settantatrfe.
74 settantaquattro.
75 settantacfnque.
76 settantasei.
77 settantasette.
78 settantdtto.
ADJECTIVES.
79 settantandve.
95 novantacmqne.
80 ottanta.
96 novaiitasei.
81 ottantiino.
97 novantasette.
82 ottaiitiidue.
98 novantdtto.
83 ottaritatre.
99 novatitandve.
84 ottantaquattro.
100 cento.
85 ottantacinque.
101 cento ed uno.
86 ottantasei.
110 cento dieci.
87 ottantasette.
200 duece'nto.
88 ottantotto.
300 trecento.
89 ottantanove.
1000 mille.
90 novanta.
2000 due mila.
91 novantiinn.
3000 tre mila.
92 novantadue.
10,000 diecimila.
93 novantatre.
100,000 centomila.
94 novantaquattro.
200,000 duecentomila.
41
1,000,000 un milidne.
2,000,000 diie milidni.
100.000.000 ce'nto milidni.
1,000,000,(100 un miliardo.
Eemarks.
1. All Numerals remain unchanged in Italian, except
tino, the feminine of which is una ; and mille, having the
plural mila.
2. In speal<ing of a person's a«z;e, the Italians use the
verb to have, instead of to be, as in English: io ho dodici
anni, I have twelve years (J am twelve years old) ; che eta
avete voi, what age have you ? (how old are you f)
3. When a noun follows ventuno, trentuno .... cinquant-
6no .... centoventuno, etc., it is left in the singular (i. e.,
it agrees with the last numeral uno) : as ventuno libi o.
21 hoolcs ; ventuna penna, 21 pens ; but if the noun precedes
the numeral, it is in the plural : as, libri ventuno, penne
ventuno.
4. In snch phrases as a year ago, two years ago, the
English word ago is translated by e, is, sdno, are, or fa,
it rttahes : as, e un anno, or, un anno fa ; due dnni sono, or
diie anni fa. (Note that fa always follows the noun.)
5. Once is translated una volta.
twice „ due volte.
three times „ tre volte.
four times „ qudttro volte.
five times „ cinque volte, etc-
42
ADJECTIVES.
Exercise XIX.
1. lo ho settantasette libri. 2. Tu hai sei cani. 3. Noi abbia-
mo sette fratelli e nove sorelle. 4. Una compagnia di soldati ha
duecento cinquanta uomini. 5. Un reggimento ha tre mila uomini.
(>. Mio fratello ha tredici anni. 7. Mia sorella ha quindici anni.
8. Che etk ha vostro cugino ? Egli ha diciotto anni. 9. lo ho visto
lo zio due giorni sono. 10. Due ore fa io era nella scuola. 11. Due
Bettimane fa io era a Londra. 12. Io sono stato all' esposizione tre
mesi fa.
1. She has two hundred and fifty books in the library. 2. He
has two horses. 3. We have three brothers and six sisters.
4. They (m.) have six hundred books in the library. 5. He is (has)
sixteen years old. 6. How old is your cousin ? (m.) He is eleven
years old. 7. I have seen your garden two years ago. 8. 1 have
seen your brother an hour ago. 9. I was with your brother ten
days ago. 10. I was at the exhibition a week ago. 11. That
regiment of soldiers has two thousand one hundred and thirty men.
12. The captain has two hundred men in the company.
B. Ordinal Numbers (Numeri Ordindli).
The Ordinal Numbers are declined like Adjectives : as,
il prinio mese, the first month ; la prima ora, the first hour;
i piimi giorni, the first days; le prime allieve, the first
pupils (/.)
1st prfmo.
18th diciotte'simo, or deci-
2nd secdndo.
mottavo
3rd te'rzo.
19th diciannovesimo, or de-
4th quarto.
cimon<5no.
5th quinto.
20th ventesimo.
6th sesto.
21st ventesimo primo, or
7th settimo.
ventune'simo.
8th ottavo.
30th trente'simo.
9th n(5no.
31st trentunesimo.
10th decimo.
40th quarantesimo.
11th undecirao, or decimo prime.
50th cinquante'simo.
12th duodecimo, or
decimo se-
100th centesimo.
cdndo.
101 st centesimo pn'mo.
]3th trediee'simo, or
d^cimo ter-
200th duecentesimo.
zo.
300th trecentesimo.
14th quattordicesimo, or ddcimo
400 til quattrocentesimo.
quarto.
500th cinquecentesimo.
15th quindicesimo,
or decimo-
1000th mille'simo.
quinto.
10,000th diecimille'simo.
] 6th eedicesimo, or decimo sesto.
100,000th ceMtomille'simo.
17th diciassettesimo
or decimo
1,000,000th milion^simo, etc
se'ttimo.
ultimo the last
ADJECTIVES.
43
0. Fractional Numbers (Frazioni).
Fractional numbers are expressed by ordinal numbers,
as in English, except m^zzo, half, la meta, tJie half.
When mezzo precedes a noun, it agrees with it: as,
mezza libbra, half a pound. Kote that the English a is
not translated.
If m^zzo follows the noun, it is left unchanged : as. una
libbra e mezzo, a pound and a half; tie mezze lire fanno
una lira e mezzo, three halfMre make one lira and a half^
Kemarks.
1. The Numerals which follow the names of kings are
rendered with the Ordinal as in English : as, Viitorio
Emmanuele Secondo, Victor Emanuel 11. : Umberto Prime,
Humbert I.
2. The days of the month are rendered by the
Cardinal : as, il tie di maggio, the three (third) of
May; except the first day of the month, which is
translated by the Ordinal: as, il primo maggio, the
first (of) May.
3. The hours of the day are thus expressed : —
clie or a e T
sono le ire,
sdiio le quattro,
sdno le cinque,
e mezzo gidrno,
e mezza notte,
sdno le dddici e un quarto,
sdno le dddici e mezzo,
sdno le dddici e trequaiti,"i
r una meno un quarto, /
e un' dra, or e 1' una,
e un' dra e un quarto, \
h V lina e un quarto, f
sdno le due e tre quarti, "i
sdno le tre meno un quarto, /
sdno le tre e cinque,
sdno le sei meno dieci.
a che dra ?
alle due,
Alle tre,
what o'clock 18 it f
it is three o'clock.
it is four 0 clock.
it is five o'clock.
it is mid-day, noon.
it is midnight.
it is a quarter past twelve,
it is half-past twelve.
it is a quarter to one.
it is one o'clock.
it is a quarter past one.
it is a quarter to three.
it is five minutes past three.
it is ten minutes to six^ literally, Hx
hours less ten, the word
being understood.
at what o^ clock ?
at two o'clock.
at three o*clock.
44
ADJECTIVES.
Hie qnattro,
dlle sei e un quarto,
alle dieci e mezzo,
ddpo le dieci e mezzo.
at four o*clock.
at a quarter past six.
at half -past ten.
after half-past ten.
4. The English twelve hundred, thirteen hundied, etc.,
must never be translated dodici cento, tredici cento, but
miUe e duecento, mille e trecento, etc.
5. The multiplicatives are :-
semplice, simple.
ddppio, twofold.
triplo, , threefold.
quadruplo, fourfold.
quintuplo, fivefold.
sestuplo, sixfold.
settnplo, sevenfold.
decuple, tenfold.
centuplo, one hundredfold.
NAMES OF THE MONTHS.
I Mesi. The Months.
I Mesi. The Months.
Gennaio, January
Febbrdio, , February.
Marzo, March.
Aprile, April.
Maggio, May.
Giugiio, June.
Liiglio, Jidy.
Agdsto, August.
Sette'mbre, September.
Ottdbre, October.
Novembre, November.
Decembre, December.
NAMES OF THE D^
lYS OF THE WEEK.
I Giorni della Settimana.
Domenica,
Lunedi,
Martedi,
Mercoledi,
Giovedi,
Venerdi,
Sabato,
The Days of the Week.
Sunday.
Monday.
Tuesday.
Wednesday.
Thursday.
Friday.
Saturday.
NAMES OF THE FOUR SEASONS.
Nomi delle quattro Stagioni.
Primavera, Spring.
Estk, estate, state,
Autiinno,
Inverao,
Summer.
Autumn.
Winter.
Exercise XX.
A.
1. Aprile e il quarto mese dell' anno. 2. Luglio e un mese
caldo. 3. Decembre e un mese freddo. 4. La state e caida.
5, Quest' invemo e stato freddissimo. 6. La primavera del mille
ADJECTIVES. 45
ottocento settantotto e stata dolce. 7. L' autunno e bello. 8. Feb-
braio e un mese cortissimo. 9. Guglielmo e il primo della classe.
10. Maria e T ultima della classe. 11. Settembre ha trenta giorni.
12. L' anno ha dodici mesi.
1. March is the third month of the year. 2. June has thirty-
days. 3. August is a warm month. 4. January is a cold month.
5. Summer in England is less warm than in Italy. 6. Winter in
England is colder than in France. 7. My brother is the second in
the class. 8. My sister is the first in the class. 9. This summer
is the warmest summer. 10. This winter I shall be in Italy. 11. De-
cember is longer than February. 12. The week has seven days.
mori, died. nacque, icas horn.
B.
1. Che ora e? Sono le sette. 2. A chc ora siete stato dal
medico? AUe due e mezzo. 3. lo sono stato al concerto dalle
otto ed un quarto alle dieci e tre quarti. 4. Napoleone terzo mori
a Chislehurst il nove gennaio mille ottocento settantatre. 5. Napo-
leone primo mori a Sant* Elena il cinque maggio mille ottocento
ventuno. 6. Mio fratello nacque il sedici marzo mille ottocento
sessanta cinque. 7. La sorella e alia seconda finestra del primo
piano. 8. La terza casa in questa strada e vecchissima. 9. Carlo
quinto e Francesco primo furono contemporanei. 10. Egli nacque
il tre luglio del mille ottocento settanta. 11. Alle sei io era con
tuo fratello. 12. Noi saremo alle otto a casa tua.
1. Victor Emmanuel II. died the ninth January one thousand
eight hundred seventy- eight. 2. She was-born the fifth March
eighteen hundred and sixty. 3. I was with your brother at seven
o'clock. 4. We shall be at your house at nine o'clock. 5. What
o'clock is it ? It is half- past ten o'clock. 6. We were in the room
at a quarter past two o'clock. 7. Charles is at the third window
of the first floor. 8. Napoleon the first and Wellington were con -
temporaries. 9. My brother was bom the twenty-first July eighteen
hundred and seventy-one. 10. I shall be at that house at three
o'clock. 11. He was with my cousin (m.) at two o'clock. 12. She
was at the house of the doctor at half-past one o'clock.
L
6. Indefinite Adjectives (Aggettivi Indefiniti).
The following Indefinite Adjectives are always used
with a noun. When by themselves, they are pro-
nouns : — '
46
ADJECTIVES.
Declinable.
Indeclinable.
dgni,^ each,
qualche,^ some,
qualunque,' every.
Plural only.
Masc.
parecchi,^
alquanti,
dlversi,
p6chi,
differenti,
in61ti,
Masc.
8ing. tutto,*
Plur. tutti,
Sing, alcuno,"
Plur. alciini,
Sifig. taluno,
Plur. talnni,
Sing, tale,
Plur. taU,
Sing, cotale,®
Plur. cotali,
Fern.
Fem.
tale, \
coSle, M"^'^^
cotaU, J
parecchie, several.
alquante, \
diverse, /
pdohe, fe
difEerenti,
mdlte, many.
no one.
Singular only.
niuno,^ niuna,
nullo, nfilla,
nessiino, nessuna,
veriino, veruna,
ciascuno,^ ciascheddno, ciasouna, ciascheduna, each' one.
un certo, ^a certa, some one.
no one, with a negative.
Kemarks.
1. When t^tto precedes the noun, it must also precede
the article : as,
tiitto il villaggio,
tutta la citta,
tiitti gli udmini,
tiitte le ddnne,
the whole village,
the whole town,
all the men.
all the wom£n.
2. Niuno, nullo, nessuno take a negative if they follow
the verb : as, non ha nessun amico, he has no friend ; but
do not take a negative if they precede the verb : as, nes-
sun uomo e siio amico, no man is his friend.
J Ogni, from the Latin omnis.
^ Qudlche „ Quatu ^uam, after the anal(^ of quisquam.
' Qualiinque „ qualiscumque.
* Tdtto „ totus.
• Alctino „ aliquis unut.
« Cotdle „ ctque talis f
' Parecchi „ L.L. pariculus, dim. of par.
* Nitino „ ne unus.
• Ciatctino „ quisque unut.
THE VERB. 47
Exercise XXL
1. Ogni uomo e mortale. 2. Tutta la casa era in fiamme.
3. Ho avuto alcuni amici a casa mia. 4. Niuna persona ha visto
mio fratello. 5. Vostro fratello non fu visto da niuna persona.
6. Egli e stato visto da taluni uomini. 7. II cugino e con parecchi
amici nella camera. 8. Diversi uomini erano a casa mia. 9. Egli
ha qualche amico a casa. 10. Parecchie donne erano nella chiesa.
11. Ha egli qualche cosa? Egli non ha nulla. 12. Ogni ora ha
sessanta minuti.
1. Few persons were at my concert. 2. No one has seen your
brother. 3. All the town was in flames. 4. Some person has seen
my father with your brother in the town. 5. Every man has a
friend. 6. Several men were in the house. 7. No man is happy.
8. Few men are rich in this town. 9. Many men are poor in that
village. 10. My sister has several friends {fern.). 11. All these
houses are very old. 12. She has been some time in Italy.
X.— The Verb {il Verho).
There are five sorts of Verbs in Italian : —
1. Active, or Transitive (il ve'rbo attivo).
2. Passive (il verbo passivo).
3. Neuter (il verbo neutro).
4. Reflective (il verbo riflemvd).
5. Impersonal (il verbo impersondle).
Verbs have five Moods (Modi) in Italian : —
1. The Indicative (L' Indicativo).
2. The Conditional (II Condiziondle).
3. The Impekative (L' Imperativo).
4. The Subjunctive (II Soggiuntivo).
5. The Infinitive (L' Infinito).
To which, may be added
The Gerund (12 Gerundio).
The Participle (iZ Farticipio).
Verbs have eight Tenses (tempi) in Italian ; one Present
(j^resente), five Past (jpassdti)^ and two Future (futuri).
Tenses are divided into Simple (tempi semplici) and
Compound (tempi composti) ; the latter being composed of
the past participle with a tense of the auxiliary verb
avere, or essere.
The eight Tenses are : —
1. Present (ilpresente) io dmo, I love, I am loving.
48 THE VERB.
2. Imperfect (imperfetto) expresses a past action going
on while another took place : as, io leggeva quando voi
entraste, I was reading when you came in.
3. Past Definite (passdto dejinito) expresses a past action
entirely finished at a time specified : as, io viaggiai 1' anno
scorso, I travelled last year.
4. Past Indefinite (passdto indefinito), or Compound of
the Present of the Auxiliary and Past Participle of the
Verb, expresses a thirig as having taken place, without
specifying when; or which has happened at a time not
entirely past : as, egli ha mangiato molto, he has eaten too
much ; io ho visto tuo padre oggi, I have seen thy father to-
day.
5. Pluperfect (pm che perfetto), or Compound of the
Imperfect of the Auxiliary and Past Participle of the Verb,
expresses a thing habitual or repeated, but which hap-
pened indeterminately before a past event : as, io aveva
scritto quando voi mi ved^ste, I had written when you saw me.
6. Past Anterior (passdto anteriore, or rimoto), or Com-
pound of the Past Definite of the Auxiliary and the Past
Participle of the Verb, expresses a thing which happened
immediately before a past event : as, quando io ebbi dor-
mito, uscii di casa, when I had slept I went out of the house.
7. Future (ilfuturo) expresses an action or thing which
will happen at some indeterminate time to come : as, io
moriro, I shall die.
8. Future Anterior (futuro anteriore'), or Compound of
the Future of the Auxiliary and Past Participle of the
Verb, expresses a thing which will take place w^hcn
another thing shall have happened : as, io saro morto
quando tu arriverai a cinquant' anni, / shall be dead when
thou wilt he fifty years old.
'Vhe Italian Verbs are divided into three Conjugations
(coniugazioni) distinguished by the ending of the Infinitive
Mood.
I. The First Conjugation ends in dre ; {
II. The Second „ „ 6re
ere
III. The Third „ „ ire
as, amare,
to love.
as, temere,
to fear.
as, vendere,
to sell.
as, sentire,
to fed.
FIRST CONJUGATION.
49
XL — First Conjugation. — Active Voice.
Amare, to love.
indicative mood aindicatim).
Present Tense (Presented
io amo,
ta ami,
egli ama,
eUa ama,
10 amara,
ta amavi,
egli amava,
10 amaL,
tu amasti,
egli amo,
10 amero,
tu amerai,
egli amera,
Singular.
Plural.
I love. ; noi amiamo, toe hve,
thou loved, vdi amate,
he loves. eglino amano, ^
she loves. elleno amano, /
you love,
they love.
Imperfect Tense {Imperfctlo).
I loved.
ihou wast loving.
he loved.
noi amavamo, tee loved.
vol ama^ate, pou loved.
eglino amavano, they loved.
Past Definite Tense (Fassdto Definito).
I loved. noi amammo, tjoe loved,
thou lovedd. Toi amaste, yon loved,
he loved. eglino amarono, they loved.
FuTUBK Tense (Futuro).
noi amere^o,
▼6i amerete,
I shall love,
thou wilt love,
he will love.
we shall love,
you will love,
eglino ameranno, they will love.
Compound Tenses {Tempi Composti).
Past Indefinite Tense (Passdto IndefinUo).
io ho amato,
tn hai amato,
^li ha amato,
I have loved,
thou hast loved
he has loved.
noi abbiamo amato, we have loved.
voi avete amato, you have loved.
eglino hanno amato, they have
loved.
Pluperfect Tense (Piu che Perf^tto).
io aveva amato, I had loved.
tu avevi amato, thou hadst
loved.
egli aveva amato, he had loved.
noi avevamo amato, we had loved.
voi avevate amato, you had loved.
eglino avevano they had loved.
amato.
Past Anterior Tense {Passdto Bimoto)
io ebbi amato, I had loved.
tn avesti amato, thou hadst
loved.
egli ebbe amato, he had loved.
n6i avemmo amato, we had loved.
voi aveste amato, you had loved.
eglino ebbero they had loved.
amato,
$0
riRST CONJUGATION.
Future Anterior Tense (JFuturo Anteridre).
Singular.
io avro amato, I shall have \
tu avrai amato, thou wilt N
have jl
egli avra amato, he will have )
Plural.
ndi avremo amato, we shall have i
v6i avrete amato, you will have N
eglino avranno they will havei^
amato, >
Imperative Mood (Fmperativo).
amiamo (ndi),
let us love.
ama (tu),
love thou.
amate (voi),
love ye.
ami (egU),
let him love.
amino (eglino),
let them lav
CONDITIONAL MOOD (Condiztondle).
Present Tense (Fres€nte).
10 amerei,
tn ameresti,
egli amerebbe,
io avrei amato,
tn avresti amato,
egli avrebbe
amato.
J should love,
thou wouldst
love,
he would love.
ndi ameremmo,
voi amereste,
eglino amereb>
bero,
toe should love. j
you would Jiue. ^
they would lave.
Past Tense (Passdto).
I should ]-§ j ndi avremmo we should
thou wouldst I J I amato,
he would i^ I vdi avreste amato, you would
IJ j eglino avrebbero they loould
amato,
oh' io ami,
obe tn ami,
eh' egli ami,
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD (Soggiuniivo).
Present Tense (Pres^nte).
that I may love,
that thou mayst
love
that he may love
che ndi amiamo,
cbe vdi amiate,
ch' eglino amino,
that ice may love
that you may
love,
that they may
love.
ch' io amassi,
che tn amassi,
ch' egli amasse,
Imterfect Tense {Imperf^tto).
che ndi amassimo,
che vdi amaste,
that I might \
that thou
mightst \ |
that he might \ "^
that we might
thai you
might ^ ^
ch' eglino amassero, (hat they
might
Past Tense (^Fa^sdto).
oh' io abbia amato, that I may have
loved.
che tn abbi am&to, that thou mayst
have loved.
ch egli abbia that he may have
amito, loved.
che ndi abbiamo, that we may have
amato, loved.
che vdi abbiate that you may
amato, have loved.
ch' eglino abbiano that they may
amato, have loved.
SECOND CONJUGATION.
51
Pluperfect Tense (Piu che Perfe'tlo).
Singular.
ch' io avessi
amato,
ch# tu avessi
amato,
ch' egli avesse
amato.
iliat I might
have loved.
that thou mi
have loved.
that he might
have loved.
Plural.
che n6i avessimo that we might .
amato, have loved.
che voi aveste that you, might
amato, have loved.
ch' eglino avessero ihat they might
amato, have loved.
amare,
amando,
amante,
INFINITIVE MOOD {Injinito).
Present. Past.
to love. I aver amato, io have loved.
GERUND (Gerundio).
Present. Past.
loving.
I avendo amato, having loved.
PARTICIPLES {PaHicipi).
Present. Past
Masc. Fem,
Sing, amato, amata,
Plur. amati, amate,
loving.^
tS:)'-'^
r^
XII. — Second Conjugation. — Active Voice,
Temere, to fear.
INDICATIVE MOOD (Indicativo).
Present Tense (^Pres^nte).
10 temo,
tu temi,
egli teme,
ella teme,
Singular.
I fear,
thou fearest.
he fears,
she fears.
ndi temiamo,
v6i temete,
eglino temono,
elleno temono.
Plural.
we fear,
you fear,
► they fear.
10 temeva,
tu temevi,
egli temeva.
io temei,
tu temesti,
egli teme.
io temero,
tu temerai,
6gli temera,
Imperfect Tense (Imperfetto).
ndi temevamo,
v6i temevate,
I feared,
thou didst far
he feared.
eglino temevano,
Past Definite Tense (Passdto Definito).
we feared,
you feared,
they feared.
I feared.
thou didst fear.
he feared.
n6i tememmo, we feared.
voi temeste, you feared.
eglino temerono, they feared.
Future Tense (Futuro).
I shall fear,
thou wilt fear
he will fear.
3*
n6i temeremo, %ce shall fear.
vdi temerete, you will fear.
eglino temeranno, they will fear.
62
SECOND CONJUGATION.
Compound Temes (Tempi CompSsti).
Past Indefinite Tense (Passat o Indefimto).
Plural.
noi abbiamo te- we have feared.
mtito,
voi avcte temuto, you have feared.
eglino lianno te- they have feared.
Singular.
io ho temuto, I have feared
tu hai temtito, thou hast
feared.
cgli ha temuto, he has feared.
muto,
Plupekpect Tense (Piu che Perfe'tto).
io aveva temuto,
tu avevi tennito,
/ had feared,
thou hadst
feared.
egli aveva temuto, he had feared.
ndi avevamo te- we had feared.
muto,
vdi avevate temuto, you had feared.
eglino avevano te- they had feared.
muto.
Past Anterior Tense (Passato Rimdto).
ndi avemmo te- we had feared.
mtito,
vdi aveste temuto, you had feared.
eglino ebbero te- they had feared.
muto,
id ebbi temuto, I had fe'ired.
tu avesti temuto, thou hadst
feared.
egli ebbe temuto, he had feared.
Future A
io avro temuto, I sha
NT^I^
Tense (Futuro Anteridre).
II he
ndi avremo te- we shall have
muto, feared.
vdi avreta temuto, you will have
feared.
eglino avranno they will have
temuto, feared.
IMPERATIVE MOOD (Tmperativo).
temiamo (ndi), let us fear.
temete (vdi), fear ye.
temino (eglino), let them fear.
tu avrai temuto, thou wilt have
feared.
egli avra temuto, he will have
temi (tu),
tema (egli).
fear thou,
let him fear.
io temerei,
tu temeresti.
egli temerebbe.
CONDITIONAL MOOD (Condiziondle).
Present Tense (Pres^nte).
I should fear,
thou wouldst
fear
ndi temeremmo,
vdi temereste,
eglino temereb-
bero,
he would fear.
Past Tense (^Passato).
we should fear,
you would fear,
they would
fear.
io avrei temtito, I should have
feared.
tu avresti temuto, thou wouldst
have feared.
egli avrebbe te- he would have
muto, feared.
noi avremmo te- we should have
muto, feared.
voi avreste te- you would have
muto, feared.
eglino avrebbero they would have
temtito, feared.
SECOND CONJUGATION.
53
ch' io tema,
che ta tema,
ch' egli tema,
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD (Soggiuntico).
Present Tense (Presente).
Singular,
Plural.
that I may fear. \ che noi temiamo, that we maij fear,
that thou maijst che vdi temiate, that you may
fear,
that he may
fear.
fear,
ch' eglino temano, that they may
fear.
ch' io temessi, that I might
fear.
che tu temessi, tliat thou mightst
fear.
ch' egli temesse, that he might
Imperfect Texse (Imperfetto').
che ndi temessimo, tliat we might
fear.
che Toi temeste, that you might
fear.
ch' eglino temes- that they might
fear. sero, fear.
Past Tense (Passdto).
ch' io ahhia temuto, that I may have
feared.
cho tu abbi te- that thou mayst
muto, have feared.
ch' egli abbia te- that he may have
muto, feared.
che n6i abbiamo that ice may have
temtito, feared.
che vdi abbiate that you may
temuto, have feared.
ch' eglino abbiano that they may
temuto, have feared.
Pll'perfect Tense {Piu che Perfeitd).
might
ch'io avessi te- that I
muto, fear.
che tu avessi te- that thou mightst
muto, fear.
ch' egli avesse te- that he might
muto,
temere,
temendo.
tementO)
fear.
che ndi avessimo that we might
temuto, fear.
che vdi aveste te- that you might
muto, fear.
ch' eglino aves- that they might
sero temuto, fear.
INFINITIVE MOOD {Infinito),
Present. Past.
to fear. | aver temuto, io have feared.
GERUND iGerundio).
Present. Past.
fearing. \ avendo temuto, having feared.
PARTICIPLES (Participi).
Past.
Masc. Fem.
fearing.
Sing, temuto, temuta, \ ^ ,
Plur. temuti, temute, / -^ ^"^^"-
54
THIRD CONJUGATION.
XIII.
io sento,
tu sent!,
egli sente,
eUa sente,
—Third Conjugation. — Active Voice.
Sentire, to feel.
indicative mood (Indicativo).
PuESENT Tense (Pres^te).
Singular.
Ifeel.
thou feelest.
he feels,
she feels.
Imperfect Tense (Imperfd'tto).
Plural,
n6i sentiamo, we feel.
vdi sentite, you feel.
^SZ:: } "-yf^^
io sentiva,
tu sentivi,
egli sentiva,
io sentii,
tu sentisti,
egli senti.
io sentiro,
tu sentirai,
egli sentira,
Ifelt.
thou didst feel.
he felt.
ndi senti vamo, we felt.
vdi sentivate, youfeU.
eglino sentivano, they felt.
Past Definite Tense (Passdto Definito).
Ifelt.
thou didst feel.
he felt.
ndi sentimmo, wefett.
voi sentiste, you felt.
eglino sentirono, they felt.
Future Tense (Futiiro).
I shall feel,
thou wilt feel,
he will feel.
ndi sentiremo, we shall feel.
vdi sentirete, you will feel.
eglino sentiranno, they will feel.
Compound Tenses {Tempi Composti),
Past Indefinite Tense (Passdto ludefinito).
io ho sentito, I have felt.
tu hai sentito,
egli ha sentito.
thou hast felt,
he has felt.
ndi abbiamo sen- we have felt.
tito,
vdi avete sentito, you have felt.
eglino hanno sen- they have felt.
tito,
io aveva sentito, I had felt.
tu avevi sentito, thou hadst felt.
egli aveva sentito, he had felt.
Pluperfect Tense (Pra che Perfetto).
ndi avevamo sen- we had felt.
tito,
vdi avevata sen- you had felt.
tito,
eglino avkvB.no they had felt
sentito,
Past Anterior Tense (Passdto Rimdto).
io ebbi ssntito, I had felt. \ ndi avemmo sen- we had felt.
tu avtsti sentito, thou hadst felt
egli ebbe sentito, he had felt.
tito,
vdi aveste sen- you hadfeU.
tito,
eglino ebbero sen- they had felt.
tito,
THIRD CON-JUGATION.
55
Future Anterior Tense {Futiiro Anieridre).
Singular. . Plural.
io avr^ sentito, I shall have felt.
tu avrai sentito, thou wilt have
felt.
egli avra sentito, he will have
felt.
noi avremo^sen- we shall have
tito, ^ felt.
voi avrete ten- you icill have
tito, fell.
eglino avranno they icill have
sentito, felt.
senti (in),
senta (egli),
IMPERATIVE MOOD (Imperativo).
sentiamo (ndi), let us feel,
fed {thou). sentite (voi), feel ye.
let him feel. sentano (eglino), let them feel.
CONDITIONAL MOOD {Condiziandle).
Present Tense (Pres^te).
io sentirei,
tu sentiresti,
egli sentirebbe,
io avrei sentito.
I should feel,
thou wouldst
feel,
he would feel.
I should have
felt.
tu avresti sentito, thou wouldst
have felt.
egli arrebbe sen- he icould have
tito,
eb' io senta,
che tu senta,
ch' egli senta,
ch' io sentissi,
che tu sentissi.
ndi sentiremmo, we should fed.
vdi sentireste, you would feel.
eglino sentirtb- they would feel
bero.
Past Tense (Passdto).
ndi avremmo sen- we should have
tito;^ felt.
vdi avTfcste sen- you would have
tito, felt.
eglino avrebbero they would have
sentito, felt.
felt.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD (Soggiuntivo).
Present Tense (Pres^nte).
that I may feel,
that thou mayst
feel,
that he may feel.
cbe ndi sentiamo, that we may feel.
che vdi sentiate, that you may feel
ch' eglino sentano, that they may
feel.
that thou mightst
feel.
ch' egli sentisse, that he might
feel.
Impereect Tense (Imperfetto).
that Imight feel. oJienCiBentlBSxmo, that ice might
! feel.
che vdi sentiste, that you might
i fe^l'
■ ch* eglino sentis- that they mvjht
I sero, feel.
Past Tense (^Passdto).
ch' io abbia sen- that I m^y have che ndi abbiamo ihat we may
tito, felt. ' - .-
che tu abbi sen-
tito.
sentito,
that
have felt.
thou mayst i che vdi abbiate that you may
have felt
sentito,
have felt.
oh' egli abbia sen- that he mxiy have \ ch' eglino abbiano that they may
tito,
felt.
sentito,
have felt.
56
THIRD CONJUGATION.
Pluperfect Tense (Piu die Perfetto).
Singular. Plural.
ch' io avessi sen- that I might I che noi avessimo that we might
tito, have felt. \ sentito, have felt.
che tu avessi sen- that thou mightst ; che voi aveste that you might
tito, have felt. sentito, hate felt.
ch' egli avesse that he might ch' eglino aves- that they might
sentito, have felt. sero sentito, have felt.
sentire,
sentendo,
sentente,
INFINITIVE MOOD (Infinito).
Present. Past.
to feel. I aver sentito, to have felt.
GERUND (Gerundio).
Present. Past.
feeling. \ avendo sentito, having felt.
PARTICIPLES (Participi).
Present. Past.
Masc. Fem.
feeling. I Sing, sentito, sentita, \ f j.
I Plur. sentiti, sentite, / •'^"*
The English forms I do love, I am loving, I did love, I
was loving, etc., are to be translated in Italian by io amo,
I love ; io amava, I loved, etc.
Example of the Present Indicative of Amare.
Interrogative.
Do I love ? etc.
dmo io ?
ami tu ?
ama egli ?
amiamo noi ?
amate voi ?
dmano egrlino ?
I do not love, etc.
io non amo.
tu non ami.
egli non ama.
noi non amiamo.
voi non amate.
Interrog. with a Neg.
Do I not love ? etc.
non amo io ?
non ami tu ?
non dma egli ?
non amiamo noi ?
non amate voi ?
eglino non amano.* non ^mano eglino ?
Exercise XXI I.
Write out all the Tenses of the Indicative and Condi-
tional Moods of trovare, to find; v^ndere, to sell ; servire,
to serve; — in the Interrogative form, the Negative form,
and the Interrogative form with a Negative.
* The second person singular of the Imperative negative is formed with the present
of the infinitive : as, non amare, do not love ; non temere, do not fear, kc
AFFINITIES OF ITALIAN AND LATIN VERBS.
57
XIV. — Affinities of the Italian and Latin
Verbs.
1. As almost all Italian words end with a vowel, we must
first suppress the final consonants of the Latin verb, in order
to see the affinities of the verb in the two languages.
The following letters are often interchanged, their sound
being approximate. B is exchanged with v ; e with i ; d
with t : o with u ; ss with x : as, amdva instead ofamdham;
amdte for amdtis ; ressero for rexerunt, etc.
2. The Infinitive is the same in both languages, ending
in are, ere, and ire. The Latin Second and Third Conjuga-
tions in ere (long), and ere (short), form one conjugation
in Italian ; that is, the Second. Some Latin verbs ending
in ere (long) become in Italian are ; as, vovere, to vow, be-
comes votare. Some other Latin verbs ending in ere (long)
become in Italian Ire ; as, favere, to favour, Ijecomes favorire.
The similarity of the Tenses will be Feen by their juxta-
position.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
Imperfect
Perfect.
Latin.
Italian.
Latin.
Italian.
Latin. Italian.
amo.
amo.
amaba w.
amava.
amavi. amai.
ama s.
ami.
amaba «.
amavL
amavisti. amasti.
am a t.
ama.
amaba t.
amava.
amavit. amo.
amamu s.
amiamo.
amabamu s.
amavamo.
amavimus. am ammo.
amati s.
amate.
amabati «.
amavate.
amavisti s. amaste.
aman t.
amaban t.
amavano.
amaverun t. amarouo.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PUESENT.
Imperfect.
Latin.
Italian.
Latin.
Italian.
ame m. .
ami.
amavisse m.
amassi.
ame s
ami.
amavisse ».
amassi.
ame t
ami.
amavisse t.
amasse.
amemu «.
amiamo.
amavissemu «. amassimo.
ameti
8.
amiate.
amavisseti «.
amaste.
amen
t.
amino.
amavissen t.
amassero.
Note. — In the Perfect Indicative the v in the Itulian is droppefl.
The Imperfect Subjunctive is formed from the Latin Pluperfect, the
vi being dropped.
3. The Future is not formed from the Latin, as some
suppose, but from the present tense of avere joined to the
Infinitive of the verb : as, amero from amare-ho, " I have
to love," amerdi from amare-hai, &c.
68 PECULIARITIES OF FIRST CONJUGATION.
XV. — Peculiarities of some Verbs of the First
Conjugation.
The following seeming irregularities of some Verbs of
the First Conjugation, are no real irregularities, but take
place in order to preserve the original sound of its Infini-
tive; thus,
1. Verbs ending in care or gare, as mancare, to fail;
pagare, to pay ; take an h after c or ^, when these precede
e or i. This is done in order to preserve to the c and g
the hard sound of the Infinitive, as
10 manco.
10 page.
tu mauchi.
tu paghi.
egli manca.
egli paga..
ndi maQChiatuo.
ndi paghiamo.
2. Verbs ending in cidre, glare, sciare, as, cominciare,
to begin ; passeggiare, to walk ; lasciare, to leave, in which
the i only serves to indicate the soft pronunciation, drop
this i before e or i, as
10 comiucio. io passeggio. io lascio
tu cominci (one i). tu passe'ggi (one i). tu lasci (one i).
fvi, tu comincerai. tu passeggerai. tu lascerai.
3. Verbs ending in chiare and glidre drop the i only
before another i ; as
pigli^re, to take. invecchiare, io become old.
io piglio. io invecchio.
tu pigli (one i). tu invecchi (one a).
tu piglierai. tu inveccbierai.
4. Verbs ending in idre, when the i of the termination
is preceded by another vowel, drop the i before another t,
as, annoidre, to annoy ;
io anndio.
tu anndi (one t).
When these verbs however have the accent on the i in
the first person singular of the Present of the Indicative,
they follow the general rule.
spidre, to spy.
io spio, / spy.
tu spii.
In which case both »*s must be distinctly pronounced.
exercises on first conjugation. 59
Exercises on the First Conjugation.
pensare a, to thinJi of. ritomare da, to return from.
EXEKCISE XXIII.
The Simple Tenses.
A.
1. Jo amo il mio paese natale. 2. Se tu fossi tanto buono
quanto mio fratello, tu ameresti il maestro. 3. lo porta va una
lettera alia posta, quando incontrai il soldato nella strada.
4. L' uomo generoso perdona volentieri ai nemici. 5. Mia sorella
amd sempre la musica ed ella canta come una cantatrice di
mestiere. 6. lo pensava ch'egli cercasse il cappello per le scale.
7. lo ritomai dalla campagna con un orribile mal di testa. 8. Porta
la scatola nella mia camera, Antonio, e fa presto {he quick). 9. lo
paghero le cambiali fra pochi giorni, Signore ; scusate il ritardo.
10. Se tu studiassi, saresti il primo della classe. 11. Se tu non
paghi i debiti, mio caro amico, sara male per ie {ill for thee).
12. lo canterei il duetto ch' Ella mi domanda, ma non bo voce
stassera.
1. Do you love your country? Yes, sir, I love my country.
2. I sbould like to return to my country. 3. I sbould like to
forgive all my enemies. 4. I met a man in tbe street ; he was
carrying a long stick. 5. I was seeking my hat in the room, when
you returned from the concert. 6. I should study my lessons if I
had time. 7. In a few days I shall return to town in company
with my friends {masc). 8. I should pay you, sir, if I had the
money. 9. I shall sing a duet this evening with my brother at the
house of your aimt. 10. My books were on the table in the
library. 11. I am thinking of the present brought for my uncle
by your sister. 12. Bring my hat into this room, John, and be
quick.
B.
1. Amate voi il cafife, o il te ? lo amo il te. 2. Portavate voi un
cappello bianco, od un cappello nero stamattina al passeggio ? lo
portava un cappello bigio. 3. A che ora ritornaste dalla passeggiata
domenica scorsa ? lo ritomai alle cinque e un quarto. 4. A che
ora avete voi I'abitudine di mangiare? lo mangio alle sei.
5. Cercate voi la sua compagnia? No, signore, io non cerco la
sua compagnia. 6. Io cercava il mio ombrello e trovai il suo
bastone all' angolo della mia camera. 7. Io comprerei delle frutta,
se avessi danaro. 8. Io lodo gU scolari studiosi, ma biasimo
gl' infingardi. 9. Pensavate voi alle vostre lezioni, durante le
vacanze ? 10. Voi parlerete italiano fra pochi mesi, se imparerete
le vostre lezioni. 11. Dove erano i miei libri ? Io trovai i vostri
libri sulla mia sedia. 12. lo pagai venti lire al bottegaio per sei
volumi di poesia.
60 EXERCISES ON FIRST CONJUGATION.
1. Did you have a white hat or a black hat this morning?
1 had a black hat. 2. I shall return froni the concert at ten
o'clock. 3. Bring a cup of coffee to my brother. 4. I did
not return from the concert at nine o'clock, but I returned at
eleven o'clock. 5. Shall you forgive your enemy? I shall for-
give all my enemies. 6. Did you find my ring on the table ? 1
did not find your ring on the table. 7. Is your hat on my
chair ? No, sir, my hat is on the table. 8. Were you seeking
my father this morning ? Yes, sir. 9. Did you praise my exer-
cises ? No, sir, I blamed your exercises, but I praised the exercises
of your sister. 10. Did you speak of William to my brother ?
Yes, sir, and I spoke also of John's garden to your father. 11. Had
you time to buy the newspaper ? No, sir, I had no time to buy
the newspaper. ' 12. Why did you not praise my exercise ? Because
your exercise was not good.
The Compound Tenses.
C.
1. lo ho mangiato del pesce e dell' arrosto con 1' insalata ; e tu
che cosa hai mangiato ? lo ho mangiato del salame con due uova.
2. A che ora siete arrivato a Londra? A lie due. 3. Voi siete
molto invecchiato dallo scorso anno. 4. Ha ella parlato con tua
madre ? Si, signora, ella parlo con mia madre oggi. 5. Avete voi
pensato alle conseguenze di una tale azione ? Si, signore. 6. Ave-
vate voi trovato mio padre di buon umore ? No, egli era di cattivo
umore. 7. Siete voi stato ammalato lungo tempo? lo fui am-
malato due settimane. 8. Pensate voi che il contadino abbia
seminato il grano.? lo penso che il contadino non ha ancora
seminato il grano. 9. L' uomo cattivo calunnia tutti. 10. Onora
tuo padre e tua madre e sarai felice. 11. Hai tu imparata la tua
lezione? Non ancora, signor maestro. 12. Basta! non annoiare
gli amici con i tuoi lamenti.
1. Have you eaten? I have eaten some cherries. 2. Why
have you praised the exercises of my little brother ? Because the
exercises of your brother were good. 3. Have you been ill seven
days ? No, sir ; I have been ill ten days. 4. I should have found
my hat, if 1 had had time. 5. They (fern.) have found in your room
all the books of your brother. 6. Have you spoken to my cousin
(masc.) ? No, sir, I have spoken to your father. 7. Where have
you bought this stick ? I have bought this stick in Paris. 8. Have
you learnt your Italian lesson? Yes, sir, and my master has
praised my exercise. 9. The banker has blamed his servant
(masc.) because he was lazy. 10. Have you been in France ? Yes,
sir. 11. Would you have paid the shopkeeper if you had had the
money ? Yes, sir, I should have paid the shopkeeper. 12. Have
you found a needle in the corner of this room ? Yes, sir, I have
found two needles in that corner.
PECULIARITIES OF SECOND CONJUGATION.
61
XVI. — Peculiai?ities of some Verbs of the
Second Conjugation.
In order to diminish the number of Irregular Verbs to
be given afterwards, we here subjoin many Verbs of the
Second Conjugation which are subject only to some small
irregularities.
1. Some Verbs of the Second Conjugation have a double
termination for the First and Third Persons of the Sin-
gular and the Third Person of the Plural in the Past
Definite Tense, as : temere, to fear ; credere, to believe ;
ricevere, to receive; v^ndere, to sell: coders, to give way;
perdere, to lose.
Regular Termination.
io temei.
tu temesti.
egli teme.
noi tememmo.
vdi temeste.
eglino temerono.
io credei.
tu credesti.
egli crede.
noi credemmo.
voi credeste.
efflino crederono.
Irregular Termination,
io temetti.
egli temette.
eglino temettero.
io credetti.
egli credette.
eglino credettero.
2. Tacere, to he silent ; piacere, to please ; giac^re, to lie
down; nascere, to he horn; nuocere,* to he hurtful; and
their compounds, form their First and Third Person Sin-
gular and Third Person Plural of the Past Definite Tense
irregularly, thus —
io tacqui.
tu tace'sti.
egli tacque.
noi tacemmo.
vdi taceste.
e'glino tacquero.
10 piacqui.
tu piacesti.
egli piacque.
noi piacemrao.
vdi piaceste.
eglino piacquero.
io nacqui.
tu nascestl.
egli nacque.
ndi nascemtno.
vdi nasceste.
eglino nacquero
3. Tacere, piacere, and giacere add i after the c when
this letter precedes a, o, u, in order to preserve the soft
sound : as, noi taciamo, we are silent ; eglino giaciono,
they lie down ; piacitito, pleased. These three verbs have
• Nuocere loses the u in the irregular persons of Its Past Definite, and in the Past
Participle.
62
PECULIARITIES OF SECOND CONJUGATION,
aLso the First Person of the Present Tense cif the Indicative
irregular, as : io taccio, I am silent ; io piaccio, I please ;
io gidccio, I am lying down.
4. The following Verbs are irregular in the First and
Thiid Persons Singular and in the Third Person Plural of
the Past Definite Tense, and in the Fast Participle, all fol-
lowing the ^ame rule : as,
chiudere, to shut.
Past Definite.
io chiiist. noi chiudemmo.
tu chiudesti. voi chiudeste.
egli chiiwe. eglino chiiisero.
Past Pabticiple.
chiilso, chiiisa, chiusi, chiuse, shut.
accendere,
ardere,
ascendere,
ascondere,
cbiiidere,
confdndere,
contendere,
convertere,
cdrrere,
corrddere,
deludere,
difendere,
discendere,
discdrrere,
dispergere,
dissuadere,
distendere,
dividere,
elidere,
eliidere,
escludere,
estendere,
fdndere,
illudere,
imniergere,
inchiildere,
incidere,
includere,
incdrrere,
infondere,
intendere,
to light,
to hum.*
to ascend,
to hide,
to shut,
to confound,
to dispute,
to convert,
to run.
to corrode,
to delude,
to defend,
to descend,
to discourse,
to disperse,
to dissuade,
to extend,
to divide,
to elide,
to elude,
to exclude,
to extend,
to melt,
to illude.
to immerse,
to enclose,
to engrave,
to include,
to incur,
to infuse,
to intend.
intraprendere,
intridere,
intrudere,
invadere,
mdrdere,
otfendere,
percdrrere,
perdere,t
persuadere,
precldere,
profdndere,
prendere,
raccendere,
racchiudere,
radere,
recidere,
riaccendere,
riardere,
ricliiudere,
ricdrrere,
ridere,
rifdndere,
rimdrdere,
riiichiudere,
riprendere,
rddere,
rendere,t
scendere,
scdrgere,
scdrrere,
socchiudere,
to undertahe
to dilute,
to intrude,
to invade,
to bite,
to offend.
to traverse,
to lose,
to convince,
to cut.
to dissipate,
to take.
to light again,
to enclose,
to shave,
to cut.
to light again,
to hum again,
to sliut again,
to recur,
to laugh,
to melt again.
to hite again,
to shut in.
to retake
to gnaw,
to give hack,
to descend,
to perceive,
to go over,
to half -shut.
• The letters in black type are dropped In the Irregular Persons of the Past Deflnite
Tense and in the Past Participle.
t Has also the regular terminations.
EXERCISES ON SECOND CONJUGATION.
63
soccorrere,
sommergere,
sorprendere,
sorridere,
sospendere,
sdttintendere,
spargere,
spendere,
spergere,
stendere,
to hdp.
to submerge.
to surprise.
to smile.
to suspend.
to be understood.
to scatter.
to spend.
io disperse.
to extend.
stringere,*
suddividere,
tendere,
te'rgere,
trascendere,
trascorrere,
trasfdndere,
uccidere,
vilipendere,
to clutch^ to bind,
to subdivide,
to tend,
io icipe.
to surmount,
to go over,
to transfuse,
to kill,
to insult.
Fondere and its compounds change o into \l in their
irregular forms.
fondere, to melt.
Past Definite.
io fdsL noi fondemmo.
tu fondesti. voi fondeste.
egli fuse. eglino fusero
Past Participle.
fiiso. fiisa, fiisi, fuse, Tnelted.
Exercises on the Second Conjugation.
Exercise XXIV.
Simple Tenses.
A.
1. Io discorsi con tuo fratello del la prossima guerra. 2. II mio
cane morse due contadini, uno nella gamba ed uno nel braccio.
3. Intesi V attrice can tare la bell' aria : " Tergi il pianto, giovinetta."
4. 11 generale incorse la disgrazia del re per aver ucciso il signer N.
in un duello. 5. Io chiusi la porta della camera e discesi le scale
per incontrare vostro padre. 6. Ti offesi io, mio caro? No,
signore. 7. La serva riaccese il fuoco nella vostra camera, signor
Giovanni, adempiendo i vostri ordini. 8. Nostro padre rimpro-
verava Maria ed ella sorrideva, mostrando non avere molta educa-
zione. 9. I nemici invasero tutto il paese ed uccisero molte
persone. 10. Noi discorrevamo del tuo amico Guglielmo e delle
sue virtu, nella ferrovia. 11. Se non intendi perdere, non hai da
giocare. 12. Egli spese tutto il suo danaro ne' piaceri, ed ebbe a
lavorare.
1. The servant (/em.) lighted again the fire at eight o'clock this
morniug. 2. That young man spent all his money for his country.
3. The enemy invaded our country with a hundred thousand men.
4. Will this dog bite ? No, sir, this little dog does not bite.
5. He works on steeL 6. He descended to meet his father. 7. The
imcle of William spent all his money with his brothers. 8. She killed
* stringere has the p.p. stretto.
64 EXERCISES ON SECOND CONJUGATION.
her sons. 9. John played with his cousin (masc.) in the garden.
10. You would not smile if you had a headache. 11. He enclosed
his hat in its box. 12. I was speaking with your father, when
your sister was singing.
Cowpound Tenses.
B.
1. Avreste voi leso i suoi diritti, se aveste conosciuto le sue
ragioni ? No, signore, io ho abbastanza educazione. 2. lo non
amerei aver ofifeso vostro fratello, perche egli e stato sempre mio
buon amico. 3. II soldato avrebbe ucciso il suo nemico, se avesse
avuto tempo. 4. II medico ha infuso nuova vita aH'ammalato
con le sue medicine. 5. II fuoco arse tutto il giorno e tutta la sera
nella mia camera. 6. Tu hai intrapreso una difficilissima azione,
spero che succederai. 7. Intendevate voi offendere mio cugino,
con una tale Icttera ? No, signore, io non ho mai inteso ofiendere
suo cugino. 8. Ha Ella ricevuto le lettere lasciate in casa mia ?
No, signore, io non ho ancora ricevuto quelle lettere. 9. Avete
voi venduto il vostro giardino ? Non ancora, signore. 10. Hanno
i soldati diviso il danaro de' loro nemici ? Si, signore, ed ebbero
centocinquanta lire per uno. 11. Sospendete la vostra partenza, o
il signor zio 1' avra a male. 12. Ha egli pagato i suoi debiti ? ISi,
signore, ed ha anche comprato un gran giardino.
1. Have you lost much money in playing ? No, sir, I have not
lost any money. 2. Has my letter oflended your brother ? No,
sir, your letter has not offended my brother. 3. Has she sold her
house, sir ? No, sir, she has not yet sold her house, but she has
sold her gardens. 4. Have you undertaken the education of
my cousin (masc.) ? Yes, sir, and I think he will not lose his
time. 5. Have you known Mr. B. ? No, sir, I did not know
Mr. B., but I have known his son. 6. Have they (masc.) sold
their books ? Yes, sir, and they spent all the money in oranges.
7. Has he shut the door? No, sir, he has not shut the door.
8. Light again the fire in my room, Mary, and bring a cup of
tea and some bread and butter. 9. I have spoken to my enemy
in his misfortune. That was a good action. 10. I should have
come down (descended) to meet your father if I had had the time.
11. She has received all her books from our uncle this morning.
12. Would you have undertaken to find my hat in that house?
Yes, sir.
C.
1. A che ora vostro padre e a casa ? Egli riceve dalle sette alle
nove di sera. 2. Avete voi ricevute tutte le mie lettere? 3. Io
avrei ricevuto im regak) dal maestro se non fossi stato infingardo.
Ha tua sorella ricevuto I'abito nuovo? Non ancora. 4. Non
avevate voi ricevuto cinqiiecento lire pel vostro cavallo ? No,
signore, io ricevei seicento cinquanta lire pel mio cavallo.
PECULIAEITIES OF THIED CONJUGATION. 65
5. Perche battete voi vostro figlio ? lo batto mio figlio perch^ egli
e un poco di buono. 6. Tuo fratello discendeva per le scale, ed e
caduto. 7. lo ho incontrato vostro fratello in buona compagnia.
8. lo non ho perduto nulla, ma non ho guadagnato. 9. A che
ora avete voi ricevute queste arance ? AUe due ed un quarto.
10. Avete voi guadagnato molto danaro ? lo ho guadagnato
settantacinque lire. 11. Ha egli diviso V arancia per meta ? Egli
divise 1' arancia in sei parti. 12. Hanno i loro amici ricevuto de'
regali ? I miei amici non hanno ricevuto regali.
1. Have you not received a present from my father ? I have
not received any present from your father. 2. Have you known
my brother Charles ? 1 have not known your brother Charles, but
I have known your brother William. 3. Have you lost any
money ? No, sir, I have not lost any money. 4. Have you not
spoken with your master of your exercises? JS'ot yet, sir. 5. Has
he not yet sold his house? No, sir, he has not yet sold his
house. H. Had they (masc.) not undertaken a very difficult action ?
That action was not very difficult. 7. Had not your master
beaten that lazy pupil? My master had blamed, but had not
beaten, the lazy pupil. 8. Had the servant (fern.) re-lighted the fire
in my room at eight o'clock ? No, sir, she re-lighted the fire at three
o'clock. 9. We have not spoken to your father to-day. 10. Who
is fallen in the stairs? Your cousin (masc.) Charles. 11. Has
she not received a present from her mother ? Yes, sir ; and she has
also received a present from her father. 12. Would you not sell
this house if you had no money ? I should sell the house if I had
no money.
XVII. — Peculiarities of some Verbs of the
Third Conjugation.
1. There are only twelve Verbs of the Third Conjuga-
tion, which are Regular in all their terminations like
sentire, to feel (see pages 54-56) : these»are,
BoUire, to hoil.
Cucire, to sew.
Sdrucire, to rend.
Seguire, to follow.
Sen lire, to feel.
Servire, to serve.
Sortire, to go out.
Vestire, to clothe.
Dormije, to sleep.
Fuggire, to run away.
Partire, to depart.
Pentirsi,* to repent (oneself).
Of the above cucire and sdrucire fake an i whenever the
e precedes a or o ; as, io cucio, oh' io cucia, io sdrucio, etc.
2. Other Verbs of the Third Conjugation, most of them
from the Latin Verbs in scere, have the three PersoBs of
* Pentfir^ is conjugated as a Pronominal Verb : see pp. lOI-lOd.
66
PECULIARITIES OP THIRD CONJUGATION.
the Singular, and the Third Person of the Plural of the
Present Tenses of the Indicative and Subjunctive Moods,
and the Imperative, Irregular — the irregularity being the
same for all of them, and is marked in black type in the
following
Examples.
fiorire, to blossom. impallidire, to become pale.
Indicative. Subjundive.
Present.
io fioriECO.
tu fiorisci.
egli fiorisce.
noi fioriamo.
voi fiorite.
^glino fiorls-
oono.
cli' io fiorisca.
che tu fiorisca.
ch' egli fiorisca.
che noi fioriamo.
che vdi fioriate.
ch'e'glino fioris-
cano.
Indicative. Subjunctive.
Present.
io impallidisco.
tu impallidisci.
egli impallidisce.
noi impallidiamo.
►vdi iinpallidite.
e'glino impallidis-
oono.
ch' io impallidisca.
che tu impallidisca.
cli' egli impallidisca.
che noi impallidiamo
che vdi impallidiate.
ch' e'glino impallidis-
Imperative.
fioriamo. impallidiamo.
fiorisci. fiorite. impallidisci. impallidite.
oh' egli fiorisca. ch' eglino fioris- impallidisca. impallidisoano.
cano.
Such are avvizzire, to wither; aggrandire, to increase;
affievolire, to weaken; arricchire, to enrich; impoverire,
to become poor; arrossire, to blush; svanire, to disappear;
punire, to punish^ and many others.
3. The following Verbs have both (the Regular and Irre-
gular) terminations in their Present Tenses ; partire and
sortire changing their signification, according to their ter-
mination ; as, partisco, I divide ; parto, I depart, &c.
Aborrire,
Applaudire,
Assorbiro.
Avvertire,
Convertire,
Divertire,
Feme,
Garrire,
lughiottire,
Lauibire,
Langui're,
Hentfro,
to abhor.
Muggire,
to bellow.
to applaud.
Nutn're,
to nourish.
to absorb.
Partire,
to depart (o), to
to advise. .
divide (isco).
to convert.
Perire,
to perish.
to divert.
Pervertire,
to pervert. ^
to wound.
Putire,
to stink.
to sing {of birds).
Ruggire,
to roar.
to swallow.
Sortire,
to go out (o), ti
to lick.
assort (isoo).
to languish.
Sowertire,
to subvert.
to lie.
Tosafre,
to cough.
exercises on third conjugation. 67
Exercises on the Third Conjugation.
Exercise XXV.
Simple Tenses.
A.
1. L' acqua bolle, signora. 2. Dormiste voi molto la notte scorsa ?
lo dormii sette ore. 3. Perche fuggivate nella strada? Perche
aveva paura che un cane mordesse le mie gambe. 4. A che ora parti-
rete oggi ? Alle quattro, od alle cinque. 5. lo sdnicii il mio abito
stamattina nella scuola. 6. Questo cagnolino segue sempre mio
fratello. 7. Mia sorella parti per Londra ieri sera. 8. Antonio
serve nostro padre da venti anni ; egli e un onestissimo servo. 9. lo
non mangerb oggi, mio caro, perche sono ammalato. 10. Perche
arrossite, giovinetto ? lo arrossisco perche il maestro non ha
lodato il mio esercizio. 11. Un soldato non fugge i nemici del
suo paese. 12. tServite il Signor B., ed egli paghera.
1. I shall depart this evening. 2. My brother sleeps in his
room. 3. He ran away from a dog. 4. He blushed, because his
master blamed his exercise. 5. Your dog bites. 6. He will depart
next Monday at six o'clock with my cousin (masc). 7. That
soldier ran away and was blamed by his captain. 8. I slept
eight hours last night. 9. I tore my coat yesterday. 10. The
water does not yet boil. 11. We shall eat at eight o'clock this
evening. 12. The hours fly and do not return.
Compound Tenses,
B.
1. Tuo fratello ha battuto il suo cane per aver morso il cugino.
2. II maestro ha punito lo scolare, perche egli non aveva imparato
la lezione. 3. Egli ha arricchito tutti i suoi amici col suo danaro.
4. Noi abbiamo seguito il maestro alia passeggiata. 5. I nostri
soldati hanno ucciso due mila nemici in battaglia. 6. lo ho
inghiottito un osso, ed ora sono ammalato. 7. Noi abbiamo
applaudito gli attori al teatro del re ieri sera. 8. Un leone nel
giardino ha ruggito tutta la notte. 9. Voi avete dormito dieci ore,
signorino ! 10. Mia sorella ha cucito nuove maniche al suo abito
vecchio. 11. Egli ha mentito nella sua lettera ; io non ho offeso
suo cugino. 12. Noi abbiamo punito il servo, perche egli era
infingardo.
1. The master has beaten that lazy pupil. 2. She has swallowed
a bone and is now ill. 3. We have slept nine hours last night.
4» You have pimished my brother twice. 5. He has enriched his
4
68 COMPLEMENTS OF VERBS.
cousins (masc.) with his money. 6. Our soldiers have killed two
thousand five hundred and sixty-five enemies. 7. My mother has
sewn new sleeves to my coat. 8. They {masc.) have applauded
the new actress at the king's theatre last Saturday. 9. I should
have pimished you if you had not learnt your lessons. 10. We
would have followed your father if we had had the time. 11. The
master will punish all the lazy pupils. 12. He has enriched' all my
brothers.
0.
1. II maestro non ha ancora punito quello scolare infingardo.
2. Ha egli sdrucito il suo abito nuovo ? No, signore, egli ha sdrucito
il suo abito vecchio. 3. Non dormiste voi nove ore la notto
scorsa? No, signore, la scorsa notte io dormii sei ore e mezzo.
4. Non ha il cane morso tuo cugino ? II cane non ha morso mio
cugino, ma ha morso il nostro servo. 5. Non ha Ella lodato il mio
esercizio ? No, signore, io non ho lodato il vostro esercizio, perchfe
non d buono. 6. Non avreste voi battuto il giovinetto se fosse stato
cattivo ? Io non batto i giovinetti, ma biasimo la loro infingardag-
gine. 7. Avrebbe Ella applaudito 1' attrice, signor Carlo ? Io ajv
plaudo le buone attrici. 8. Da quanti anni Giovanni serve in casa
vostra ? Giovanni ha servito mio padre venticinque anni. 9. I'erche
non avete voi seguito i miei consigli? Perche i vostri consigli
non erano buoni. 10. Avrebbe Ella seguito il mio consiglio, se
fosse stato buono ? Io avrei seguito il suo consiglio. 11. Chi
ha tossito ? II Signor B. ha tossito. 12. Perche impallidisce ? Io
non ho impallidito.
1. Would you not have punished my lazy brothers ? I should
not have punished your brothers. 2. Have you not praised my
cousin's (misc.) exercise ? I have praised that exercise. 3. Have
you not blamed his laziness ? I shall blame and punish his lazi-
ness. 4. Have you served a long time in this house, John? I
have served in this house fifteen years. 5. Would you not have
followed my brothers to the concert, if you had had time ? I
should not have followed your brothers. 6. Has not your dog
bitten my father ? My dog has not bitten your father ; my dog
has bitten my cousin (7na.sc.). 7. Have the soldiers killed the
enemies of their country ? The soldiers have killed all the enemies
of their country. 8. Did you not become pale when you received
his letter ? No, sir, but I blushed. 9. Has he run away from the
school ? No, sir, he is in the school. 10. Why has Mr. B. en-
riched his brothers ? Because he loved his brothers. 11. Will
they (masc.) be in London this evening ? No, sir, they (masc.)
will be in London next Wednesday. 12. Would your sister have
sewn your coat? She would have sewn my coat if she had
the time.
COMPLEMENTS OF VERBS. 69
XVin. — Complements of Verbs.
1. The Complement of a Yerb is a word wliich completes
the sense of a sentence : as, il maestro loda lo scolare, the
master praises the pupil, the pupil is called the Complement
of that sentence.
2. There are two kinds of Complements, i*. e.,
(a) The Direct Complement, which is put. in the accusative
ca^e, as in the above example ; and,
(h) The Indirect Complement, as, io ho scri'tto una lettera
a mia madre, I have icritien a letter to my mother, io my
mother being here the Indirect Complement of the Verb
scrivere, to write.
3. The Direct Complement being the same in Italian as
in English, does not require further explanations: io amo
mio padre ; I love my father ; io hevo dcqua, I drink water ;
io leggo un libro, I read a hook, etc.
4. The Indirect Complement in Italian differs greatly from
the English, and requires further explanations.
(a) In the sentence
John gives his brother a hat,
the Italians invert the order of these words,
John give* a hat to his brother ;
translating
Giovanni dk uno cappello a suo fratello.
In the above example the Direct Complement un cappello
comes immediately after the verb da, and precedes the
Indirect Complement suo fratello.
As a general rule the Direct Complement is put in the
Accusative Case, and the Indirect Complement in the
Dative Case ; as, egli mando mio fratello alia posta, he sent
my brother to the post-office ; io insegno la lingna tedesca a
mio fratello, I teach the German language to my brother ; egli
' diede un libro a suo padre, he gave his father a hook.
(h) If the Direct Complement is a Verb in the Infinitive
Mood, it is generally preceded by a, or da ; as,
La madre insegna a leggere alia figlia.
The mother teaches reading io the daughter.
Da a mangiare agli affamati.
Give to eat io the hungry.
Dk a bere agli assetati.
Give to drink to the thirsty.
(c) If faro, to do, to make, and lasciare, to let, precede a
70 EXERCISE ON COMPLEMENTS OP VERBS.
transitive verb, the signification of the sentence changes
with the position of the Indirect Complement ; ^,
lo feci scrivere una lettera a mio fratello.
I ordered a letter to he written to my brother.
lo feci scrivere a rnio fratello una lettera.
I ordered my brother to write a letter.
Exercise XXVI.
1. To ho date cinque lire al calzolaio. 2. II maestro ha dato un
anello ed una collana a sua moglie. 3. Ha Ella dato uno scudo a
quel povero uomo ? lo ho dato uno scudo a quel povero uomo e
due scudi a quella povera donna. 4. Noi abbiamo ricevute delle
arance da vostra zia. 5. Ella ricevera la mia lettera dalla posta
domani sera. 6. I suoi scolari, signer maestro, hanno ricevuto
tutti i premi dagli esaminatori. 7. lo non ho ancora ricevuto
lettere da casa mia. 8. lo ho fatto scrivere un esercizio da mio
fratello. 9. lo ho fatto un regalo a mia sorella. 10. lo ho fatto
scrivere a mio fratello due lettere. 11. Noi abbiamo dato due
arance a nostro cugino. 12. Avete voi ricevuto la mia lettera dalla
posta ? lo non ho ancora ricevuta la vostra lettera.
1. I have written a letter to my brother. 2. I have not yet
written a letter to my cousin (fern.) ; but I have written a letter to
my aunt. 3. I shall receive to-morrow two letters from my
brothers. 4. I have given Charles all my money. 5. Would you
have given John any money, if he had been a good servant ? I
should have given John ten dollars, if he had been a good servant.
6. I have not yet given my sister a ring. 7. He has not received
any oranges from his servant (masc). 8. I have made John write
my exercises. 9. Has he given the man a glass of wine ? Not
yet, sir. 10. Did he give some bread to the poor man ? He has
given the poor man some bread and also some beer. 11. What
language are you teaching your pupils (masc.) ? I am teaching my
pupils (mr/sc.) the Italian language. 12. Was he blamed by his
master ? No, sir, he was praised by his master.
There are in Italian many verbs which require a
Complement diflferent fiom their English equivalent.
We give lists of buch verbs, according to the Preposition
that follows tiiem and the cases they govern in their
Indirect Complement.
A. Verbs governing the Genitive Case.
The Preposition di is the most generally used after verbs
as an Indirect Complement ; as, 6gli racconta maraviglie
di tiio zio, he relates wonderful things of thy uncle.
Most of these verbs are Keflective, or Pronominal, and
their Conjugation is given on pp. 101-108.
EXERCISES ON VERBS.
71
♦Abbisogn^e,
Abbondkre,
Abusare,
Accdrgersi,
Aunoiarsii,
Appagarsi,
Arrorfsire,
Avvedersi,
Burlarsi,
*Cainbiare,
Compiacerei,
Contentarsi^
•Con venire,
Degnarsi,
•Discorrere,
Dubitare,
Fidarsi,
Giovtoi,
to toant.
Gode're,
to enjoy.
to abound.
Impadronirai,
to take possession
to abuse.
Incaricarsi,
to take charge
to perceive.
Informarai,
to enquire.
to be annoyed,
to be satisfied.
Lagnarsi,
Lamentarsi, /
to complain.
to blush.
♦Maucare,
to want.
to perceive.
Maravigliarsi,
to marvel.
to mock.
Morire,
to die.
to change.
Occuparsi,
to be occupied.
to be pleased with.
*Parlare.
to speak.
to be satisfied.
Pentirsi,
to repent.
to agree on.
Profittare,
to profit.
to condescend.
Ragionare,
to reason.
to talk of.
Ricordarsi,
to remember.
to doubt.
Ripentirsi,
to repent.
to trust.
*Vivere,
to live.
to profit.
EXEBCISE XXVII.
1. Egli abusa della pazienza mia ed abuserk ancbe della tua
confidenza. 2. Quel signore abbonda di risorse. 3. Un proverbio
italiano : " Fidarsi e ben, ma non fidarsi b meglio." 4. 11 nostro
amico B. ha cambiato di casa ieri. 5. La prego compiaccrsi di
ascoltare le sue richicste. 8. Dubita Ella della onestk del suo
servo Giovanni? lo nou dubito dell' onesta di Ciiovanni. 7. Ha
egli goduto lungo tempo della sua buona fortuna ? Egli ha goduto
(della sua buona fortuna molti anni. 8. I>iscorrevate voi di mio
padre? No, signore, noi discorrevamo del nostro nuovo maestro.
y. Mori egli di febbre, o di mal di cuoro ? Egli mori di febbre.
10. Profittarono i nostri amici della buona occasione ? I nostri
amici profittarono di una tale buona occasione. 11. Ha Ella paura
di cadere per le scale ? No, signore, io non ho ]iaura di cadere.
12. Manca Ella di pane ? Si, io manco di pane e di butirro.
1. I do not doubt his honesty, he is an old servant oi my father.
2. He will abuse your confidence. 3. I beg you to be pleased to
listen to my complaints. 4. Were you not talking of our firiends
yesterday evening ? No, sir, we were talking of our pupils (muse).
5. Of what did he die ? He died of fever. 6. Will you profit by
this good chance ? I shall not profit by that chance. 7. Are you
afraid of failing ? I am afraid. 8. Are you in want of some
wine ? Yes, sir, and I want also some water. 9. Do you blush
for this exercise ? Yes, sir, because this exercise is not good.
10. Has he changed his house? Not yet, sir. 11. We shall
change house to-morrow. 12. I shall speak of your laziness to
your master.
* These yerbs govern also other cases.
72
EXERCISES ON VERBS.
B. Verbs GOVERNiNa the Dative Case.
The following Verbs require the Preposition a after
them when meaning:
Acconsentire,
to consent.
Imparire,
to learn.
Accostumarsi,
to accustom one-
Incitare,
to excite.
self.
Inclinare,
to incline.
Adattarsi,
to accommodate
Indiirre,
to induce.
oneself.
Insegnare,
to teach.
Adempire,
to fulfil.
Insistere,
to insist.
Affaticarsi,
to endeavour.
Invitare,
to invite.
Aiutare,
to help.
Mettersi,
to begin.
Appliearsi,
to endeavour.
Offrirsi,
to offer oneself.
Atte'ndersi,
to expect.
Persistere,
to persist.
Avvezzarsi,
to accustom orie-
Pervenire,
to get to.
self
Piacersi,
to please.
Bastare,
to he sufficient.
Provvedere,
to provide.
Condannare,
to condemn.
Keggere,
to endure.
Contribuire,
to contribute.
Riflettere,
to reflect.
Costrmgere,
to oblige.
Rinunziare,
to renounce.
Dare,
to give.
Risdlversi,
to resolve.
Deatinare,
to destine.
Riuscire,
to succeed.
Determinarsi,
to determine one-
Soccdirere,
to assist.
self
Sopravvivere
to survive.
Dispdrsi,
to prepare oneself,
to he equivalent.
Spronare,
to spur. .
Equivalere,
Stimolare,
to stimtdaie.
Esitare,
to hesitate.
Supplire,
to suffice.
Esporsi,
to expose one-
Tardare,
to long.
self.
Toccare,
to concern.
Forzare,
to force.
Uhbtdire,
to obey.
EXEBCISE XXVIII.
1. Venticinque lire italiane eqmvalgono ad una lira sterlina.
2. Died centesimi italiani, o due soldi, equivalgono ad un soldo
inglese. 3. Una lira italiana equivale a dieci soldi inglesi. 4. lo
insegno a mio fratello la lingua inglese ed a mia sorella la lingua
francese. 5. 11 maestro insegna la musica ai suoi scolari. (j.
Provvedete ai vostri bisogni quando siete giovani. 7. Koi abbiamo
a tutto provveduto. 8. Egli sopravviverk a suo fratello, la sua
salute e ottima. 9. Tocca a Guglielrao il provvedere ai nostri
bisogni. 10. Ubbidite ai vostri genitori ed ai vostri maestri e
sarete felici. 11. 11 maestro ha biasimato lo scolare, perche non
aveva ubbidito ai suoi ordini. 12. Noi ubbidiremo, ed impareremo
le nostre lezioni.
1. One sovereign is worth (is equivalent to) twenty-five Italian
lire. 2. An EngUsh penny is equivalent to ten Italian centesimi,
3. Are you teaching your brother the Italian language ? No, sir ;
1 teach my brother the English language. 4. Our master teaches
music and the French language to all his pupils (ttuuc). 5. Would
EXERCISES ON VERBS.
73
you teach my cousins (mase.) the French language? I should
teach your cousins (masc) the French language if 1 ha^ the time. 6.
♦She has taught my sister music and Italian. 7. Our father provides
for all our wants. 8. Will he survive his old uncle? He will
survive his uncle, because his health is good. 9. Mr. B. survived
his grandfather thirty-two years seven months and five days. 10.
Obey your masters and your parents and you will be praised. 11. A
good pupil (masc.) obeys his master's orders. 12. I shall teach
Charles music, if he is a good pupil.
C. Verbs governing the Ablative Case.
The following Verbs require the Prepositions da, in, per^
etc., after them when meaning :
Alien tan arci, to go4iway.
Astenersi,
Cadere,
*Cominciare,
Derivare,
Dipendere,
Dispensare,
Distinguere,
Dividere,
*Guardare,
Liberare,
to abstain,
to fall,
to begin,
to derive,
to depend,
to dispense,
to distinguish,
to separate,
to take care,
to free.
Nascere,
♦Preservare,
Provenire,
Sbrigarsi,
Scacciare,
Scoppiare,
Smascellaro,
*Tirare,
to take origin,
to preserve,
to come from,
to get rid of.
to turn out.
to burst,
to burst {ofUmgli'
ing).
to blow (of the
uiind).
Those marked ♦ may also govern the Accusative.
Exercise XXIX.
1. Egli cadde dal terzo piano nella strada. 2. 11 bicchiere 6
caduto dalla tavola sulla tua sedia. 3. Comincia la tua lezione
dalla pagina terza. 4. Questa parola deriva dal latino. 5. Da che
lingua deriva questo verbo ? Codesto verbo e derivato dal greco.
(). Egli non distingue il bene dal male. 7. I buoni scolari sono
divisi dai cattivi scolari. 8. II Reno nasce nelle montagne della
Svizzera. 9. La guerra del mille ottocento cinquantanove libero
la Lombardia dal dominio austriaco. 10. Carlo fu scacciato dalla
scuola perche era un cattivo ragazzo. 11. Quando mia sorella
parl6, io scoppiai dal pianto, 12. 11 vento tira dal levante questa
1. Your watch is fallen from the table. 2. Have {are) you
fallen on the stairs ? No, sir, I have (am) not fallen. 3. All my
books have (are) fallen from my arms. 4. These two words are
derived from the Greek. 5. From what language is this verb
derived ? That verb is derived from the Latin language. 6. Do
you distinguish the white colour from the black ? I do distinguish
all colours. 7. What wind blows this ev^iing ? The wind this
74
EXERCISES ON VERBS.
evening blows from the east. 8. Why was John turned out of
school V Because he did not learn his lessons. 9. In what year
was Lombardy freed from the Austrian domination ? 1 n the year
eighteen hundred and fifty-nine. 10. Why has Charles burst out
crying ? Because his sister is ill. 11. W herefrom does our lesson
begin? From the seventy-seventh page. 12. Js that man fallen
in the street ? Yes, sir.
D. Other Verbs with more than one Complement.
The following Verbs have more than one Complement,
and some of them change their signification with the
change of their Complement :
to play at.
to play for.
to be less,
to want,
to fail in.
to thinJc of.
to reflect,
to answer,
to become
surety for.
to serve,
to be used
for.
to answer^ to
content,
to satisfy.
to come from.
to go out from.
1. Adempiste voi ai vostri doveri ? lo adempio i miei doveri.
2. Noi assistemmo alia rappresentazione di Hamlet al teatro
del re lunedi scorso. 3. Ha Ella assistito quel povero zoppo ?
Si, signore, io ho dato alio zoppo cinque lire. 4. L'aspetto di
questa citt^ ha cambiato negli ultimi cinque anni. 6. Ha Ella
cambiato di cappello, signor mio ? Si, io ho un cappello nuovo.
6. Chi cerca Ella, signore ? Io cerco la Signora B. 7. Che cerca
Ella di fare alia porta? Io cerco di aprire la porta per entrare.
8. Grede Ella la storia del soldato? Io non credo al soldato.
9. Carlo crede in Dio ed all' Evangelo. 10. lo domando arance.
A chi domanda Ella delle arance? A Giovanni. 11. Di chi
domanda Ella, signore? Io domando del signore Z. 12. Gio-
cheremo noi agli scacchi? SI, signore; ma di oho giocheremo?
Giocheremo d' una lira.
Assistere a,
to be present.
Gioedre a.
Assistere {with ace,
!, to help.
Giocdre di,
Cambiare (with ace.
) to alter.
Mancare (ace.),
Cambiare di.
to change.
Mancare di.
Cercare {acc.\
to look for.
Mancdre a
Cercare di,
to try.
Pensare a,
Con venire di.
to agree.
Pensare di.
Convenire a,
to be becom-
Rispondere a.
ing.
Rispdndere di.
Cre'dere (ace.) (of
to believe.
things).
Servire (ace),
Credere a.
to believe.
Servire di,
Credere in (proper
to believe.
noun).
Soddisfare a,
Domandare a (per-
to ash.
son).
Soddisfare (ace.).
Domandare (ace),
to ash.
Venire di, da,
Domanddre di.
to enquire
after.
Usciro di, da,
Exercise XXX.
EXERCISES ON VERBS. 76
1. We fulfil aur duties, sir. 2. Were you present in the king's
theatre at the representation of Hamlet? No, sir, I was not
at the theatre last week. 3. Has our master helped that poor
man? Our master always helps the poor. 4. Have you altered
the appearance of your house ? 1 have not yet altered the appear-
ance of my house. 5. Has Charles changed his coat ? Yes, sir ;
and he has also changed his hat. 6. I am trying to open the door
to go in. 7. Do you believe our cousin imasc.) ? I do not believe
your cousin's (ma.sc.) story. 8. Do you believe in the Gospel?
We believe in the Gospel. 9. What do you ask, sir ? I ask for a
bottle of wine and some bread and cheese. 10. Shall we play at
chess, sir ? Yes, sir, but not for money. 11. Are you thinking of
your father ? I am not thinking of my father, but I think of
writing a letter to my cousin (fem.). 12. Who has enquired after
my brother? Mr. B. has enquired of your brother and of your
father
XIX. — The Pronoun [il Pronome).
The Pronouns (Pronomi) are used to avoid the repetition
of preceding Nouns. They are of six kinds : Personal
{persondle). Demonstrative (dimostrativo), Possessive (jpos-
sessivo). Interrogative (interrogativo)^ Relative (relativo),
and Indefinite {indejinito).
k. Personal Pronouns (P"on6mi Persondli).
There are two kinds of Personal Pronouns : Absolute
(assjluti). and Conjunctive (congiunti). The difference
between these two kinds of Personal Pronouns is shown in
the following
Examples.
>-,... Tj { Give me an orange.
Conjunctive Pronoun. | p^^ . ^^. ^^^^.^
-, , . „ C Give an orange to me, and not to my brother.
AbsoltUe Pronoun. | j^ .^^ ^^, ^^^^.^ ^ ^^ ^ ^^^ „ ^^ f^^^ello.
In the first example the idea convoyed by the Verb
date, give, bears more upon ardnciay orange, than upon mi,
to me : in the second example the contrary takes place, and
the Verb lays its stress on the Pronoun a me.
The Conjunctive Pronoun is generally joined to the
Verb, if coming after the Verb, and hence its name.
4*
76
ABSOLUTE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
I. Absolute Personal Pronouns {PronSmi Persondli AssoUti)
Ace.
Abl.
First Person.
Nom. io,
Gen. di me,
Dal. a me,
me,
da me,
con me,
per me,
in me,
same.
Singular.
Masculine and Feminine.
Plural.
Nom. n6i,
Gen. di n6i,
Dat. a noi,
Ace. ndi,
Abl. da ndi,
con noi,
J.
of me.
to me.
me.
from me.
loith me.
by me.
in m£.
upon we.
per noi,
in ndi,
sundi,
we.
of us.
to us.
U8.
from us.
with us.
by us.
in us.
upon vs.
Nom. tu.
Gen.
dite.
l>at.
ate,
Ace.
te.
Abl.
date.
conte,
per te.
inte,
rote,
Singular.
Second Person.
Masculine and Feminine.
thou,
of thee,
to thee,
thee.
from thee,
from thee,
by thee,
in thee,
upon thee.
Plural.
Nom. vdi,
Gen. divdi,
a vdi,
voi,
da vdi,
con vdi,
per vdi,
in vdi,
su vdi.
Dat
Ace.
Abl.
you.
of you.
to you.
you.
from you.
with you.
by you.
in you.
upon you.
Third Person.
Masculine.
Nom. egli, ei, e', esse, he, it.
Gen. di lui, di esso, of him, of it.
Dat. a lui, ad esso, to him, to it.
Ace. lui, 6830, him, it.
Abl. da lui, da esso, from him,
from it.
oon lui, con esso, with him,
with it.
per Ifii, per esso, by him, by it.
in lli, in esso, in him, in it.
su lui, su esso, upon him,
upon it.
Singular.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Aec.
Abl.
Feminine.
ella, la. essa, she, it.
di lei, di essa, of her, of it.
a lei, ad essa, to her, to it.
lei, essa, her, it.
da lei, da essa, from her,
from it.
oon lei, con tcith her,
essa, with it.
per lei, per by her, by it
essa,
in lei, in essa, in her, in it.
lu lei, su essa, upon her,
upon it.
PlonL
Nom. eglino, essi, they.
Gen. di Idro, di essi, of them.
Dat. a Idro, ad essi, to them.
Ace. Idro, essi, them.
Nom. elleno, esse, they.
Gen. di Idro, di esse, of them.
Dat. a Idro, ad esse, to them.
Ace. Idro, esse, them.
ABSOLUTE PERSONAL PEONOUNS. 77
All. da Idro, da essi, from them. Abl. da loro, da esse, from them.
coa loro, con with them. con Idro, con with them.
essi, esse,
perloro, per essi, &t/ ZAem. per lore, t^i by them.
esse,
in 16ro, in essi, in them. in loro, in esse, in them.
su Idro, sn essi, upon them. su Idro, su esse, upon them.
Third Person for both Genders and Numbers.
Gen. di se,* of himself, herself, itself, themselves.
Dat. a se, to himself, herself, itself, themselves.
Ace. se, himself, hersf.lf, itself, themselves.
AbL da se^ from himself, herself, itself, themselves.
con se, with himself, herself, itself themselves.
per se, hy himself, herself, itself, themselves.
in se, in himself, herself, itself, themselves.
Bopra se, upon himself, herself, itself, themsdves.
Rkmarks
1. Ei, e', are contractions of 6gli, from the Latin ille.
2. Egli and Ella are used only for persons, 6sso, ^ssa,
being used for things and persons also.
3. The English it, when referring neither to a person
nor to a thing, is uot translated : as, it is true, e vero.
4. The English self, selves, own self ownselves, are rendered
in Italian by the words stesso, medesimo, stessa, med^sima,
stessi, med^simi, st^sse, med^sime.
I have written the letter myself
lo stesso ho scritto la lettera, or, lo medesimo ho scrftto la lettera.
Mary herself has ashed after you.
Maria ella stessa (or ella medesima) ha domandato di vdi.
5. Instead of con me, con te, con se, m6co, t6co, s^co are
used very often : and, in poetry only, nosco and vosco,
instead of con noi, con voi.
Exercise XXXT.
1. Chi e stato qui ? II Signer B. e stato qui ed ha egli stesso
portato una lettera per voi. 2. Pensi tu a me ? lo non penso a te,
ma penso ad esse. 3. Manda il danaro a me e non a mio fratello.
4. Perchfe Ella non ascolta me ? Perche non ho tempo da perdere.
5. Aprite la porta per me. Perchfe non aprite voi stesso la porta ?
Perche le mie mani sono sudicie. 6. II maestro egU stesso ha dato
a tuo fratello un bel libro ed a te una nuova penna. 7. lo stesso ho
* Se takes an accent when it could be mistaken for te, if.
78 CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
scritto a lui una lettera ieri sera. 8. Chi ha firmate le cambiali ?
Ho firmate le cambiali io stesso. 9. Ho dato a lei un cappello
nuovo ed a lui un nuovo abito. 10. Ho ricevuto da lei questa
mattina un beliissimo regalo, ed io stesso ho scritto a lei una
lettera di ringraziamento. 11. Giovanni, portate del vino per questi
signori. 12. Egli h molto superbo, egli e pieno di sfe.
1. I have given a new hat to him. 2. She has been here, and she
' herself brought two books for you. 3. Open the box for me, I have
no time to lose. 4. The master himself has given a new book to
him, and he has also given an exercise to us. 5. Have you given
to them my letters ? I have given them your letters yesterday.
6. Have you yourself signed the bills of exchange? Yes, sir, I
have signed the bills of exchange myself. 7. To whom have you
given my pen ? To him. 8. Is he proud ? Yes, sir, he is (full of
himself) very proud. 9. The shoemaker has brought the boots
himself. 10. He always speaks of himself. 11. I have been with
him myself all the evening. 12. Have you been with them?
Yes, sir, I have been with them all the evening.
2. Coiyunctive Personal Pronouns (PronSmi Persondli
Congiunti).
The Conjunctive Personal Pronouns have only the Dative
and the Accusative cases.
First Person,
Masculine and Feminine.
Singular. Plural.
Dot. mi, me, to me. DaL d, ne, us, to us.
Ace. mi, me. Aco. ei, no, us.
Second Person.
Masculine and Feminine.
Singular. Plural.
Dot. ti, thee, to thee. Dot. vi, you, to you.
Ace. ti, thee. Ace. vi, you.
Third Person.
Masculine. Feminine.
Singular.
Dot. gli, him, to him. Dat. le, lier, to her. Le, to you.
Ace. Io, il, him. Ace. la, her. La, you.
Plural.
Dat. Wro, them, to them. Dat. 16ro, them, to them.
Ace. li, them. Ace. le, them.
Vhird Person, Masculine and Feminine, Singular and Plural.
Dat, Bi, to himself, to herself, to itnelf, to IJiemselves.
Ace, n, himself, herself, itself, themselves
CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 79
Remarks.
1. The Conjunctive Personal Pronouns precede the Verb
in the Indicative, Conditional, and Subjunctive Moods.
They also precede the Verb in the Imperative used
negatively: as,
Non mi dare delle bastondte, do not give ms a thrashing.
lo ti do uu' arancia, I give you an orange.
lo vi vedo, I see you.
Tu gli dai un regalo, thou givest him a present.
'£AIq, si riguarda nello specchio, she hoks at herself in the looking-glass
^gli mi ha dato un cappeilo, he has given me a hat.
Tu le hai dato una spiUa, thou had given her a pin.
Non mi dare V anello dra, do not give me the ring now.
Gh' egli mi ami, that he may love me.
2. When two Conjunctive Personal Pronouns, one in the
dative and the other in the accusative, are in the same
sentence, they both precede the Verb, the dative before the
accusative; the i of w«, ti, ci, vi, being changed into e; and
gli taking an e before tlie accusative with which it is
joined: as,
!figli me lo disse, he said it to me.
Id te lo dissi, I said it to thee.
Eglino ce lo dissero, they said it to us.
EUa ve lo disse, she said it to you.
lo glielo diro, I shall tell it to him.
3. Le, to her, is never used before lo, la, li, le, we; gli
taking its place for the sake of euphony : thus,
Jo glielo do, 1 give it to her. lo glielo do, I give it to you ; or,
lo lo do a lei, I give it to her. lo lo do a Lei, I give it to you
4. The Conjunctive Personal Pronouns follow the Verb
in the Imperative (except when used Negatively), Infini-
tive, Gerund, and Past Participle, and are joined to the
Verb, the Infinitive dropping its final vowel : thus,
Amo vedervi, I am glad to see you.
Mostratemelo, show it to me.
Parlandomi di te, speaking to me of thee.
Vediitomi, disse, having seen me, said.
Datole una lettera, disse, having given her a letter, said . . .
5. When the Verb is a monosyllable, or has an accent
on its last vowel, these pronouns follow the verb and are
80 CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
joined to it, the consonant of the pronoun being doubled
and the accent dropped (except gli) ;* thus we say :
Lo faro, and fardllo, I shall do it.
SS^fS)\Tgf Jre. } ^ ^ «^«" ^^^^ ^*"» ^^ ^
Dirovvelo, and ve lo dirb, I shall tell you it.
L' amo, or amoUa, he, she loved her.
Ci dk, or dacoi, he, she gives us.
6. Loro, to them, precedes or fc;llows the verb ; as,
Egli disse 16ro, he said to them.
Egli loro ha dato, he has given to them.
7. The Dative of the Personal Pionouns is sometimes
used instead of the Possessive Adjective : as,
Tn &lfZ S I ^<^rn hisfnend.
10 sono suo amico, j •'
S. In speaking of parts of the bod}', or dress, the Italians
use the Dative Pronoun instead of the l^ossessive Adjective :
as,
Mi diidle la testa, my head aches.
Ti si e sdrucxta la soarpa, thy shoe is torn.
81 e rotta la gamba, he has broken his leg.
Exercise XXXII.
1. Id glielo dissi, ed egli non mi credette. 2. Ella lo crederk
quaado lo vedrk. 3. Ho data la sua lettera alia signorina B., ed
ella mi disse di ringraziarla. 4. Mi duole il braccio, 1' ho urtato
sulla tavola. 5. Cosa vi duole, signorino? Mi duole la testa.
6. Gli siete voi amico ? Nossignore, io non gli sono amico. 7. II
maestro biasimd gli scolari e loro disse di imparare le lezioni.
8. Ha Ella detto loro di venire a pranzo da Lei questa sera ? Si,
signore. 9. Che cosa Le piacerebbe avere da pranzo ? Datemi
del pesce e dell' arrosto. 10. Io ti crederei se la storia fosse
probabile. 11. Io glielo avrei detto, se lo avessi visto. 12. Amerei
vedervi stassera a casa mia, e pregovi venirmi a trovare.
1. I have told it to him, but he did not say anything. 2. I
should believe him if he were an honest man. 3. He was speaking
to me of you this evening in his house. 4. I shall be with her
to-morrow, or Saturday next. 5. Have you found him jn my room
yesterday evening ? Yes, sir, he was looking after you. 6. He
(masc.) said it to us, but we did not believe him. 7. Show it to
me. 8. I have given her two hundred lire and one hundred
and fifty-five needles yesterday. 9. My arm aches; it aches
• See note, p. SO.
REMARKS ON PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 81
more than yesterday evening. 10. Would you speak to her?
No, sir. 11. Did the master speak to his pupils? He told
them to learn their lessons. 12. Are you his friend ? Yes, sir,
I am his friend.
BL
1. Chi ha scritto questo esercizio ? lo, signor maestro. 2. Chi
ha parlato con Lei ? 11 servo di mio padre mi ha portato una
lettera. 3. fi Ella arrivata sola ? Nossignore, io sono arrivata con
k zia di Carlo. 4. Ascoltatemi, ragazzi : disse il maestro, voi avete
a imparare i vostri esercizi voi stessi. 5. Ella lo dividerebbe, se lo
avesse, ma ella non 1* ha. (?. Ov' e la sua penna d' acciaio, signo-
rino ! — lo non 1' ho. 7. Ragazzi, accompagnatemi alia passeggiata
quest' oggi. 8. Cameriere, portateci da mangiare. 9. Io gli parlerd
di Lei, e gliela raccomandero. 10. Non 1' ho ancora pagato, perche
non ho danaro ; ma lo pagherb domani. 11. Insegnategli la lingua
francese, perch6 egli non la conosce. 12. Io gliela insegnerei, se la
conoscessi io stesso.
1. Children, come with me to church this evening. 2. I shall
myself teach her the Italian language. 3. Would you speak to
him ? Yes, sir. 4. If 1 knew the French language, 1 should teach
it to you. 5. I shall recommend you to him, if 1 see him this
evening. 6. Waiter, bring us something to eat, and bring us
also a bottle of beer. 7. Where is your book, sirf' 8. I have
myself spoken to him of your brother. 9. He has brought me a
letter of my mother? 10. We shall all be glad to talk to him
of you and of your brother. 11. Would you accompany me to
the promenade ? Yes, sir, we will all accompany you. 12. Does
your head ache ? My head does not ache this morning, but my
hand aches.
Further Eemarks on Personal Pronouns.
1. When the Personal Pronoun is fbllowed by che, the
Verb agrees with the Personal Pronoun : as,
Tu che mi ami, thou that lovest me.
N6i che trovammo la strada, we that found the way.
V6i che foste punito, you that were punishecL
2. The Pronouns are often omitted, when the sense of
the sentence is not obscured : as,
Amo mio padre, I love my father.
Abbi pazie'nza, have (thou) patience.
£ tempo perdiito, it is a loss of time.
3. If the Personal Pronoun refers to a thing, a verb must
82 REMARKS ON PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
precede it ; if the Pronoun refers to a person, no verb is
needed before it : as,
Cercate il mio capp^lo, non posso uscire senza av^rlo.
Look for my hat ; I cannot go out vnthout it (having).
Cercate mio figlio, non posso uscire senza liii.
Look for my son ; I cannot go out without him.
4. The Conjunctive Pronouns ne, of it ; ci, vi, to it, are
t)ften used in the singular, and then refer only to things
and never to persons : as,
Che cdsa ne pensdte ? what do you think of it ?
Che cdsa pensate di liii ? what do you think of him f
Che cdsa ci avete a far vdi ? what have you to do with it ?
5. Ne is sometimes used instead of ci, W8, to us : as,
Ne dicono, they tell us. £gli ne ha ddto, he has given us.
But this form of speaking is to be avoided.
6. Before Itii, 161, 16ro, and before womw», 6sso is used to
strengthen the expression : as,
Andai con esso liii al tedtro, I went with him to the theatre.
Quest' drdine fu ricevuto da Isso this order has been received from the
ministero, ministry.
7. Instead of the accusative masculine lo, il, is used befora
words beginning with a consonant (^except z or s impurd).
When preceded by mi, ti, si, gli, ci, vi, or non, the i of 11
is dropped, and both words are contracted thus :
me' 1, or mel dice, tells it to me.
te* 1, or tel dice, tells it to thee.
glie* 1, or gUel dice, tells it to him.
ce' 1, or eel dice, tells it to us.
ve' 1, or vel dice, teUs it to you.
Be' 1, or sel dice, tells it to him-
self.
no* 1, or nol dice, does not tell it.
8. Conjunctive Personal Pronouns in the accusative are
often affixed to the adverb 6cco, here it is : as,
Eccovi veniito, here you are come. Eccolo qui ! liere he is I
9. In answering questions, the Italians have a different
form from the English Fes, I am ; Yes, I do, &c.
(a) If the answer refers to a noun with the definite
article or a demonstrative adjective, then the verb in the
answer requires a personal pronoun agreeing with the fore-
going noun : as,
Siete vdi le zie di questo fanciiillo ? SI, ndi le si&mo.
Are you the aunts of this boy i Yes, we are.
Sdno quelli i vdstri stiviU ? Si, li sdno.
Are those your boots f Yes, they are.
EXERCISES ON PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 83
(6) If the answer refers to an adjective^ verb, or noun
{without definite article or demonstrative adjective), the
pronoun lo is used : as,
£ Ella ammalata ? Si, lo sono. Are you tU ? Yes, I am.
Sdno le tiie sorelle arrivate? Si, Are your sisters arrived? Yes,
lo sdno. they are.
Sdno Italiani coldro ? Si, lo sdno. Are they Italians i Yes, they are.
10. When referring to a foregoing noun substantive in
the genitive case, the Jiinglish use some, or any ; when they
refer to the dative, they use there ; and when they refer to
the ablative they use from there, thereby. In these cases
the Italians use for the genitive and ablative ne, and for the
dative ci, or vi (changed into ce and ve when preceding lo,
la, 11, le, ne) : as,
Ecco del vino ; ne vudle ^la ? Here is some wine ; do you want
anyf
He bevero un bicchiere. I shall drink a glass (of it^.
Va Ella a Ldndra V No, ne Are you going to London ? No, 1
vengo. come from there.
H mio fratello nel giardino ? Si, Is my brother in the garden ? Yes,
vi e. he is there.
Exercise XXXIII.
A.
1. Egli e un buon ragazzo, ama i suoi genitori. 2. Tu sei
mio amico, ti accompagnerb a casa stassera. 3. Ella ^ tua
sorella, ti ama, e scrive i tuoi esercizi per te. 4. Noi gli
siamo amici, lo rimprovereremo della sua infingardaggine. 5.
Vol siete sue nemico, avete a perdonarlo. 6. Eglino sono dot-
tissimi, mi aiuteranno a scrivere la storia del re. 7. Amano
lo studio ed amano anche il divertimento. 8. Dico sempre la
veritsL e ne sono contento e felice. 9. Avete imparate le vostre
lezioni quest' oggi ? Si, signore, le abbiamo imparate. 10. Datemi
un ago, ne ho gran bisogno. 11. Mangerete voi senza di mp ? lo
mangerb solo questa sera. 12. ^ tempo perduto 1' ascoltarlo.
1. He has five oranges, will he eat one (of them)? 2. You
are his friend, talk to him. 3. Did you write this exercise for him ?
Yes, sir, I have written it for him, he had no time. 4. Have you
found my fork ? I shall not eat without it. 5. Will you accom-
pany your brother ? I shall accompany him. 6. Will she accom-
pany her mother ? She will accompany her. 7. Have you for-
given Charles? I have forgiven him. 8. Will you listen to
me? I shall not listen to you to-day, because 1 have no time,
but I shall listen to you to-morrow. 9. We have all learnt our
84 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
lessons and written our exercises. 10. It is lost time to listen to
her. 11. Give me a new hat, I want it very much. 12. I tell
the truth and I am happy.
B.
1. Lo credete, signer Carlo? Jo non lo credo. 2. Crtdete
voi la sua storia ? lo non ne credo una parola. 3. Lo
credera il suo amico ? Egli noii lo credera. 4. Glielo nascondera
Ella? Si, signore, io glielo nascondero. 5. Ella non ci ha
da far nulla, non e affar suo. 6. lo non ci credo, la stovia non
e probabile. 7. Ci credereste, se la storia fosse probabile ? Sissi-
gnore, ci crederei. 8. Ha egli parlato? Egli non ha parlato.
9. Kicevei da esso G-enerale un ordine quest' oggi, e 1' ubbidiro.
10. Non e probabile che voi gli parliate ora, egli e occupatissimo.
11. Parlategli. 12. Eccoci tutti arrivati, portateci la cena.
1. I shall speak to him myself, if I have time. 2. Do you
speak of my exercises? I speak of them, and I speak also
of your lesson. 3. When I spoke to him in Paris, he was
ill. 4. I never sing without my brother ; look for him. 5.
Where have you found him? I found him in your room. 6.
Have you seen my hat? It is on the table in my room. 7. I
have been punished, and thou also wilt be punished if thou dost
not learn thy lesson to-day. 8. I did not believe his story,
because it was not probable. 9. I should not have given him
my book if I had known that he was a lazy boy. 10. I will
speak to your brother. 11. I have not spoken to her. 12. Did
you speak to him in his house ? I spoke to his mother of him
and of you also.
B. Demonstrative Pronouns (PronSmi Dimostrativi).
The Demonstrative Pronouns point out the person or
thing spoken of, and are the following : —
1. The Pronoun pointing out the Person, or Thing, near
the person that speaks: as, questo cappello, this hat (near
me), quest' uomo, this man here.
Masculine. Feminine.
Singular,
Nom. qnesta, this
Nom. qaesto, this.
Gen. di questo, of this.
Dat. a questo, to this.
Ace. qaesto, this.
All. da questo, from this
Gen. ^ qnesta, of this.
Dat. a questa, to this.
Ace. qnesta, thi^.
Abl. da queita, from tJiis,
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
85
Masculine.
Feminine.
Plural.
Nom
. questi, these.
Nom. queste, these.
Gen.
di questi, of these.
Gen. di queste, of these
Dat.
a questi, to these.
Dat. a queste, to these.
Acr.
questi, these.
Arc. queste, these.
All
da questi, from these.
AM. da queste, from th
Questi is also used in the Nominative Singular Masculine
fur Persons only, without the noun.
2. The Pronoun Demonstrative pointing out the Person
or Thing near the person spoken to, or addressed ; as cotesto
cappello, that hat {near you) ; cotesto uomo, that man (near
you).
Masculine. Feminihe.
Singular.
Nom. CO testa,
Nom. cotfcsto,
Gen. di cotesto.
Vat. a cotesto.
Ace. cotesto,
Abl. da cotesto,
that,
of that,
to that,
that,
from that.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Abl.
di cotesta,
a cotesta,
cotesta,
da cotesta,
that,
of that,
to that,
that,
from that.
Nom. cotesti, those.
Gen. di cotesti, of those.
Dat. a cotesti, to those.
Ace. cotesti, those.
All. da cotesti, from tliose.
Plural.
Nom. coteste.
Gen. di ooteste,
Dat. a coteste,
Ace. coteste,
those,
of those,
to those,
those.
Abl. da coteste, from those.
Costui or cotesttii (m.), cost^i or cotest^i (/.), and plural
for both genders costoro or cotestoro, are used only of
Persons, without the noun, are declined in the same way,
and have the same signification.
3. The following Demonstrative Pionoun points out a
Person or Thing far away from the Person who speaks and
the Person addressed : as, quel cappello, that hat {there),
queir uomo, that man {there).
Masculine.
Feminine.
Singular.
Nom
quelle,* or quell?, quel, that.
Nom
. quella.
that.
Gen.
di quello, of that.
Gen.
di quella.
of that.
Dat.
a quello, to that.
Dat.
a quella,
to that.
Ace.
quello, that.
Ace.
quella.
that.
AU.
da qu^lo, from that.
Abl
da quella,
from that.
* 'SVhen before a consonant (except z, or s impura), quello becomes qud; and before
a vowel it becomes quell'.
86 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
Masculine.
Feminine.
Plural,
Nom. quelli,* those.
Nom
quelle, those.
Gen. di quelli, of those.
Gen.
di quelle, of those.
Dat. a quelli, to those.
Dat.
a quelle, to those.
Ace. quelli, those.
Ace.
quelle, those.
AU. da quelli, from those.
Abl.
da quelle, from those.
Colui (m.), Col6i (/.), and colore, lor the plural of both
genders, are used only of Persons, without the noun, are
declined in the same way and have the same signi-
fication.
Cio means that in a general sense : as, Chi ha fatto cio ?
Who has done this ?
Cio che, or quel che, is used in a general sense for that
which, what ; as, I have what I want, io ho cio che voglio, io
ho quel che voglio.
Qu^gli, that one, is sometimes used in the Nominative
Singular Masculine of Persons only.
Exercise XXXIV.
1. Questo e 11 mio cappello e quelle e il tuo. 2. Questa scatola
non d mia, essa e del signer B. 3. Questi libri sono essi tuoi?
No, signore, codesti libri sono del nostro maestro. 4. Queste sedie
sono della madre di Griovanni. 5. Cotesto e un bel bastone ; chi te
1' ha dato, mio caro ? II mio amico B. me Io ha dato il mese scorso.
6. Cotesta penna non e tua. Mi scusi, signore, questa penna e mia.
7. Sono costoro i vostri amici ? Costui h mio amico, ma quegli non
Io h. 8. 1^ costei la tua serva ? Nossignore, questa e la serva di
mio zio. 9. Sono cotesti i libri ricevuti da Londra ? Questi libri
arrivano da Parigi. 10. Quelle donne partirono ieri sera per la
provincia. 11. E colui tuo cugino ? ^sissigno^e, e colei che gli d
vicina e mia zia. 12. Chi sono coloro? Questi e il mio amico
Carlo, e quegli e mio cugino Guglielmo.
1. This is my book and that is the book of Charles. 2. This
exercise is more difficult than that. 3. Those houses are smaller
than these. 4. These books are my books, and those on the table
are thy books. 5. Is this man thy servant {masc.) ? No, sir, he
is not my servant ; but he is the servant (masc.) of our Italian
master. G. Is that thy cousin (masc.)? Yes, sir, that is my
cousin. 7. Who is that lady? She is my aunt. 8. Who are
those men ? This one is my cousin Charles, and that one is my
friend William. 9. Are those your friends? Yes, sir, all these
gentlemen are my friends. 10. Who is that man? lie is my
friend John. 11. Are you his friend? Yes, sir, I am. 12. Whu
is that lady ? |She is my cousin Mary.
* Quelli is changed into gu«' or quei before a consonant (except « or < impura).
Masc.
Fem.
Masc.
ilmio,
la mia,
imia,
Utuo,
latua,
itudi,
ilsuo,
la sua,
isudi,
ilji68tro,
la nostra,
i ndstoi.
ilvdstro,
la vostra,
iv6stri,
U16ro,
laloro,
iWro,
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 87
C. Possessive Pronouns (Pronoww* Possessivi)
The Possessive Pronouns are the same as the Possessire
Adjectives given on page 37. They are never used with
a Substantive : they are,
Singular, Plural.
Fem.
le mie, mine.
le tue, thine.
le sue, his, hers.
le ndstre, ours.
le v6stxe, yours.
le loro, theirs.
Exercise XXXV.
1. Questi libri sono i miei e quelle penne sono le tue. 2. Quella
casa e la mia e questo giardino e il suo. -3. Vol guardate nel mio
giardino ed io guardo nel vostro. 4. Fate vol il vostro dovere ed io
faro il mio. 5. Se egli ha imparato la sua lezione noi impareremo
la nostra. 6. Se essi hanno scritto i loro esercizi, noi scriveremo i
nostri. 7. Queste arance sono esse le loro ? Nossignore, codeste
arance sono di tua sorella. 8. Noi fummo con i suoi amici al
teatro, ed Ella ci fu co' nostri. 9. !fi questo bastone il suo, od d
quelle del suo amico Guglielmo ? Codesto bastone e il mio. 10. Gli
parlerete a casa vostra, o nella sua ? Gli parlero in sua casa. 11. Sono
queste le mie penne, o le tue ? Esse sono le tue. 12. Hai visto i
miei fratelli, od i tuoi nel giardino dello zio ? Io vidi i miei.
1. This is my book, and that is yours. 2. Have you not had my
pen? No, sir, I have had mine. 3. Are these your oranges, or
those of your brother ? Those oranges are mine. 4. Have you
learnt your lesson ? Yes, sir, I have learnt mine ; have you learnt
yours ? 5. Were you at the theatre with your friends last Friday ?
No, sir, I was with yours. 6. Have they {masc.) written their exer-
cises ? They (masc.) have written theirs. 7. This garden is mine ;
is that house yours ? No, sir, that house is not mine. 8. Are these
your pens ? No, sir, those pens are not mine. 9. Is this yom- sister's
needle ? Yes, sir, that needle is hers. 10. Have you not listened to
his advice? No, sir, I have not hstened to. his advice, but to yours.
1 1. Have you not yet found my stick ? Yes, sir, and I have also
found mine. 12. Is this your umbrella ? No, sir, that is not mine.
D. Interrogative Pronouns {Pronomi Interrogativi).
The Interrogative Pronouns are —
1. Chi.f^ who? is used only of Persons, and is of both
genders and numbers, being declined only with the Pre-
position, without the Article : as, Chi e cestui ? Who is
this man, f A chi hai dato il mio bastone ? To tchom have
you given my stick ?
88 INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
When Chi is in the Genitive with the verb essere it
denotes possession : as, Di cVii e questo libro ? Whose hook
is this ?
Chi means also colui il quale^ as : II perder tempo a chi
pill sa piu spiace, to lose time displeases most him who
knows most.
2. Che? what? is used only of things, and is of both
genders and numbers, being declined without the article ;
as, Di che paese e Ella ? Of what country are you ?
3. Quale, which, discriminates between several things, or
persons of the same kind, and is used for both genders,
being declined withont the article : as. Quale di questo
arance mangerete ? Which of these oranges will you eat f
Masculine and Feminine,
Singular and Plural.
^om. ohil
who'i
Norn, chel
wliatf
Gen.
dicMl
whose ?
Gen. dichel
of what?
Dat.
acMI
to whom ?
Dat. a chel
to xchat ?
Ace.
ohil
whom?
Aec. che 1
what?
Ahl.
daoM!
from whom ?
Masculine ai
Abl. da chel
id Feminine.
from lohat 1
Singular.
Plural
Norn
quale 1
which ?
Nom. quali 1
' which ?
Gen.
di quale t
of which ?
Gen. diquaUl
of which ?
Dat.
a quale ?
to which f
Dat. aquaUl
to which ?
Ace.
quale 1
which ?
Ace. quali 1
which f
Ahl.
da quale ?
from which ?
Ahl daquaUl
from which ?
Exercise XXXVI.
1. Chi sono questi signori ? Questi signori sono miei amici. 2.
Chi e costui ? Cestui e il servo del medico. 3. Chi sono coloro ?
Coloro sono i corrieri del re. 4. Chi e quella signora? Quella
signora e mia zia. 5. Di chi e questo giardino ? Questo giardino
e il mio. 6. A chi hai date il mio cappello ? Ho dato il tuo cap-
pello al mio servo. 7. Da chi hai ricevuta cotesta lettcra ? Jo ho
ricevuta questa lettera da mio padre. 8. Che e questo ? Questo h
VLB. fucile. 9. Da che proviene questa malattia ? Questa malattia
proviene da un' indigestione. 10. Quale di questi due sigari pren-
derete? lo prenderb questo. 11. Quale di questi quadri compre-
rete? lo comprero quello. 12. Quale di queste penne e la vostra ?
Questa e la mia.
1. Who are those ladies ? They (fern.) are my sisters. 2. Who is
this woman ? That woman is the servant of my aunt. 3. Whose
is this gun? That gun belongs (is) to Charles. 4.^ To whom have
you given my letter ? I have given it to your father. 5. From
whom comes this present? It comes from your cousin (masc.) 6.
Whose house is this? It is mine. 7. Of whom are you thinking
RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
89
(dative)? I am thinking of (to) my sister. 8. Is he ill? He
is ill with (of) fever. 9. Which of these apples will you eat?
I shall eat this. 10. Which of these books is yours? That is
mine. 11. From what country do you come? From England.
12. In what country have you been last year? 1 have been in
France.
E. Relative Pronouns {Pronomi Belativi).
The Relative Pronouns are che,* and il qudle, (not to be
mistaken for the Interrogative Pronouns). They are
declined thus :
(a) 1. Che, who, which, for Persons only.
Singular.
Masculine and Feminine.
Plural.
Nom. che,
Gen. di cui,
Dat a cui,
Ace. che, cui,
Ahl. da oui,
who, which,
whose,
to wliom.
whom, ichich.
from whom,from
which.
Nom. che,
Gen. di cm,
Dat. a ciii,
Ace. che, cui,
who, which,
whose, of which,
to which,
which.
2. Che, tohat, for Things only, is declined thus for
both genders :
singular.
Plural.
Nom. che, what. I Nom che, which.
Gen. di che, of what, whereof. I Gen. di che, of which.
Dat. a che, to wliat. \ Dot. a che, to which.
Ace. che, what. Ace. che, which.
Ahl. da che, from ichat. \ Ahl. da che, from which.
(b) II qu^e, that, who, which, is used for Persons and
Things, and declined thus :
Singular,
Feminine.
la quale,
della quale.
Masculine.
Nom. U. quale,
Gen. del qual
Dat. al quale,
Ace. U quale,
Ahl. dal quale.
Nom. i quali,
Gen. de' quali,
Dat. a' quali,
Ace. i quali,
Abl da' qu^
alia quale,
la quale,
dalla quale,
le quali,
delle quali,
&ile quali,
le quali,
dalle quali,
that, who, which.
of that, whose, of which.
to that, to whom, to which.
that, ichom, which.
from that, from whom, from which.
Plural.
that, who, which,
of that, whose, of which,
to that, to ichom, to which,
that, xchom, which,
from that, from whom, from
which.
* Che Is a conjunction when relating to a verb, or adverb; and is a pronoun when
referring to a noun, or another j)rontmn.
90 RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
Remarks.
1. Che is more generally used than il quMe,
2. II che is used, when relating to the whole of some
preceding sentence : as,
Egli feri Carlo, il ohe mi obbligo ad arrestarlo.
He wounded Charles, which obliged me to arrest him.
3. The English forms whose father, whose friend, are
rendered by il padre di cui, 1' amico di ctii, or by il cui
padre, il ctii amico, the expression il di cui being
erroneous.
4. The Relative Pronoun must always be translated in
Italian, even when omitted in English • as,
L* uomo che avete veduto. The man you have seen.
La lezioue, che voi avete imparata. The lesson you have learnt.
Exercise XXXVII.
1. L' amico, che tu hai visto, e mio cugino. 2. La signora, che
era con tua madre, e mia zia. 3. La persona, della quale parli non 6
onesta. 4. II servo, di cui parli e un onestissimo uomo. 6. La
donna, a cui hai dato la lettera e la cameriera di mio zio. 6.
L' uomo, che hai visto nella strada, ha comprato il mio giardino.
7. Coloro che amano lo studio, imparano le loro lezioni. 8. Di che
parlavate stamattina con mio padre ? lo parlava della morte del
nostro comune amico B. 9. Maria, la quale hai visto ieri sera in
casa deir architetto, e mia sorella. 10. Le allieve, le quali hanno
imparate le loro lezioni, avranno un regalo. 11. Gli uomini, i quali
amano la virtu, sono felici. 12. I maestri, da' quali siete educati,
meritano il vostro rispetto.
1. The Italian language, which you are learning, is not difiBcult. 2.
The boy who was with me this morning is my cousin (masc). 3.
The pupil (fern.) who has learnt her lesson will have a present. 4.
The man, whom you have seen in my house, is our servant (masc).
5. Those who love virtue are always happy. 6. The young man
with whom I was speaking is the brother of Charles. 7. The boy,
whose father was in your house this morning, is a good boy. 8. The
master, who teaches you the English language, deserves your re-
spect. 9. The house of which you speak is very old. 10. The
pupil (masc.) to whom I have given my pen is a bad boy. 11. The
lady, whom you have seen with my mother, is her sister. 12. Of
what were you speaking with my brother ? I was speaking with
him of his exercise.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
91
F. Indefinite Pronouns {PronSmi Indefiniti).
The Indefinite Pronouns are :
(Altri (m.), another.
Altrai, (no nom.'), other's.
N^a?'} nothing (with non if following a v
Sing. L' un 1' altro, 1' una 1' altra, \ ,
Flur. Gli uni gU altri, le une le altre, / ^^ (another.
Entrambi (indecl),
Sing. L' uno e 1' altro, 1' una e 1' altra, \ both.
Plur. Oil uni e gli altri, le une e le dltre.
Sing. Tutto, tutta, \ „
Plur. Tutti, tutte, / ""'
Altro, a, nomething else.
Alcuno, a, i, e, somebody, afew.
Ognuno, a, every one.
Alquanto (iiidecl.), some, a little.
Cliiunque, ^
Chicchessia,
Chicchesivoglia,
CM che si sia,
Qualsisia,
Qualsivdglia,
whosoever.
Qualcuno, qualcuna,
Qualcheduno, qualche- > some one.
duna,
Taluno, \
Certuno, certuna, /
PareccM, e (pi. only), many a.
Quale — ^quale, some . . . some,
Tanto . . . quanto, as much . . . a«.
Tanti . . . quanti, as many . . .as.
Remarks.
1. Altri . . . dltri, qu^e . . . quale, chi . . . chi, qu^sti . . .
. . . qu^gli, mean the one . . . the other ^ and are used only of
persons, as, 'Altri piange altri ride, quale piange quale ride,
chi piange ehi ride, questi piange quegli ride, the one cries,
the other laughs.
2. Altrui has no nominative, is used only of persons, is
declined, without the article, and sometimes even without
the preposition : as
Kestituisci cio clie devi altrui. Give hack what you owe to others.
L' altrui means the jproperty of other people, and is regu-
larly declined.
3. Nulla and niente are sometimes used as substantives ;
4
Mille sciidi sono un niilla per liii,
A thousand dollars are a nothing for him.
Alcuno, with a negation, means nobody ; as,
Non vidi alcuno, I saw nobody.
5. Qualsisia and qualsivoglia make in the plural qualsi-
siano, qualsivogliano.
5
92 PASSIVE VERBS,
Exercise XXXVIII.
1. Non desiderare Y altrui, dice il Signore Dio. 2. Ogiri uomo ^
mortale, ed ogni persona ha i suoi difetti. 3. Nulla fa paura al-
r uomo valoroso. 4. Egli stima un niente lo spendere mille lire.
5. Que* due fratelli si amano 1' un 1' altro. 6. L' uno e Y altro erano
nella scuola questa mattina, io li vidi entramloi. 7. Gli uni e gli
altri erano col maestro alia passeggiata. 8. Alcuno mi lodava,
ed alcuno mi biasimava. 9. Caro padre, datemi alquanto danaro,
perchfe ne ho bisogno. 10. Chiunque impara la sua lezione
e un buono scolare. 11. Qualsisiano le vostre ragioni io non vi
permetto di essere ozioso. 12. Tante teste quanti cervelli (proverh),
1. As many opinions as there are heads. 2. Whosoever studies
shall have a present. 3. Whosoever learns his lessons will have
a book for nothing. 4. Every one was at his house last even-
ing. 5. We were all at his dinner at his new house in town. b'.
Some one will be happy to eat this dinner with me. 7. The one
likes wine, the other beer. 8. Every one thinks of his family
on this day. 9. We shall all be with you at dinner to-
morrow evening. 10. I have sjDoken with nobody at the theatre,
there was nobody. 11. He has as many houses as gardens in this
town. 12. Both (masc.) have learnt their lessons, and both (wasc.)
will have a present next Thursday.
XX. — Passive Yerbs {Verhi Passivi).
The Passive of all Transitiye Verbs is formed by adding
the Past Participle of that Verb to the Auxiliary 6ssere, to
be.
The Past Participle of all Verbs conjugated with the
verb Essere, must agree in gender and number with the
snbject of this verb ; as,
Luigi e stato. Louts has been.
Maria h stata, Mary has been.
I nostri fratelli sdno stati, our brothers have been.
Le nostre sorelle souo state, our sisters have been,
Essere amato.
INDICATIVE MOOD (Mddo Indicativo).
Present Tense {Tempo Presente).
angular. Plural,
io sdno amato, a, I am loved.
ttt sei amato, a, thou art loved.
egli e amato, 1^ he is loved.
eUa e amita.j she is loved.
n6i siamo amati, e, ice are loved.
vdi siete amati, e, you are loved.
PASSIVE VERBS.
93
Imperfect Tense (Imperf^tto).
io era amato, a,
tu eri amato, a,
egli era amato,
eUa era amata.
io fui amato, a,
tu fosti amato, a,
egli fu amato, I
ella fa amata, i
Singular.
Iicas loved,
thou wust
loved,
he was loved,
she was loved.
Plural.
ndi eravamo ama- we were loved.
ti, e,
voi eravate ama- you were loved.
ti, e,
eglino erano amati, i they were
elleno erano amate, j loved.
Past DiarxiTK (Passdto Definilo).
I was loved. ndi fdmmo ama- we were loved,
thou nasi j ti, e,
loved. I v6i foste amati, e, you were loved,
he was loved. j eglino fiirono amati, ) they were
she was loved. j elleno furono amate, / loved.
FxjTUBE Tense {Future).
he
he
io saro amato, a, I shall
loved.
tn sarai amato, a, thou wilt
loved.
egli sara amato, | he will be loved.
eUa sara amata,/ ^-^e will be loved.
he
n6i saremo ama- we shall
ti, e, loved.
v6i sarete amati, e, you will he loved.
eglino saranno] they will he
amati, I loved.
elleno saranno j they will he
amate, j loved.
Past Indefinite Tense (Fassato Indefiniio).
Masculine.
io stfno stato amato,
ta sei stato amato,
egli e stato amato,
n6i siamo stati amati,
voi siete stati amati,
eglino sdno stati amati,
Feminine.
io sono stata amata,
tu sei stata amata,
ella e stata amata,
n6i siamo state amate,
voi siete state amate,
elleno s6no state amate.
I have heen loved,
thou hast heen loved,
he, she, has heen loved,
we have heen loved,
you have heen loved,
they have heen loved.
Pluperfect Tense (Tiu che Perfetto).
io era stato amato, io era stata amata, I had heen loved.
tu eri stato amato, tu eri stata amata, thou hadst heen loved.
egli era stato amato, ella era stata amata, he, she had heen loved.
noi eravamo stati amati, noi eravamo state amate, we had been loved.
I voi eravate stati amati, v6i eravate state amate, you had heen loved.
I eglino erano stati amati, elleno erano state amate, they had heen loved.
Past Anterior (Passdto Bimdto).
io fui state amato,
tu f6sti stato amato,
egli fu stato amato,
n6i fummo stati amati,
v6i fdste stati amati,
egUno furono stati
amUti,
io fui stata amata,
tu f6sti stata amata,
ella fu stata amata,
n6i fummo state amate,
voi f6ste state amate,
elleno furono state
amate,
J had heen loved,
thou hadst heen loved,
he, she had heen loved,
we had heen loved,
you had heen loved,
they had heen loved.
94
PASSIVE VERBS.
Future Anterior {FuMro Anteri&re),
Masculine.
lo sard stato amato,
ta sarai stato amato,
egli sar^ stato amato,
noi saremo stati amati,
v6i sarete stati amati,
eglino saranno stati
amati,
Feminine.
io sard stata amata,
tu sarai stata amata,
ella sara stata amata,
n6i saremo state amata.
Y6i sarete state amate,
elleno saranno
amate,
I shall have been loved
thou unit have been
loved. [loved,
he, she, will have been
we shall have been
loved. [loved.
you will have been
state they will have been
loved.
IMPERATIVE MOOD (Imperativo).
sii amato,
ch' egli sia amato,
che n6i siamo amati,
siate v6i amati,
oh' eglino siano amati,
sii amata,
ch' ella sia amdta,
che noi siamo amate,
siate vdi amate,
ch' elleno siano amate,
be (thou) loved,
let hiniy her, be loved,
let us be loved,
be (ye) loved,
let them be loved.
io sarei amato,
tu saresti amato,
egli sarebbe amato,
n6i saremmo amati,
vdi sareste amati,
eglino sarebbero amUti,
CONDITIONAL MOOD (CondiziondU).
Present Tense (Pres^nte).
io sarei amata, I should be loved.
tu saresti amata, thou wouldst be loved.
ella sarebbe amata, he, she, would be loved
ndi saremmo amate, we should be loved.
vdi sareste amate, you would be loved.
elleno sarebbero amate, they would be loved.
io sarei stato amato,
tu saresti stato amato.
Past Tense (Passdto).
First Form.
io sarei stata amata,
have been
have
I should
loved.
tu saresti stata amata, thou wouldst
been loved.
egli sarebbe stato amato, ella sarebbe stata amata, ^, she, wovdd have
been loved.
ndi saremmo st&ti amati, ndisaremmostate amate, ti^e should have been
loved.
y6i sareste state am&te, you would have been
loved.
elleno sarebbero state they would have been
loved.
vdi sareste stati amati,
eglino sarebbero stiti
amati,
io fdssi stato amato,
tu fdssi stato amato,
egli fdsse st&to amato,
amate,
Second Form.
io fdssi stata amata,
tu fdssi stata am&ta,
egli fdsse stdta am^ta,
/ should have been
loved,
thou wouldst have been
loved,
he, she, tcould have
been hved.
PASSIVE VERBS. 95
Second Form.
Masculine. Feminine.
ndi f^ssimo stati amati, ndi fdssimo state amate, we should have heen
loved.
vol f6ste stati amati, v6i fdste state amate, you icould have heen
loved.
egUno fdssero stati elleno fdssero state they would have heen
amati, amate, loved.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD (Soggiuntivo).
Present Tense (Pres^nte).
ch'io sia amato, ch'io sia amata, that I may he loved.
che tu sia amato, che tu sia amata, that thou mayst he
loved.
ch' e^li sia amato, ch^ ella sia amata, that he, she may he
loved.
che n6i siamo amati, che n6i siamo amate, that we may he loved.
che voi siate amati, ohe vdi siate amate, that you may he loved.
ch' eglino siano amati, ch' elleno siano amate, that they may he
loved.
Imperfect Tense (Imperfe'tto).
oh' io fdssi amato, ch' io fossi amata, that I might he
loved.
che tu f6ssi amato, che tu fdssi amata, that thou mightst he
loved.
oh'egli fdsse amato, ch'ella fosse amala, that he, she, might he
loved.
che ndi f6ssimo amati, che noi fossimo amate, that ice might he
loved.
ohe v6i fdste amati, ohe vdi foste amate, that you might he
loved.
oh' eglino fdssero amati, ch' elleno fdssero amate, that they might he
loved.
Past Tense (Passdto).
ch' io sia stato amato, ch' io sia stata amata, that I may have heen
loved.
che tu sia state amato, che tu sia stata amata, that thou mayst have
heen loved.
ch'egli sia state amato, ch'ella sia stata amata, that he, she, may have
been loved.
che ndi siamo ' stati che n6i siamo state that we may have heen
amati, amate, loved.
che vdi siate stati amati, che vdi siate state amate, that you may have
heen loved.
oh' eglino siano stati ch' elleno siano state that they may have
amati, amate heen loved.
96 PASSIVE VEBBS.
Pluperfect Tense (Piii che Perfetto).
Masculine. Feminine,
oh' io fdssi stato amato, ch' io f6ssi stata amata, that I might have been
loved.
che ta fossi stato amato, ohe tu fdssi stata amata, that thou mightst have
been loved.
ch'eglifdsse stato amato, ch' ella fosse stata amata, </<a< he, she, might
have been loved.
che noi fdssimo stati ohe n6i fossimo state that ice might have
amati, amate, been loved.
che vdi fdste stati amati, che voi fdste state amate, that you might have
been loved.
ch' eglino fdssero stati ch' elleno fdssero state that they might have
amati, amate, been loved.
INFINITIVE MOOD {Infinito).
Present Tense (Presente).
S. essere amato, S. essere amata, to be loved,
P. essere amati, P. essere amate, to be loved.
Past Tense (Passdto).
S. essere stato am^to, 8. essere stata amata, to have been loved. .
P. essere stati amati, P. essere state amate, to have been loved,
GERUND {Gerundio).
PfiESENT Tense {Pre8(fnte).
S. essendo amato, S. essendo amata, being loved.
P. essendo amati, P. essendo amate, being loved.
Past Tense (Passdto).
S. essendo stato amato, S. essendo stata amata, having been loved.
P. essdndo stati amati, P. essendo state amate, having been loved.
PARTICIPLES (Participi).
Past Tense {Passdto).
S. stato amato, stata amata, been loved.
P. stati amati, state amate, been loved.
Remarks.
{
1. Present Participles (^Participi) are not used in the
passive form.
2. The Passive voice of the third person only can also be
expresteed in Italian with the Active Form accompanied by
the pronoun si ; as,
Come § pronnnoiata questa parcSla? | ^ . ^. ^ prcnu»mcedf
Come SI pronuncia questa pardla? f ^#w«/ew»i/ou,
PASSIVE VEBBS. 97
The Verb is thus made reflective with the accusative si.
Si corresponds also to the English ;people^ they, etc. ; as.
Si dice che il re e mdrto. It is said that the king is dead.
Si mangia qui ? Do peaple eat here f (Is it an eating-Jtouse ?)
All compound tenses, when with si, must be formed
with the verb essere ; as, si e detto, it has (is) been said.
Exercise XXXIX,
1. Lo scolare e stato lodato dal sue maestro e la scolara e stata
biasimata. 2. 11 ladro fu arrestato nella strada. 3. Eglino erano
arrivati a Londra alio stesso albergo, nel quale io era stato. 4. Gli
scolari saranno biasimati se non imparatio le loro lezioni. 5. Le
allieve furono lodate dal loro maestro perche impararono tutte Ic loro
lezioni. 6. Ella sarebbe ancora ammalata, se non avesse seguito
gli ordini del medico. 7. Tutto il vino e stato bevuto, non ne e
stato lasciato nulk. 8. Egli fu liberato dalla prigione. perche fu
trovato innocente di tale delitto. 9. Noi saremmo rovinati se
queste cambiali non fossero pagate. 10. Da chi fu comprata quella
casa ? Queila casa e quel giardino furono compreiti dal signor B.
II. Quanti soldati furono feriti in quella battaglia? Ne furono
feriti due mila e trecento. 12. Da qiKinti amici fu vostro padre
visitato ieri sera ? Egli fu visitato da undici amici.
1. By whom have you been praised ? I have been praised by my
master. 2. Who blamed your brother ? My brother was blamed
by our master. 3. By whom have you been visited yesterday ? I
have been visited by my aunts. 4. Have you been ill ? Yes, sir ;
1 have been ill ten days. 5. By whom has he been forgiven ? By
the king. 6. Who has asked for these newspapers ? Those news-
papers have been asked for by your uncle. 7. This book has been
brought by your cousin Mary. 8. Has the fire been lighted a^in ?
Yes, sir, the fire has been lighted again by the servant (/em.) at seven
o'clock this morning. 9. By whom has this letter been brought ?
That letter has been brought by the servant (masc.) of the doctor.
10. Who has bought that jacture? That picture has been bought
by Mr. B. 11. Who loves you ? I am loved by my father and
by my mother. 12. From whom have you received that present ?
That present has been received fi-om my mother,
B.
1. Non fu Ella visitata dal signor zio questa mattina? No,
signore, io fui visitato da mio zio ieri sera. 2. Non furono le sue
sorelle biasimate dal loro maestro? Si, signore, elleno furono
biasiraate perche non avevano imparato le lezioni. 3. Da chi
Le fu mandato questo cappello ? Questo cappello mi fu mandato
dal cappellaio. 4. Da chi fu cantata quella nuova canzone ? Essa
fu cantata da mia cugina. 5. La nuova canzone non fu cantata da
98
NEUTER VERBS.
me, ma da mio fratello. 6. Noi non siamo stati invitati al ballo
della signora contessa. 7. Fu Ella invitata a pranzo dal signer
conte ? Sissignore, io fui invitato dal conte due volte. 8. Furono
le sue cugine invitate a ballare ? Elleno furono invitate a ballare
cinque, o sei volte. 9^ fl stata ammalata sua madre '? Nossignore,
mia madre non e stata ammalata. 10. Saremo noi puniti ? Vol
sarete puniti se non avrete imparato le vostre lezioni. 11. A che ora
e Ella arrivata a Parigi? lo sono arrivato a Parigi ieri sera alle
otto. 12. Da chi lu lasciato questo biglietto? Codesto biglietto
fu lasciato per Lei dal servo del conte.
1. By whom has this T^ottle of wine been drunk ? It has been
drunk by Mr. Charles. 2. Has the thief been arrested ? Yes, sir,
he has been arrested. 3. Did you arrive this morning ? No, sir, I
have arrived yesterday evening. 4. Who has found my stick?
Your stick has been found by your servant (masc). 5. Who has
sung the new song ? The new song has been sung by me. 6. Have
you been invited to dinner ? Yes, sir, I have been invited by the
countess. 7. Who has brought this box? That box has been
brought for you by the hatter. 8. Has the fire been lighted again ?
The fire Aas not been lighted again. 9. I should have been praised,
if I had learnt my lessons. 10. He would have learnt his lesson,
if he had not been lazy. 11. Charles will be punished this morning
for his laziness. 12. Mr. WiUiam is not yet returned from England.
XXI. — Neuter Verbs (Verhi Neutri),
The Neuter Verbs are those which denote either a state
of rest ; as, dormire, to sleep ; or an intransitive action, an
action not passing io an object: as, cad^re, to fall. Some
are conjugated with the auxiliary ^ssere, and some with
the auxiliary av6re.
1. Some Neuter Verbs used with the auxiliary avere : as,
to reside.
to bring down.
to sleep.
to shun.
to freeze {of tJut
tceather).
to shout,
to add together,
to rejoice.
to cure,
to turn pale,
to meet,
to grow old.
io eat.
aderire,
to adhere.
dimorare.
aspirare,
to strive.
tdiscenderc.
nssistere,
to assist.
dormire,
ballare,
to dance.
tfuggire,
tgelare,
camminare,
to goalie.
cedere.
to yield.
cenare,
to sup.
gridare,
cessdre.
to cease.
tgiu2:nere.
contrawenire,
to contravene.
gode'ro.
tconvenire,
to he agreeable
tguarirc.
fcrescere,
to increase.
impallidiro,
danzare,
to dance.
incontrare,
degenerdre.
to degenerate.
iiivecchiare,
deein^re,
to dine.
mangiaro,
KEUTER VERBS.
99
marciare,
to march.
tsah're,
to get up (some-
mentire,
to lie.
thing).
fmorire,
to kiU.
sbadigliare,
to yawn.
naufragare,
to shipwreck.
tscendere.
to get down (some-
nidificaro,
to build a nest.
thing).
nuotare,
to swim.
tseorrere.
to peruse.
tpassare,
to pass.
seguire,
to follow.
passe;2:giare,
to take a icalk.
sognare,
to dream.
tpartire,
to divide.
sonnaccliiare,"!
soDneggiare, /
to slumber.
peccare.
to sin.
tpiacere.
to please.
sorridt-re,
to smile.
piangere,
to cry.
spiacere.
to displease.
pranzare,
to dine.
sternutare,
to sneeze.
rtgiiare,
to reign.
fsuonare,
to play { an instru-
ridire,
to say again.
ment).
ndere,
to Jaugh.
tacere,
to be silent.
trisanare,
to cure.
tardare.
to iarry.
tritornare,
to return (smne-
vegliare,
to icatch.
riposare,
to rest. [thing).
viaggiare,
to travel.
2. Some Neuter Verbs use
d with the auxiliary ^ssere :
acs,
accorrere,
to run to.
pen're.
to perish.
andare,
to go.
pervenire.
to arrive.
approdare,
to go ashore.
tpiace're,
to be pleased.
arrivare,
to arrive.
procedere.
to proceed,
to burst forth.
avvenire,
to happen,
to fall.
prordmpere,
cadere,
rimane're,
to remain.
comparire.
to appear.
trisanare,
to became heal^y
tconvemre,
to agree.
again.
cdrrere,
to run.
tritomare,
to return.
+crescere,
to grow.
riuscire.
to succeed.
tdiscendere,
to go down.
rivenire,
to come back.
divenirc,
to become.
tsah're,
to go up.
entraie,
to enter.
saltare.
to jump.
tfuggire,
to run away.
scadere.
to expire {of a biU).
tgelare,
to freeze.
seappare,
to run away.
giacere,
to lie down.
tscendere,
to go down.
tgiilgnere,
to arrive.
scoppiare,
to burst.
tguarire,
to heal.
tseorrere.
to elapse.
iutervenire,
to intervene.
soggiacere.
to be subdued.
ire,
to go.
spiacere.
to be displeased.
luarcire.
to rot.
spirare.
to die.
fmorire
to die.
tsuonare,
to strike (of docks
nascere,
to be born.
and bells).
parere,
to seem.
uscire,
to go out.
tpassare,
to pa^.
venire.
to come.
tpartire,
to start.
vivere.
to live.
Eemarks.
1. Several of the aoove Verbs are conjugated with both
auxiliaries, changing their signification with the change (J
the auxiliary verb. They are marked thus f-
5*
100 NEUTER VERBS.
2. If any Neuter Verb can have a Passive Voice, it takes
the Auxiliary essere, as ; lo fui asisistito da te, I was helped
hy thee.
Exercise XL.
A.
1. Noi abbiamo assistito alia rappresentazione della nuova corn-
media del sigQor R. 2. Le nostre sorello hanno ballato tutta la
notte al palazzo del conte. 3. Egli ha camminato dieci miglia in
due ore. 4. Avete vol cenato ? Koi non abbiamo ancora cenato,
ma ceneremo alle undici. 5. Ha Ella danzato ? Sissignore, io ho
danzato due volte con mia cugina. 6. Egli ha degenerate dai suoi
antenati. 7. Ha egli dimorato in questa strada ? Noseignore, egli
ha dimorato nella strada vicina. 8. Ha il servo disceso le mie
scatole ? Egli non le ha ancora discese. 9. Perche ha Ella fuggito
la sua compagnia ? Perche essa era disonorevole. 10. II tempo h
state cattivissimo la notte scorsa. Ha gelato. 11. Chi ha gridato ?
II ragazzo ha gridato, perche ha avuto paura. 12. I soldati hanno
marciato venticinque miglia in un giorno.
1. Have you assisted at the representation of the new comedy ?
Yes, Sir. 2. Have you walked seven miles? No, sir, I have
walked six miles. 3. Have you danced with my cousin (fern.) ?
Yes, sir, I have danced with her three times. 4. Have you danced ?
I have not yet danced. 5. Where did you live last year ? Last
year .1 lived in Paris. 6. Has the servant (masc.) brought down
my hat ? He has not brought down your hat, but he has brought
down your stick. 7. Has it frozen last night ? Yes, sir, last
night it has frozen. 8. The friend of Charles has walked twenty
miles in four hours. 9. My little brother has shouted, because he
was afraid. 10. We have all danced last night at the house of your
cousin (fern.). 11. What have you brought down ? I have
brought down all your books and newspapers. 12. Shall you
dance this evening ? No, sir, I shall not dance this evening.
B.
1. Io sono accorso a lui, quando egli gridava. 2. Io sono andato
con tuo fratello alia posta a cercare le nostre lettere. 3. I marinari
sono approdati alia costa italiana, perche il tempo era cattivo.
4. Noi siamo arrivati alle cinque e siamo partiti alle nove da
Parigi. 5. 11 tuo amico e caduto per le scale. 0. Noi siamo discesi
per incontrarti. 7. Egli e entrato nella nostra camera questa mat-
tina per portarci la colazione. 8. Perche siete voi fuggito ? Perchd
aveva paura di essere bastonato. 9. Siete voi guarito, amico mio ?
Jo sono guarito da due giorni. 10. Chi e ammalato? 11 medico d
ammalato. 11. (>hi 6 passato per la strada ? I soldati sono passati per
la strada. 12. Che ora ^ suonata ? !l^ suonata la mezzanotte.
1. I have gone with your father to the promenade. 2. Who has
come ashore ? The sailors have coi»e ashore. 3. They (masc.) have
REFLECTIVE VERBS. 101
come down to have their lessons. 4. I have arrived at seven o'clock
with all your friends. 5. Have you not yet recovered from your ill-
ness ? 1 recovered from my illness yesterday. 6. Why have they
(masc.) run away? They (masc.) have run away because they
• were afraid of your dog. 7. Is he ill? No, sir, he is not ill.
8. Were you passing in this street at ten o'clock this morning ?
No, sir ; 1 have passed through this street at eleven o'clock. 9.
Have my sisters run to her ? Yes, sir, and they (fern.) found hei
ill. 10. We shall not depart this evening, but to-morrow morning.
11. Who has entered your room? My friend Charles has entered
my room with his dog. 12. Has she fallen? Yes, sir, she has
fallen on the staircase.
XXII. — Reflective Verbs ( FeVk* Pronomindli).
All Reflective Verbs' are conjugated with a second Pro-
noun (besides the subject), which is put in the accusative^
and sometimes in the dative; the action of the subject
being reflected or returning upon itself as,
Id mi sono ingannato, I have been mistaken,
Elleno si scrivono, they {Jem.) ivrite to each other.
Many English Neuter Verbs are rendered in Italian with
a Reflective Verb : thus,
io mi ralle'gro, I rejoice (myself).
When the Eeflective Pronoun is in the accusative the
Compound Tenses of the Keflective Verbs are conjugated
with the auxiliary essere, and the Past Participle agrees
with the subject; as,
tu ti sei amraalato, thou hast fallen iU.
When the Eeflective Pronoun is in the Dative, the Ee-
flective Verbs take either av^re, or 6ssere, and the Past
Participle remains unchanged ; as,
Elleno si hanno inviato de' regali, They (/.) sent praents to each other.
Conjugation of the Reflective Verb Levdrsi (to rise),
INDICATIVE MOOD (Indicativo).
Present Tense (Presente).
Io mi levo, I rise (myself).
tu ti levi, thou risest (thyself),
fegli si leva, he rises (himself).
n(5i ci leviamo, we rise (ourselves).
v6i vi levate, you rise (yourselves).
eghno si levano, they rise (themsdvea).
102 REFLECTIVE VERBS.
Imperfect (Imperfetto),
io mi levava, I rose (myself).
tu ti levavi, thou didst rise (thyself^,
egli si levava, he rose (himself).
ii6i oi levavamo, we rose (ourselves).
vdi vi levavate, you rose (yourselves).
eglino si levavano, they rose (themselves).
Past Definite (Passdio Definito).
io mi levai, I rose (myself).
tu ti levasti, thou didst rise (thyself),
egli si levo, he rose (himself).
n6i cilevammo, ice rose (ourselves).
voi vi levaste, you rose (yourselves).
eglino si levarono, they rose (themselves).
Future (Futuro).
io mi levero, I shall rise ''myself).
tu ti leverai, thou wilt rixe ( thyself).
egli si levera, he will rise (himself).
ndi ci leveremo, ice shall rise (ourselves).
vdi vi leverete, you icill rise (yourselves).
eglino si leveranno, they will rise (themselves).
Past Indefinite (Pcwsafo Indejinito).
io mi s6no levato, a, !■ have risen (myself).
tu ti sei levato, a, thou hast risen (thyself).
egli si e levato, a, he has risen (himself).
noi ci siamo levati, e, we have risen (ourselves).
voi vi siete levati, e, you have risen (yourselves)
eglino si s6no levati, e, they have risen (themselves)
Pluperfect (Piu che Perfetto).
io mi era levato, a, I had risen (myself).
tu ti eri levato, a, thou hadst risen (thy»elf).
egli si era levato, a, he had risen (himself).
n6i ci eravamo levati, e, tee had risen (ourselves).
v6i vi eravate levati, e, you had risen (yourselves).
eglino si eitino levati, e, they had riseri (themselves).
Past Anterior (Passdto Rimdto).
10 mi fui levato, a, 7 had risen (myself).
tu ti fdsti levato, a, thou hadst risen (thyself),
egli si fu levato, a, he had risen (himself).
n6i ci ftimmo levati, e, we had risen (ourselves).
v6i vi fdste levati, e, you had risen (yourselves).
eglino si furono levati, e, they had risen (themselves).
REFLECTIVE VERBS. 103
Future Anterior (Futuro Anteridre).
io mi saro levato, a, I shall have risen (myself).
tu ti sarai levato, a, ihou wilt have risen (thyself).
egli si sara levato, a, he will have risen (himself).
ndi ci saremo levati, e, we shall have risen (ourselves).
v6i vi sarete levati, e, you will have risen (yourselves).
eglino si saranno levati, e, they will have risen (themselves),
IMPERATIVE MOOD (Imperative).
levati, rise (thou) (thyself).
ch' egli si levi, let (him) rise (himself).
leviamoci, let (us) rise (ourselves).
levatevi, rise (ye) (yourselves).
oh' eglino si levino, let (them) rise (themselvesy.
CONDITIONAL MOOD (Condiziondle).
Present Tense (Presd'nte).
io mi leverei, I should rise (myself).
tu ti leveresti, thou wouldst rise (thyself).
egli si leverebbe, he would rise (himself).
ndi ci leveremmo, we should rise (ourselves).
vdi vi levereste, you would rise (yourselves).
eglino si leverebbero, they would rise (themselves).
Past Tense (Passdto).
First Form.
io mi sarei levato, a, I should have risen (myself).
tn ti saresti levato, a, thou wouldst have risen (thyself).
egli si sarebbe levato, a, he would have risen (himself).
noi ci saremmo levati, e, we should have risen (oursAves).
voi vi sareste levati, e, you would have risen (yourselces).
eglino si sarebbero levati, e, they would have risen (themselves).
Second Form.
io mi fossi levato, a, I should have risen (myself).
tu ti fossi levato, a; thou wouldst hate risen (thyself).
egli si fosse levato, a, he would have risen (himself).
noi ci fdssimo levati, e, we should have risen (ourselves).
vdi vi fdste levati, e, you would have risen (yourselves).
eglino si fdssero levati, e, they woidd have risen (themselves).
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD {Soggiuntico).
Present Tense (Tresente).
ch' io mi levi, that I may rise (myself).
che tu ti levi, that thou mayst rise {thyself).
ch' egli si levi, that he may rise { himself).
che ndi ci leviamo, that we may rise (ourselves).
che vdi vi leviate, that you may rise (your sd res).
ch' eglino si levino, that they may rise (themseloex).
104
EEFLECTIVE VERBS.
Imperfect (Imperfetto).
oh' io mi levassi,
che tu ti levassi,
ch' egli si levasse,
che noi ci levassimo,
che v6i vi levaste,
ch' eglino si levassero,
that J might rise (myself),
that thou mightst rise (thyself),
that he might rise (himself),
that we might rise (ourselves),
that you might rise (yourselves),
that they might rise (themselves).
Past Tense (Passdto,
ch' io mi sia levato, a,
che tu ti sia levato, a,
ch' egli si sia levato, a,
che n6i ci siamo levati, e,
che voi vi siats levati, e,
ch' eglino si siano levati, e,
that I may have risen (myself)
that thou mayst have risen (thyself/,
that he may have risen (himself),
that we may have risen [ourselves),
that you may have risen (yourselves),
that they may have risen (themselves).
Pi-UPERFECT (Piu che Perfetto).
ch' io mi f6ssi levato, a,
che tu ti fdssi levato, a,
ch' egli si fdsse levato, a,
che noi ci fdssimo leviti, e,
che voi vi fdste levati, e,
ch' eglino si fossero levati, e,
that T might have risen (myself),
that thou mightst have risen (thyself),
that he might have risen (himsdf).
that we might have risen (ourselves),
that you might have risen [yourselves),
that they might have risen [them'
selves).
INFINITIVE MOOD (Infimto).
Present (Presente).
levarsi, to rise (oneself).
Past (Passdto).
essersi levato
essersi levata
Essersi levati
essersi levate
levandomi,
levandoti,
levandosi,
levandooi,
levandovi,
levandosi,
essendomi levato, a,
essendoti levato, a,
essendosi levato, a,
essendoci levati, e,
essendovi levati, e,
essendosi levati, e,
to have risen (oneself themselves).
GERUND (GerHndio).
Present (Presente).
rising (myself),
rising (thyself),
rising (himftelf herself),
rising (ourselves),
rising (yourselves),
rising (themselves).
Past (Passato).
having risen (myself),
having rinen (thyself),
having risen (himself herself),
having risen (ourselves),
having risen (yourselves),
having risen (themselves).
REFLECTIVE VERBS.
105
PARTICIPLES (PaHicipi).
Present (Presente).
(not tbsed.)
Past (Fassdto).
Singular.
Mas. levatosi, \
i^eni. levatasi, /
Plural.
Mem. levatisi, \
Fern, levatesi,
risen (himself, herself).
rUen (themselves).
Remarks.
1. When the Reflective Verb is conjugated negatively,
the Negative is always placed before the Reflective Pro-
noun. Thus, in Rallegrarsi, to rejoice, the Indicative
Present is as follows :
io non mi rallegro,
tu non ti rallegri,
egli non si rallegra,
n6i non ci rallegriimo,
voi non vi rallegrata,
eglino non si rallegrano,
I do not rejoice (myself',
thou dost not rejoice (thyself),
he does not rejoice (himself),
we do not rejoice (ourselves),
you do not rejoice (yourselves),
they do not rejoice (themselves).
2. The Reflective Verb is conjugated Interrogatively^
follows :
mi rallegro io !
ti rallegri tu ?
si rallegra egli ?
ci rallegriamo noi 1
vi rallegrate voi 1
si rallegrano eglino %
do I rejoice (myself) ?
dost thou rejoice (thyself) ?
does he rejoice (himself) ?
do we rejoice (ourselves) 1
do you rejoice (yourselves) ?
do they rejoice (themselves)'?
3. The Reflective Verb used Interrogatively with a
Negative, is conjugated as follows :
non mi rallegro io 1
non ti rallegri tn 1
non si rallegra egli 1
non ci rallegriamo n6i 1
non vi rallegrate vdi 1
non si rallegrano eglino 1
do I not rejoice (myself) ?
dost thou not rejoice (thyself) ?
does he not rejoice (himself) ?
do we not rejoice (ourselves) f
do you not rejoice (yourselves) ?
do they not rejoice {themselves) ?
4. Many Verbs, which in Italian are Reflective, are
Intransitive in Eno;lish :
I to
perceive.
Accorgersi,
Avvedersi,
Addormentarsi, to fall asleep.
Affrettarsi, to hasten.
Alzarsi, to rise.
Ammogliarsi, to take a wife.
Annoiarsi, to get tired.
Appoggiarsi, to lean.
106
REFLECTIVE VERBS.
Approssimarsi,
Accostarsi,
Avvicinarsi,
Arrendersi,
Astenersi,
Attiistarsi,
Avanzarsi,
Avviarsi,
Bagnarsi,
CompiactTsi,
Contentarsi,
Crucciarsi,
Adirarsi,
Arrabbiarsi,
Dilettarsi,
Dimenticarsi,
Dolersi,
Fidarsi,
Imbarcarsi,
Impadrouirsi,
Infastidirsi,
tu approach.
to surrender,
to abstain,
to become sad.
to advance,
to start,
to bathe,
to be pleased,
to be satiffied.
\to get angry.
to delight.
to forget.
to grieve.
to trust.
to embark.
to take possession.
to get weary.
Ingegnarsi,
Inimmorarsi,
Lamentarsi,
Levarsi,
Maravigliarsi,
Maritarsi,
Oflfender8i>
Oppdrsi,
Pentirsi,
; Querelarsi,
Rallegrarsi,
Ricordarsi,
Riposarsi,
i Rdmpersi,
! Sbrigarsi,
j Sentirsi,
I Scordarsi,
j Spicciarsi,
Svegliarsi,
Vantarsi,
Vergognarsi,
to endeavour.
to fall in love.
to complain.
to rise.
to marvel.
to get a hushand.
to take offence.
to oppose.
to repent.
to complain.
to rejoice.
to remember.
to rest.
to break.
to make hade.
to feel.
to forget.
to hasten.
to awake.
to boast.
to be ashamed.
Exercise Xlil.
A.
1. lo mi rallegro con te della tua buona fortuna. 2. Grazie mille,
mio caro, te ne sono obbligatissimo. 3. Egli non si accorgeva che
noi non avevamo sedie. 4. Noi ci siamo avveduti della perdita che
abbiamo subita ! 5. A che ora ti addormentasti la notte scorsa ?
10 mi addormentai a mezzanotte. G. Giovanni, affrettati a portarmi
11 cappello, perchfe io ho da sortire. 7. Quando io entrai nella
camera, tutti si alzarono e mi salutarono. 8. Si h Carlo ammo-
gliato ? Nossignore, Carlo non si h ancora ammogliato, ma Emma
si e maritata. 9. Si e Ella annoiata questa sera, signor mio?
Io non mi annoio in sua compagnia. 10. Su che si appoggia
quel povero vecchierello ? Egli si appoggia sul bastone jier non
cadere. 11. Approssimatevi, ragazzi, ed io vi detterb le vostre
lezioni. 12. Egli mi si accosto per domandarmi che cosa io ne
1. Why do you rejoice, boys? Because we shall have a present.
2. Did your sister rejoice to receive a present ? Yes, sir, she rejoiced.
3. We should all rejoice if we had a present. 4. Do you perceive
that you are wrong ? No, sir, I do not perceive it ; but I think that
I am right. 5. l3id they (wiasc.) perceive their loss last night?
No, sir; they (masc.) perceived their loss this morning. 0. At
what time (hour) did your little brother fall asleep? He fell asleep
at half-past einht o'clock. 7. Did the hatter make haste to bring
you your hat ? Yes, sir, the hatter brought it to me this morning.
8. Will you go out to-day? Yes, sir, I shall go out, but I shall not
make haste. 9. Why did you get up (Jiave you risen)? To salute
you, sir. 10. On what day will he be marrieil ? He will be mar-
REFLECTIVE VERBS. 107
ried next Saturday. 11. Will your cousin Mary also get married on
that day? No, sir, she will get married on the fifth of May.
12. Why do you come near me (approach) ? To ask you what you
think of it.
B.
1. Perche vi astenete dal vino ? Perche questo vino e cattivo :
io non me ne asterrei se fosse buono. 2. Perche si sono attristate
le tue sorelle ? Perche elleno furono biasimate dal loro maestro di
musica. 3. L'esercito nemico si e avanzato ed i nostri soldati
furono obbligati di arrendersi. 4. Io fui obbligato ad avanzarmi per
parlargli. 5. Si avvio Ella alle cinque, od alle sei ? Io mi avviai
alle cinque e mezzo. 6. II mio maestro non si contento del mio
esercizio, e me ne ha dettato un altro. 7. Perche ti sei tu adirato
col servo ? Perche egli non ha portato le mie lettere alia posta.
8. 11 padre era crucciato col figlio, perche questi era infingardo. 9.
Non si e suo fratello arrabbiato ? Nossignore, mio fratello non s' e
arrabbiato. 10. Io mi diletto a suonare il pianoforte — e ne ho uno
bellissimo. 11. La tua canzone ci diletto tutti. 12. Avete im-
parato la vostra lezione ? Me la imparai ieri sera, signor maestro ;
ma ora me ne sono dimenticato.
1. Have you forgotten your lesson ? No, sir, I have learnt it,
and I remember it. 2. Why do you abstain from this beer ? Be-
cause it is not good. 3. Has the army advanced? Yes, sir, our
army has advanced. 4. At what hour did your sisters start for the
promenade ? They {fern.) started at three o'clock. 5. Was your
father angry with you ? No, sir, my father was not angry with me,
but was angry with my little brother. 6. We were all angry with our
servant (/em.) because our coffee was cold. 7. Would you be angry
with the hatter if he were not to bring you your hat this evening ?
I should not be angry with him. 8. In what do you take pleasure ?
We all take pleasure in playing {to play) the piano. 9. Has she
forgotten to speak Italian ? She has not forgotten to speak Italian,
but she has forgotten to speak French. 10. Will you forget this
lesson? I shall not forget this lesson, sir. 11. On what did you
lean ? I supported myself on this stick. 12. Will you forget my
advice ? No, sir, I shall remember it.
dice, says.
1. Vi fidate voi del vostro servo ? Io non me ne fido. 2. Di
chi ti fidi tu? Di nessuno. 3. Un proverbio italiano dice "Fi-
darsi e ben, ma non fidarsi e meglio." 4. Noi c' imbarcammo
per r America il venti giugno e vi arrivammo il ventotto a mezzo-
giomo. 5. Egli si e imbarcato in una difficilissima intrapresa.
6. Su che nave s' imbarcherk Ella ? Io m' imbarchero sul battello a
vapore " II Colombo." 7. Que' ragazzi si sono impadroniti de' miei
libri. 8. Noi ci siamo infastiditi di avere I'arrosto ogni giorno.
9. Pagazzi, riposatevi se siete stanchi. 10. Noi non ci riposiamo,
perche non siamo stanchi. 11. Vi sentit<j voi male? Nossignore,
108
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
io mi sento bene. 12. Perche vi vantate d'una tale azione?
Vergognatevene.
1. Have you forgotten my advice? No, sir, we have not for-
gotten your advice. 2. Does she trust her servants (/em.) ? Yes,
sir, she trusts her servants (/em.), and everybody. 3. Why do you
trust him? 1 because he is an honest man. 4. Would you trust
him if he were a thief? No, sir, I should not trust him if he were
a thief. 5. Why did you embark in such a difficult undertaking?
This undertaking is not difficult. 6. On what ship will they
(masc.) embark ? They (masc.) will embark on " The Columbus.**
7. Shall we take possession of his money ? No, sir ; we should be
wrong. 8. Why do you not rest ? Because I am not tired. 9.
Would you rest, if you were tired ? Yes, sir, I should rest if 1 were
tired. 10. Of what do you boast? I do not boast, sir. 11. Are
you ashamed of not having {not to have) learnt your lesson ? Yes,
sir, I am ashamed of it. 12. Do you feel well ? No, sir, 1 do not
feel well ; I feel ill.
XXIII. — Impersonal Verbs {V-erli Impersondli).
Impersonal Verbs are either really impersonal, i. e., they
have no other form but the third person, or they are used
as Impersonal, although they may be conjugated like other
Verbs.
1. Impersonal Verbs, really so, are : —
accade,
avviene,
it happens.
grandina,
lampeggia,
it hails.
it lightens.
didiaccia, \
dimdia,
it thaws.
nevioa,
pi6ve,
it snows.
it rains.
gila,
ghiaccia, /
it freezes.
tnfina,
it thunders.
2. Verbs used impersonally
are:
basta,
it is enough.
pare.
it seems.
bisogna,
it is necessary.
piaoe,
it pleases.
conviene,
it is proper.
sembra,
it seems.
rincresce,
it pains.
s' intende,
it is understood.
occdrre.
it is wanted.
da61e,
it is painful.
Beside>! these, many other Verbs arefonned impersonally
with the third person singular of f^e, 6ssere, and av§re :
thus,
fa be! tempo, it is fine weather.
fa cattivo icmpo, it is had weather.
fa oaldo, it is hot.
faohiaro diluna, it is moonlight.
fa freddo, it is cold.
fa pdlvere, it is dusty.
fasdle,
it is sunny.
fa vento,
it is windy.
fa umido,
it is damp.
e tempo,
it is time.
1 meglio,
it is better.
V' ha tempo,
there is time, eto.
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
109
The irregular Verb dov^re (see p. 14G) is n^ed for the
English must, to he obliged : the following verb being put
in the Infinitive without a preposition, as : lo devo scrivere,
/ rnust write ; tu devi venii e, thou shcdt he ohliged to come.
Bisogna is often used instead of dov^re and does not take
a preposition before the Infinitive, if used in a general sense,
as : bisogna vivere, one must live. If however there is a
noun or pronoun subject of the sentence, the verb follow-
ii)g hisogna must be put in the Subjunctive, as : bisogna che
noi viviamo, we must live. Avere da is used also for mu^t,
as : ho da dargli uno scudo, I must give him a dollar.
Bisognare means to want if conjugated as a pronominal
verb, as : mi bisogna un cappello nuovo, I want a new hat.
3. The Compound Tenses of the Impersonal Verbs take
the Auxiliary av6re when the verb is transitive, as:
ha suonato mezzanotte, it has struck midnight ; and the
Auxiliary ^ssere or av^re when the verb is really imper-
sonal, as; e piovuto la notte scorsa, it has rained last
night ; ha nevicato oggi, it has snowed to-day.
4. TTiere is, there are, there will he, etc., are rendered with
ci or vi e, vi sono, vi sara, etc.
5. All Impersonal Verbs are used only in the third per-
son: thus,
Pidvere, to rain.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Presmt
Imperf.
Past Def.
Future
Past Indef.
Pluperf.
Past Ant.
Fut. Ant.
CONDITIONAI; MOOD.
Present pioverebbe, it would rain.
Past 1st Form sarebbe piovnto, it would have rained.
Past 2nd Form fosse piovuto, it would have rained
(iVb Imperative.)
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Presmt ch' egli piova,
Imperfect ch' egli piovesse,
Past ch' egli sia piovuto,
Pluperfect ch' egli fosse piovuto,
pidve,
it rains.
pioveva,
it was raining.
pidwe,
it did rain.
piovera,
it will rain.
e piovuto,
it has rained.
era piovuto,
it had been raining.
fu piovuto,
it had rained.
sara piovuto,
it will have rained.
that it may rain,
that it might rain,
that it may have rained,
that it might have rained.
110
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present pidvere, to rain. | Past essere piovuto, to have rained.
GERUND,
piovendo, raining.
Present
Past
essendo piovdto, having rained.
PARTICIPLES.
Present (Not used.)
Masc.
Fem.
5, Sing.
pioviito,
piovuta,
rained.
Plur.
piovtiti,
piovtite,
rained.
Present
Imperfect
Past Def.
Future
Past Indef.
Pluperfect
Past Ant.
Fut. Ant.
Present
Past 1st Form
Past 2nd Form
Bisognare, to be necessary.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
bisdgna,
bisognava,
bisognera,
e bisognato,
era bisognato,
fa bisognato,
sara bisognato,
it is necessary.
it was necessary.
it was necessary.
it will be necessary.
it has been necessary.
it had been necessary.
it had been necessary.
it loill have been necessary.
CONDITIONAL MOOD.
bisognerebbe,
sarebbe bisognato,
fosse bisognato,
it would be necessary.
it would have been necessary.
it would have been necessary.
{No Imperative by itself.)
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present ch' egli bisfigpii,
'Imperf. ch' egli bisognasse,
Past ch' egli sia bisognato,
Pluperf. ch' egli fosse bisognato,
that it may be necessary,
that it might be necessary,
that it may have been necessary,
that it might have been necessary.
INFINITlVi: MOOD.
Present
Past
Present
Past
bisognare,
essere bisognato.
to be necessary.
to have been necessary.
GERUND.
biflognando,
essendo bisognato,
being necessary,
having been necessary.
PARTICIPLES.
Present (Not used.)
Masc. Fem.
Past Sing, bisogn&to, bisognata,
Plur. bisognati, bisognate.
been necessary,
been necessary.
IMPERSONAL VERBS. Ill
EXEBCISE XLII.
1. Piove? Nossignorc, non piove. 2. Ha piovuto ieri sera a
Londra ? Jeri sera non ha piovuto in Londra, ma ha piovuto a
Parigi. 3. Che e accaduto ? Nulla, signore. 4. Ha gelato la notte
scorsa? Sissignore, la scorsa notte ha gelato. 5. Questa mattina
gela. 6. Grandina? Non grandina, ma nevica. 7. Lampeggia?
Oggi non lampeggia, ma lampeggio ieri. 8. Ha nevicato tutta
la notte. 9. £ egli piovuto ? Nossignore, non ha piovuto. 10. !fi
tuonato e lampeggiato tutto il giorno. 11. La neve e didiacciata.
12. Tuona, ma non lampeggia.
1. What has happened ? The boy has fallen. 2. Does it rain ? It
does not rain, sir. 3. Did it rain this morning? Yes, sir, this
morning it did rain. 4. Is it freezing? It does not freeze. 5.
Did it freeze this morning ? This morning it did freeze. 6. Did it
hail? Yes, sir. 7. Is it hailing? No, sir, it does not hail.
8. Has it been snowing ? Yes, sir, it has snowed, and it is freezing.
9. Does it thunder ? It thunders and lightens. 10. Is the snow
melted? The snow is not melted; it is frozen. 11. What will
happen? Nothing will happen. 12. What has happened yester-
day ? 1 have been punished by my father.
B.
1. Basta, basta, non pariate piu, capisco. 2. Yi basta una tazza
di caffe ? Si, una tazza mi basta. 3. Che cosa vi bisogna ? Mi
bisognano danari. 4. Le bisogna un'ombrello? Nossignore, mi
bisogna un bastone. 5. A me non bisogna nulla. 6. Se Ella
parte per Parigi, Le bisognera un abito nuovo. 7. Cio. non mi con-
viene. 8. La sua malattia mi rincresce. 9. Che cosa Le occorre ?
Mi bisogna un bicchier d' acqua. 10. Che cosa Le pare di questa
casa? Mi pare ch'essa sia umida. 11. Le place avere un'arancia?
A me non place aver un' arancia ; ma mi piacerebbe avere ima
tazza di t^. 12. A me sembra ch' egli abbia ragione.
1. What do you want? I want a new hat. 2. What does she
want? She wants an umbrella. 3. What did they (masc.) want?
Two bottles of wine. 4. Will you want anything ? No, sir, thanks;
I shall not want anything. 5. Does his misfortune pain you ? Yes,
sir, it pains me. 6. The illness of my cousin (fern.) pains me. 7. Is
this sufficient ? Yes, this is sufficient. 8. It seems that this coat
is not new. 9. It seems to me that she is wrong. 10. This is not
proper. 11. One cup of tea is sufficient for me. 12. Is one bottle
of wine sufficient for you ? Y'es, sir, thanks.
C.
1. Fa caldo questa mattina. 2. Oggi fa freddo. 3. Nel giardino
a mezzanotte fa chiaro di luna. 4. Nella strada fa polvere. 5.
Fa caldo pcrche fa sole. 6. lo non passeggerd oggi perche fa
112 ADVERBS.
vento. 7. Fa umido questa sera ? Nossignore, non la mnido, e bel
tempo, ^ una notte stellata. 8. ]£ meglio studiare che divertirsi.
9. V' ha tempo a tutto. 10. Bel proverbio italiano e questo : Chi
ha tempo non aspetti tempo. 11. A mo passeggiare al chiaro di
Imia, non fa freddo. 12. Pare che gelera. Nossignore, a me pare
che piovera.
1. Is it cold? No, sir, it is hot. 2. It is moonlight; I shall
take a walk. 3. I shall not take a walk ; it is dusty. 4. Why is
it hot ? Because the sun shines. 5. Is it damp ? No, sir, it is 'fine
weather. 6. It is better to learn your lesson than to play. 7. This
starry night is beautiful ; I shall take a walk. 8. Is there time ?
There is no time. 9. It seems that it will rain. 10. Do you want
a bottle of wine, or a cup of coffee? I want a cup of tea. 11. It
seems that this room is damp. 12. A cup of coffee and some bread
and butter will be sufficient for me.
XXIV. — Adverbs (AvverU),
The Adverbs are used to modify verbs, adjectives, or
other adverbs, and are invaririble.
There are eight diflerent kinds of Adverbs in Italian ;
tliey are :
(a.) Adverbs of time, awerhi di tempo.
(6.) Adverbs of place, awerhi di. lu6go.
(c.) Adverbs of manner, awerhi di mddo.
(d.) Adverbs of quantity, awerhi di quantita.
(e.) Adverbs of affirmation, awerhi affermativi.
(/.) Adverbs of negation, awerhi negativi.
(gr.) Adverbs of doubt, awerhi di duhhio.
(Ji.) Adverbial expressions, mddi avverhidlL
The Adverbs are either naturally so, as : 6ra, now ;
s6mpre, always : or are formed from adjectives or paii;i-
ciples, as facilm^nte, easily ; passionatamlnte, passionately ;
pidno, quietly, etc.
REMARIiS.
1. Adverbs are formed from Adjectives ending in e (not
preceded by 1 or r) by adding m§nte : as
Adjectives. Adverbs.
costante, constant. I costantemente, constantly.
felloe, happy. felicemente, happily.
dtfloe^ tweet. \ doloemente, si
ADVERBS.
113
2. Adjectives ending in e preceded by 1 or r drop the
final 6 and take mente to become Adverbs : as,
Adjectives.
facile, easy.
di^cile, difficult.
particolare, particular.
esteridre, external.
Adverbs.
facilmente, easily.
difiicilmente,
particolanoente,
esteriormeute,
with difficulty.
particularly.
externally.
3. Adjectives ending in 0 are changed into Adverbs by
adding mente to their feminine singular : as.
Adjectives. Adverbs.
pigraiiiente, lazily.
modestaniente. modestly.
Pigro,
modesto,
saggio,
lazy.
modest.
wise.
saggiamente,
wisely.
4. Some masculine Adjectives are also used as Adverb
without undergoing any modification : as, presto, quickly ;
fisso, fixedly, etc.
5. Only the first and second of the Ordinal Numbers
can become adverbs : as, primieram^nte, first ; secon-
dariam^nte, secondly. Thirdly, fourthly, etc., are trans-
lated : in t^rzo luogo, in qudrto luogo, etc.
6. Adverbs form their Comparatives and Superlatives
like the Adjectives, the adverbial ending m^nte being
added: as,
Positive. Comparative. Superlative Relative. Superlative Absolute
felicemente, piu felicemente, 11 pin felicemente, felicissimamente.
fEudlmente, piu facilmente, 11 pi4 facilmente, faciUssimamente.
7. The following real Adverbs form their Comparatives
and Superlatives irregularly.
Positive. Comparative. Superlative.
Relative. Absolute.
bene, weU, megllo, better, 11 megllo, best. Ijenissimo,
ottlmamente,
male, badly, peggio, worse, 11 pe^o, icorst. malisslmo, \ very
pessimamente, / badly,
m61to, very, piii, more, il plA, most. moltissuno, very much.
pdco, liUle, meno, less, 11 meno, least. pochissuno, very lilile.
8. B^ne, mdle and poco sometimes fake the augmentative
and diminutive terminations one and ino : as malone, very
hadly ; hemno, pretty well; pochino, very little.
9. Adverbs may be repeated in order to increase their
) very
3, / weU.
114
ADVERBS.
meaning: as, or 6T2L,ju8t presently, etc., or be made super-
lative a second time, even when they are already really
superlative : as, assdi, very ; assaissimo, very much.
10. Adjectives are used adverbially when they modify
the subject rather than the verb : as, egli era fisso a guar-
ddrlo, he was looking at him fixedly.
Quando,
da quando,
sempre,
mai, )
giammai, I
domani,
omiai,
oramai
spesso
sovente
prima,
dopo,
alldra,
p6i,
pdscia,
posdomani,
ieri,
ieri 1' altro,
r altrieri,
avantieri,
presto,
tosto,
adesso,
dra,
or dra,
stibito,
avanti,
A. Adverbs of Time (^Avverbi di Tempo),
late.
\ already.
when.
since tchen.
always.
loith \
} never,
a neg. j
to-day.
to-morrow.
} ofte
before.
afterwards.
then.
> afterwards.
the day after to-
morrow,
yesterday.
the day before yes-
terday.
soon, quick,
soon.
tardi,
gia,
digia,
taldra,
talvdlta,
pdoo dopo,
pdoo fa,
pdco prima,
pdco avanti,
pocanzi,
pocdra,
findra,
sindra,
qualdra,
di budn' dra,
per dra,
}
sometimes.
a little
wards.
after'
a little while ago.
presently.
immediately.
before.
until now.
ichenever.
early.
for the present,
lately.
d' dra in pdi, \ , - .,
d'dggiinpdi,}'*^'^^^/^*^^-
d' alldra in poi, from that time.
d' dra in dra, from hour to hour,
no longer.
> as soon as.
not before.
> as soon as.
seldom.
; non pid,
I appena,
I odme prima,
I non prima,
I s^bito che,
, tdsto ohe,
di rado,
Gia often means of course: as, Gia, Ella mi vede, o/coMr«c,
you see me.
Gia with a negative means rather not : as, lo non credo
gia tutto ci6 ch' egli dice, I do not believe all that he says.
Gik, when preceding a noun, means /ormer : as, 11 gi^ re
di Ndpoli, the former King of Naples.
ExEnciSE XLIII.
1. Quando h Ella arrivata a Londra ? lo arrival a Londra ieri
r altro. 2. Avantieri io era a Parigi, oggi sono a Londra e domani
ADVERBS
115
saru a Manchester. 3. fi ormai tenipo di cominciare la lezione.
4. lo sono spesso con tuo fratello ; cgli e sovente al mio negozio.
5. II dottore prima lo credeva seriamente ammalato; e dopo non
crede seria la sua malattia. 6. Bisogna far presto, perche ho fretta.
7. lo saro tosto con Lei. 8. Desidera Klla essere subito servita?
Servitemi appena avrete finito di servire quel signoro. 9. ]E ormai
tardi, bisoguerk partire subito. 10. D' ora in poi io .'-aro studiosissimo.
11. Ella e arrivata poco dopo noi. 12. Noi eravamo teste con la
madre e le sorelle di Guglielmo.
1. I have often been with Mr. S. 2. When did you arrive?
"We arrived yesterday. 3. You are late. Yes, sir ; I am late.
4. Is she in a hurry ? Yes, madam, she is in a hurry, because she
has to go out at once. 5. We shall play after we shall have had
our lessons. 6. I shall come as soon as I shall have finished my
exercise. 7. Were you in London yesterday ? I was in London the
day before yesterday ; and yesterday I was at Brighton. 8. Hence-
forth I shall always learn my lessons. 9. He is now a very-
studious young man. 10. He is often with my cousin Charles.
11. You were not at the school yesterday. No, sir; I was in
Brighten. 12. You should learn your lessons first, and then play.
B. Adverbs of Place {Avverht di luogo).
dove,
}
where, '
onde,
ddnde,
whence.
qni.
1
here.
qua,
la,
cola,
}
there.
qua e la,
to and fro.
vi, ivi.
ci.
}
here.
sdpra,
su,
upon.
giu.
below.
quinci)
hence.
Oietro,
behind.
sdtto,
underneath.
davanti,
before.
dentro,
fadri,
indietro,
la su,
lassd,
lagiii,
laggiii,
da per ttitto,
altrdve,
innanzi,
abbasso,
costi,
oosta,
qoindi,
quassti,
quaggi^,
su e giu,
di ddve,
inside.
outside,
behind.
> up there.
> down there.
everywhere,
elsewhere,
before,
down.
there.
thence,
above here,
down here,
up and doum.
whence.
Note.— Davanti is only used of place, avanti is only used of time,
except when meaning /or too rtZ, along^ wlien it is an interjection.
Exercise XLIV.
1. Dove siete, Carlo ? Io son qui. 2. Chi e la ? Tuo cugino h
Ik con suo fratello. 3. Io sono stato qua tutta la mattina ad aspet-
6
116 ADVERBS.
tarvi. 4. Noi siamo stati qua e 1^ a cercarlo. 5. Portate su i libri
che son giu nella libreria. 6. lo sono stato molte volte su e giu per
le scale e sono stanco. 7. Che cosa c' e dentro questa scatola ? C' e
un cappello nuovo per mia sorella liosina. 8. Andate abbasso
nella cucina a chiamare la serva. 9. Sarete quassu domattina?
Nossignore, domattina noi saremo altrove. 10. Donde arrivate?
lo arrive da Parigi. 11. 11 suo canino e sotto la tavola. 12. Ua
per tutto si trovano buoni c cattivi ragazzi.
1. Where were you this morning ? I was down in the library.
2. Who was here an hour ago? Mr. S. was here with his servant'
(wiasc). 3. Who is waiting there? The servant (masc.) of the
doctor. 4. We have been looking for you everywhere. 5. Have
you been up there ? Not yet, sir. 6. What is inside that box ?
There is a present for my father. 7. What is underneath my chair ?
My dog is under your chair, 8. Have you been downstairs ? Yes,
sir, to call the servant (masc). 9. Have you been at the theatre
last evening ? No, sir ; we have been elsewhere. 10. Whence does
she arrive? She arrives from London. 11. Call your dog from
under the table. 12. I shall wait for the doctor here, in his library.
C. Adverbs of Manner (^Avverhi di TnSdo),
edme,
Jioio.
pure,
yet, also.
t^*
indeed.
f6rs3,
perhaps.
■^. \
so, thus.
peggio.
worse.
cosi, /
volentieri,
willingly.
perche,
why.
quasi.
almost.
bene,
weU.
meglio,
better.
mlUe»
badly.
EXERClfe
a malincuore,
E XLV.
unwillingly.
1. Come si pronuncia questa parola, signor maestro ? Essa si
pronuncia cosi. 2. Come si chiama suo fratello ? Mio fratello si
chiama Francesco. 3. Questo esercizio non e cosi buono come
quello di ieri : e perche ? Perche non ho avuto molto tempo a scri-
verlo. 4. Perche non avete iraparata la lezione? Perche sono
stato al teatro ieri sera. ii. Non e bene andare al tcatro prima di
imparare la lezione. 6. Dov' e sua cugina ? Ella e forse a Milano
oggi. 7. Noi impariamo volentieri la musica e la lingua italiana.
8. Mia sorella impara a malincuore il disegno. 9. lo jmsseggero
volentieri con Lei, se Ella mi pcrmetter^ di accompagnarla.
10. Dopo tutto questo, che cosa ne pensate? lo ne penso male,
mio caro. 11. lo pure lo credo onesto. 12. Egli e quasi rovinato.
1. Do you learn willingly the French language ? No, sir, I learn
it unwillingly. 2. What do you learn willingly? The Italian
* See remarks on page 114.
mdlto,
much.
pdoo,
little.
meno,
less.
trdppo,
too much.
tanto,
so much.
abbastanza,
enough.
pii
more.
qnanto,
how much.
ADVERBS. 117
language. 3. He is not as studious as his brother. 4. Why were
you not here this morning? I was elsewhere with ray father.
5. Allow me to come wit-h you, sir. Willingly. 6. He has had
almost a whole bottle of wine, and now he is ill. 7. Is this well ?
No, sir, that is bad. 8. How is that lady called? She is called
Mrs. Large. 9. How do you pronounce these words? These wonis
are pronounced so. 10. I go with him willingly. 11. I always
learn my lessons willingly. 12. He will be here this evening with
all his friends.
D. Adverbs of Quantity (^Avverhi di quantita).
tanto . . quanto, as much . . as.
ancora, still, more.
a pdco a poco, little by little.
a sufficienza, sufficiently.
via pid, \ ,
■»?« «i,^/ f much more.
a bizzeffe, plenty.
assai, much, many.
Assdi means many when followed by di : as,
assai di belle canzdni ha tuo cugino,
thy cousin has many beautiful songs.
It means mwcA, very when used without the preposition :
as,
assai belle canzoni ha tuo eugino,
very heautiftd songs has thy cousin.
Exercise XLVI.
1. Quanto costaquesto libro? Esso costa due scellini. 2. Quanto
Le costarono i suoi cavalli ? Essi mi costarono duecento cinquanta
lire sterline. 3. Questa casa costa meno di quella. 4. Non com-
prero quest' abito, perche costa troppo. 5. Quattro lire sterline per
un beir abito non sono troppo. 6. £ tanto tempo da che ho avute
tue nuove che mi era diraenticato dove abitavi. 7. Tanto costa
quest' abito quanto quell' altro. 8. Ne avete abbastanza ? Si,
signore. 9. Ha Ella vino a sufficienza ? Si, grazie, ne ho abbas-
tanza. 10. Hanno que'signori di assai bei cavalli? Quel signori
hanno cavalli assai, ma non assai belli. 11. In quella tua lettera ci
erano errori a bizzeffe. 1-2. Poco a poco imparero a scrivere e
leggere bene.
1. How much does this looking-glass cost? Twenty-five pounds.
2. That one costs less than this one. 3. These cost as much as
those. 4. Would they cost less if they (masc.) were old ? They
(jnasc.) would cost much less. 5. Have you forgotten w^here I live ?
Yes, sir, because it is a very long time since I had news of you.
118 ADVERBS.
6. Have you enough wine ? Yes, sir, thanks ; I have enough. 7.
I shall learn the Italian language well, but little by little. 8. This
is too much ; that is sufficient. 9. Can he write Italian well ? Not
very well. 10. How much have you paid for this horse? I paid
ninety-five pounds and ten shillings. 11. That was too much.
12. It was as much as you have paid for your old horse.
E. Adverbs of Affirmation {Avverhi d' affermazione).
si,
yes.
dawero, truly.
infatti,
certo, di certo,
in fact.
pKpfinto,}!'^-"'-
certamente,
\ certainly.
gia, of course.
slcuramente,
1
mai si, certainly, yes.
Exercise XL VI I.
1. Egli lo avrebbe certamente aiutato, ma non ne aveva i mezzi.
2. Crede Ella tutto cio-che egli narra? lo lo credo di certo. 3.11
ballo air ambasciata di Spagna fu dawero magnifico. 4. Ci era
Ella, signor Conte? Si, signore. 5. Gia s'intende Ella h da per
tutto. 6. Ella s' inganna ■dawero, mio caro, se crede tali storielle.
7. ^ stata Ella dal Signor B. ? Per 1' appunto, e 1' ho trovato a casa
col maestro di musica. 8. lo saro felicissimo di essere al suo pranzo
domani sera di certo. 9. lo appunto La cercava. 10. Ella gia
mi cerca sempre. 11. In fatti h cosi. 12. Ella si trova a casa di
rado. Per l' appunto.
1. It is of course understood that I shall be at your house at eight
o'clock this evening. 2. We shall certainly be there with all our
friends (masc). 3. Will you be there also? Yes, sir. 4. Will
your friend (fern.) be at the theatre to-morrow night ? Certainly
she will be there. 5. Is Mr. S. very rich ? Yes, sir, he is extremely
rich. 6. Has he related to you his new fib ? Yes, sir. 7. Do you
believe his story ? Certainly, I do. 8. Of course you believe every-
thing. 9. Have you already had your dinner? Yes, sir. 10. Have
they (masc.) been with our friends (masc.) at the concert ? Yes,
madam. 11. Is he mistaken ? Certainly. 12. Would you be happy
if you were now with your parents ? Certainly.
F. Adverbs of Negation (AvverU di negazione).
no,
no.
nemmeno,
non,
not.
ne manco,
non . . mai,
never.
ne . . ne,
non . . gia,
scarcely.
non mica.
non . . piii.
no more.
neppure,
ncanohe,
not even.
non ancdra,
non . . p^tc
1, not at all.
}
nor . . either.
neither,
not at all.
not even.
not yet.
ADVEltBS. 119
Eemarks.
1. Non precedes the verb in Italian (see p. 56) : as,
lo non amo, I do not love. \ lo non vdglio, I icill not, &c.
2. Non is strengthened by the addition of mica, punto,
which follow the verb, whilst non precedes the verb : a.s
non amo punto il vino, I do not like wine at all.
non lo credo mica, I do not believe it at all.
3. After verbs conveying ideas of negation, or liindrance,
non is used in the accessory sentence ; as the consequence
is just what is denied or hindered from taking place : thus,
Egli nega che la donna non si'a mdrta.
Se denies that the icoman is (not) dead.
Proibiro che Carlo non gli cada vittima.
I shall forbid Charles to Jail his victim.
4. When a negative verb is u>ed with non, this must be
repeated in the accessory sentence : as,
Non nego cli* e'gli non m' ami.
I do not deny that he does (not) love me.
5. After a verb expressing doubt, non is required.
(a) If the accessoiy sentence is not in the negative, the
second verb is put in the subjunctive with n(>n : as,
Temo che non muoia, I fear he may die.
Diibito che non venga, I fear he might come.
(6) If the accessory sentence is used negativelyy then the
second verb must be used in the future with non : as,
Temo che non morrk, I fear he will not die.
Diibito che non verra, I fear he might not come.
6. Ne . . . ne require non before the verb which precedes
them : as,
Egli non beve ne acqna ne vino, He drinks neither water nor wine.
7. If the^rs^ part of the sentence includes a comparative
of augmentation or diminution, without a negative, then
the non may be used in the second part of that sentence,
the verb being changed from the Subjunctive to the
Indicative Mood : as,
Egli e piu ri'cco cne ndi pensassimo.
Egll e pill ricco che ndi non pensavamo.
He is richer than we thought.
120 ADVERBS.
Exercise XL VIII.
1. lo non ho ancora veduto tuo zio ; ma lo visiteio oggi, o domani.
2. Siete voi stato dal dottore ? Non ancora. 3. lo non sono mal
stato al teatro. 4. lo non gli prestero nemmeno un soldo ; egli non
me lo renderebbe mai. 5. lo noa lo credo mica cattivo, egli ha
buon cuore. 6. Gli crede Ella ? lo non gli credo punto. 7. Egji
mi ha molto offeso, io non lo ricevero a casa mia. 8. II maestro
puniia lo scolare, non gia ch' egli non 1' ami, ma sol tan to per correg-
gerlo. 9. Io diibito molto che le tue sorelle non arrivino. 10. Egli
non ha ne modestia ne bontk. 11. Quell' uomo h piu povero che io
non credeva. 12. Jo non credeva ch' egli mi amasse tanto.
1. Have you been at the house of Mr. S. ? Not yet, sir. 2. Do
you believe him? No, sir. 3. Why do you not believe him?
Because he is a bad boy. 4. Have you seen Mr. B. ? I have never
seen him. 5. Has she seen Mrs. B. ? She has not yet seen her.
6. Is he a good boy ? He has neither modesty nor goodness.
7. Do you like wine ? I like neither wine nor beer. 8. Do you
love him? I do not love him at all. 9. Do you doubt of his
goodness ? I do not doubt of his goodness for me. 10. Will you
lend him some money? I shall not lend him anything, not even a
penny. 11. Would you lend him money if he were an honest man ?
I never lend money. 12. Has he offended you? He has not
offended me at all.
G. Adverbs of Doubt {Avverhi di duhhio),
forse,
probabilmente,
possibilmente,
quasi quasi,
Exercise XLIX.
1. Sareste voi con ten to se aveste un regal o ? Forse lo sarei e forse
no. 2. Sarete voi invitati al ])ranzo del duca? Probabilmente.
3. Noi saremo probabilmente al teatro della regina domani sera.
4. Se io avessi danaro abbastanza comprerei quel giardino. 5. Ella
avrebbe un regalo da sua madre, se fosse una studiosa giovinetta.
0. Elleno imparerebbero subito la lingua italiana, se la studiassero.
7. Io mi era quasi quasi ammalato per aver mangiati troppo mac-
cheroni. 8. Carlo ha ora quasi diciassette anni. 9. Egli racconta
molte storie, e pure io non gli credo. 10. S'Ella fosse mia amica, io
La consiulierci di imparar bene le sue lezioni. 11. Possibilmente
noi ci saremo tutti. 12. Se cio fosse probabile, io crederei che fosse
accaduto.
1. Were you invited to the ball of the earl ? We were not in-
vited to his ball ; but perhaps we shall be invited at his dinner next
perhaps.
pure,
hut yet.
probably.
quasi,
nearly.
possibly.
se,
if.
very nearly.
ADVERBIAL EXPRESSIONS.
121
week. 2. Will you be, next Friday, at the Queen's Theatre ? I
shall probably be there. 3. You would learn much, if you studied
much. 4. She is ne-arly eighteen years old. 5. She is very nearly
as old as my sister Rosina. C. He would be a good boy if he learnt
his exercises well, 7. I should -p&y this bill of exchange if I had
the money. 8- If we had money, we should buy all those houses.
9. She is nearly fifteen years old, yet she is not so tall as my cousin
Emma. 10. If he had money he would eat maccaroni at each one
of his dinners. 11. This would certainly happen, if you were a bad
boy. 12. Probably it is so.
H. Adverbial Expressions (MMi avverhiaii).
Adverbial expressions are formed with the help of some
preposition.
The teimi nations one and oni added to a few substan-
tives, without an augmentative signification, form also ad-
verbial expressions.
Some adverbial expressions in the different classes of
adverbs are given above ; we subjoin some others most
commonly used :
bocconi, "^
boccone, /
cavalcidni,
ciondcloni,
carpdne,
rotoloni,
tastone,
a mente, \
a memdria, /
a voce, j
a viva voce, /
a bello stiidio,
a pdsta,
a bella pdsta,
a caso, )
per caso, |
ad alta voce,
a destra, 1
a diritta, )
a sinistra, |
a manca, *
in breve,
alia risfdsa,
a propdsito,
a gara,
appunto,
fadr di misnra.
procumbent.
astride,
hanging down,
creeping on all
four,
roiling ahonf.
groping dbouL
by heart.
hy icord of
mouth.
purposely.
by chance.
aloud.
on the right
on the left
in short,
mixedly.
hy the by.
in emulaiion.
exactly,
extremely.
a bnSn mercato,
da capo,
abooca,
cheaply.
from the begin-
ning.
hy word of
mouth.
per sdlito, visually.
da senno, in earnest.
di tempo in tempo, |
di quando iQ.\now and then.
quando, )
fino a quando, until when.
abeiragio, \atUisure.
concomodo, ) '^'*"*"^'
ad dnta, in spite of.
af^dmod'dggl,}«^«^-^2'*-
all' incirca,
a un dipresso,
al piii al pia,
a soqqaadro,
ad nn tratto,
eioe,
vale a dire,
da banda,
in disparts.
yabout.
at the utmost
confusedly,
all cU once.
Uhat is to say.
yaside.
da banda a banda, \through and
da parte a parte, j through.
122
ADVERBIAL EXPRESSIONS.
a 8610 a s61o, h^te-h-tete
da s61o a s61o
di buon grado, | .„ . ,
dibudnavoglia, i^'^^^^rigly.
di mano ii mano, gradually.
di nuovo.
di nascosto,
di soppiatto.
again.
>hy stealth,
for the future,
in short.
m avvenire,
in^e,
in somma,
in on batter d' 00- 1
cMo, \in a moment
in tin attimo, )
m vece,
dgni qual vdlta,
per esempio,
per ischerzo,
per r appunto,
per lo piii,
per tempo,
il pid presto
possibile,
in modo che,
sn due piedi,
tanto piti,
tra poco, \
a momenti, /
instead.
whenever.
for instance.
in jest.
exactly.
mostly.
early, in time.
as soon as pos-
sible.
in such a way.
at once.
so much the
more.
As we said in Eemark 4, p. 113, some Adjectives are also
used as Adverbs, thus •
piano,
forte,
caro,
buono,
trovar ba6no,
slowly, quietly.
loudly, strongly.
dear (of value).
agreeably (of
taste).
to find conve-
nient.
cantar falso,
veder chiaro,
tenersi diritto,
scriver diritto,
sentir budno,
sentir cattivo,
to sing hadly.
to see clear,
to stand upright,
to write straight,
to smell nicely,
to smell badly.
Exercise L.
1. Noi eravamo a cavalcioni 1' uno sull' altro. 2. Egli era carpone
per trovare una spilla. 3. Carlo mando tuo fratello rotoloni con un
pugno al petto. 4. Era cosi scuro, che not camminavamo a tastone.
5. To ho la mia lezione a raemoria. 6. Ella imparo a mentc tutto
un salmo. 7. Voi reciterete la lezione a viva voce, appena 1' avrete
imparata. 8. Noi lo insultammo a hello studio. 9. A proposito,
cameriere, a che ora si pranza qui ? Per solito qui si mangia alle
sei, signore. 10. To ho da parlarvi a quattr' occhi. 11. lo vi
nhbidir6 di buon grado. 12. lo lo incontro ogni qual volta passo
per quella strada.
1. He was sent sprawling with a blow on his chest. 2. It is so
dark that we must grope about. 3. I have learnt it by heart. 4.
We have all learnt it by heart. 5. Have you learnt this psalm?
Yes, sir, I have learnt it by heart. 6. We meet you whenever we
pass through this street. 7. He sought him on purpose. 8. I shall
willingly obey my master. 9. Ky the by, give me a cup of coffee
and some bread and butter. 10. He wants to speak to you pri-
vately. 11. I met him as soon as I went out. 12. We dine here
generally at five o'clock.
PREPOSITIONS.
123
XXy. — Prepositions {Preposizidni).
In Italian there^re two kinds of Prepositions : 1. Simple
and real Prepositions governing the noun directly : as, io
vengo da Londra, I come from London; 2. Compound
Prepositions, that is, Adverbs used as Prepositions, and
usually followed by one of the real Prepositions.
The real Prepositions are :
di, of. da, of. from, hy.
a, ad,
con,
fra, infra,
tra,
at, to.
with.
amongst.
per,
in,
so.
for, bi/y through
in, within,
on, upon.
A. Prepositions governing the Genitive.
The following prepositions govern the Genitive case,
and are followed by the preposition di.
outside,
beyond,
this side,
by much,
by means.
fuori,
al di la,
al di qua,
a fdrza,
per mezzo
a cansa,
a motivo,
a ragidne,
in Indgo,
in vece,
davanti,
dentro,*
on account.
instead.
before,
inside.
senza,*
verso,*
appie,
a dispetto,
ad dnta,
a favore,
contro,*
dietro,*
dopo,*
presso,*
sdtto,*
without,
towards,
at the foot.
notwithstanding.
in favour.
against.
behind.
after.
near.
underneaVi.
Exercise LI.
1. Fuori di questa citta ci e un gran parco. 2. II castello del
conte L. e al di la del fiiime Arno. 3. A forza di stuHiare s' impara.
4. Egli era davanti di questa tavola, un' ora fa. 5. Egli e stato
nominato governatore per mezzo della mia raccomandazione al
ministro. 6. Io fui punito a causa di lui. 7. Egli e stato punito in
luogo di me. 8. La sorella fu lodata invece del fratello. 9. U
fiume scorre appie del monte. 10. Ad onta de' miei buoni<consigli,
egli si e rovinato. 11. Chi e dietro di me? Nessuno. 12. Ho
spedita una lettera di cambio a favore -di Carlo.
1. My house is outside the town. 2. We were 'walking this
morning on the other side of the river, when we met your two
brothers. 3. By much study you will become learned. 4. He has
been named captain by means of my recommendation. 5. We
have all been punished on account of his little brother. 6. The
river runs at the foot of the mountain. 7. He was near me this
* Contro, dietro. dopo,
before a Personal Pronoun.
G*
presso, sotto, senza, verso, dentro. take dl only
124
PKEPOSITIONS.
morning when we had our Italian lesson. 8. In whose favour is
this bill of exchange? It is in favour of Mr. B. 9. You will be
punislied instead of me. 10. She did not learn her lesson, in spite
of the good advice of her aunt. II. He will not have any diuner
on account of his illness. 12. His castle is on this side of the river.
B. Prepositions govkrning the Dative.
The f llowing prepcsitions are followed by the preposi-
tion a.
till.
opposite.
ahout.
amidst.
inside.
around.
dltre,
besides.
innanzi,
dinanzi,
davanti,
before.
in rispetto,
in rigaardo,
concerning.
in quanto,
dietro,
behind.
vicino,
near.
addosso,
upon.
oonforme,
conformaUy.
circa,
about.
cdntro,
against.
dattdmo,
around.
davanti,
before.
entro.
within. •
,E Lll.
fino,
slno,
dirimpetto,
in contro,
in faccia,
in circa,
circa,
in mezzo,
a mezzo,
dentro,
attdrno,
accanto,
allato,
accdsto,
presso,
appreaso.
I. Fino a che ora mi aspetterete? Fino alle sei. 2. Egli abita
diriin{)etto all'ospedale. 3. La sua casa era in faccia alia mia. 4.
Egli oblio i suoi doveri in mezzo a tante delizie. 5. Cercate il mio
cappello dentro a quell' altra camera. 6. Gli adulatori sono sempre
attoriio agli uomini ricchi. 7. Oltre a queste due case, egli ha
grandi propriety in provincia. 8. In rispetto a questo affare,
bisogner^ pensarci. 9. Egli si gitto addosso a me come un cane
arrabbiato. 10. AsiX3ttat6 sino a domani, e sarete pagato. 11. lo
non asputtero neanche sino a stassera, io ho bisogno di danaro imme-
diatamente. 12. C erano al teatro oltre a mille persone.
1. U|) to what time did she wait for me? She waited for you
till four o'clock. 2. We live opposite the new church. 3. He
live<l opposite our house last year. 4. He has always around him
many flatterers. 5. Inside this box there is a new hat for you.
6. I thank you very much for your goodness to me. 7. Besides
that hat, I have brought you a ring and a watch. 8. As for this
aflfiir, I have to speak about it with my friends. 9. The dog went
at him like a mad one. 10. I shall wait for him until seven o'clock.
11. We shall not wait here, but at our house, until three o'clock.
12. There were there over three thousand ^icople.
PREPOSITIONS.
125
C. Prkpositions governing the Accusative.
The fdllowing prepositions govern the Accusative, as well
as other cases, if included in the other lists of pp. 123-124.
avanti,
circa,
contro,
contra,
dopo,
giosta,
innanzi,
sa}vo,
eccetto,
dentro,
mediante
before,
about.
Inngo,
along.
presso,
near.
sec6ndo,
agreeably.
senza,
without.
sopra,
upon.
sotto,
underneath.
verso,
towards.
durante,
during.
malgrado,
noticithstandhig.
61tre,
besidefi.
dietro.
behind.
against.
after.
according.
before.
except.
inside.
by means of.
All Adjectives and Participles used as Prepositions
govern the Accusative case : as, ras^nte, along ; salvo,
except ; nonostante, notwithstanding ; mediante, by means ;
etc.
Exercise LIU.
1. Non si comhatte contro il fate. 2. Egli e offeso contro me e
contro mio padre senza ragione. 3. Mediante lemieracomandazioni
egli lu nominato a quel posto Uicrativo. 4. Noi possediamo oltre
mille lire di rendita. 5. Durante la tempesta il vascello s'affond6.
6. Tutti si aflfogarono, senza eccezione. 7. Egli usci di casa mal-
grado i miei ordini. 8. Noi camminammo lungo il fiiime tutta la
mattina. 9. La sua casa e situata presso la mia. 10. Noi fummo
tutti a pranzo dal signor Guglielmo, eccetto te e tua sorella. 11.
Giusta la relazione del giornale, sembra che la guerra sia finita. 12.
La sua carrozza passo rasente la nostra.
1. He fought against us in the war of eighteen hundred and
seventy. 2. They (masc.') are without money now. 3. She was
near me at dinner, and we talked of you. 4. He has many other
houses besides this one. 5. Where were you just now? I was
amongst the trees in your garden. 6. He talked during the concert ;
the nmsic did not please him. 7. We went along the river for a
long walk. 8. Notwithstanding his illness, he is still very strong.
9. They (masc.) will dine without us, because we shall not be there
in time. 10. Agreeably to his letter, I shall lend him a few
pounds. 11. She has been for a walk, in spite of the orders of her
mother. 12. We shall not go for a walk against your orders.
D. Prepositions governing the Ablative.
Very few prepositions govern the Ablative and are fol-
lowed by da. These are fino da, since; lungi, discosto da, /ar
from.
126
CONJUNCTIONS.
Infuori, except, is always jjreceJed by tlieword it governs j
thus,
Da me infudri non c' era nessuno.
Except me, there was nobody.
Note. — The preposition is sometimes omitted in Italian in tha
following cases .: —
(a) "When words are joined together : as, caposcuola, capocaceia,
capoparte, instead of capo dell a scuola, head or founder of the school
(of arts) ; capo della caccia, head of the hunt ; capo della parte,
leader of the party. In the plural, only the- first word is modified:
capiscuola, capicaccia, capiparte.
(6) In casa Strdzzi, in the house of Strozzi ; vengo da casa Palmie'ri,
I come from the house of Palmieri, &c,
(c) The preposition a is omitted in the dative of the personal
pronouns mi, ti, ci, vi. le, gli, Idro, si (see p. 78).
(d) The preposition in is often omitted in ablatives referrin<r to
time : as, lo vidi la state scorsa, I saio him last summer ; egli arrive a
Pescia dal Signdr Fidri il cinque ne,dsto, he arrived at Pescia at
Mr. Fiori's, August 5th : instead of nella state, vel quin'.o gidrno, &c.
XXVI.— Con JUNCTIONS {Congiunzioni),
Conjunctions are of two kinds in Italian, i. e., copulative
when used to join words or sentences, and disjunctive when
employed to separate them.
A. Copulative Conjunctions.
tperche,
poiche,
«o that, because.
1
tacciocche,
tfinche.
}
in order that.
giacche,
> since
perocche,
■
because.
posciache,
■ )erciocche.
tse,
if-
tprima che,
sooner.
tche,
that.
tquand' anche.
though.
e,
and.
tse anche.
even if.
0 . . . e,
as well as.
di maniera che
'}
so that.
come,
as.
di mddo che.
finche.
till.
dunque,
so, therefore.
appena,
\ scarcely.
non . . . se non,
except.
a pena,
pero,
though.
tsappostoche,
provided.
qnindi,
therefore.
anche,
also.
dacche.
because, since.
cosicche.
so that.
mentre che.
whilst.
tconciossiache.
1 in case that,
before.
t^o a tanto che.
until.
tavvegnache,
tanzi che,
tuttavia,
tutta vdlta,
\
nevertheless.
tavanti che,
secdndo che.
according as.
6nde,
so that.
cio6,
thatiSf i.e.
iioohi,
so that.
r.
CONJUNCTIONS.
127
B. Disjunctive Conjunctions.
0,
0 ... 0,
or.
either . . . or.
SSo, }-'-»•
se,
uhether.
senza che, without that.
owero,
nuiladimeno,
ossia,
or.
nullameno, [ nevertheless.
oppure,
niente di meno, )
tbenche,
ma, but.
tabbenche,
rsS; . }^"""-
tsebbene,
' although.
iancorche,
fnonostante cbe, notioUhstandlng.
tquanttinque,
tper quanto cbe, however.
tpurche,
provided.
percio, nevertheless.
ne . . . ne,
neither . . . nor.
altresi, besides.
anzi pure,
even.
per altro, however.
All those marked with f require the following verb in
the subjunctive.
Pure, yet, is used to mean also hmoever, even ; pur troppo,
means only too : as,
egll e pur troppo vero, it is only too true.
Perche means why and because, and it is not to be mistaken
for per . . . cJie, which means however.
EXEBCISE LIV.
Copulative Conjunctions.
1. Egli e un cittadino ricco c possente. 2. Giacche Ella fe cosi
buona, La prego prestarmi il sue libro. 3. lo Le prestero volentieri
e i miei libri e quanto altro Ella desidera. 4. Tuo padre non solo
mi presto un libro, ma prestommi anche delle pitture perch^ le
copiassi. 5. Bisogna ch' egli studii se desidera essere premiata.
6. Noi eravamo appena usciti di casa che lo incontrammo con le
sue sorelle. 7. lo non lo visiterei, qnand' anche fossi invitato a casa
sua. 8. Eagazzi, non siate cattivi, se non volete essere puniti. 9.
Se anche egli fosse tanto ricco quanto Creso, io non lo crederei uomo
onesto. 10. Poiche Ella e qui, giuochiamo una partita alle carte.
11. Io sono pero sicuro di perdere. 12. Egli mi saluto appena io
entrai nella sua camera.
1. He -was in my room whilst we were speaking of you. 2. Pro-
vided you are a good boy, you will be praised. 3. We had scarcely
begun our dinner, when he came in with all his friends (masc).
4. I shall be with you as soon as I shall have finislied this letter.
5. He is a studious boy as well as an obedient one 0. He was idle,
128 INTERJECTIONS.
therefore he was punished by his father. 7. She is now eighteen
years old, and she is also the tallest of all my sisters. 8. We met
him as we were coming out of the concert. 9. Sooner than be idle,
I would study and learn something. 10. Whilst you are here, 1
shall speak to you about that affair. 11. He ran away in order that
his master might not punish him. 12. He is a tall and a strong
man.
Dvjunctive Conjunctions.
1. Desidera della carne o del pesce ? Datemi o carne o pesce, fe
lo stesso per me. 2. Sono quest! soldati inglesi, o francesi ? Essi
non sono ne inglesi ne francesi, ma sono italiani. 3. Desiderano
quel signori della birra oppure del vino ? Quei signori desiderano
e birra e vino. 4. Purche impariate le vostre lezioni, avrete oggi
una bella arancia ciascuno. 5. Non lo crederei neppure se lo ve-
(lessi con gli occhi miei. 6. lo lo consigliai di finirla, nondimeno
egli continue a lamentarsi. 7. Per quanto ch' egli ami me, egli non
mi amer^ mai quanto io lo amo. 8. Egli era arrabbiatissimo, senza
che egli avrebbe seguito il mio consiglio. 9. Carlo e molto povero,
egli non ha nemmeno uno scellino. 10. O mi ubbidite, o vi
scaccero di casa mia. 11. Giovanni era non solo stupido, ma
anche ostinato. 12. Sebbene tuo zio sia vecchissimo, egli ha ottima
salute.
1. Although ihe is very young, she is a very good and studious
girl. 2. i^o VGU want this book or that? Give me either this one
or that one. 3. Although I advised him well, he would not follow
my advice. 4. Provided you are diligent you will have a present.
5. 'I'his story is only too true, although so difficult to believe. 6.
Whether true or not, it is a nice story. 7. Do you want tea or
coffee ? I want neither tea nor coffee, but I want some wine. 8.
Why have you been punished? Because I have not learnt my
French lesson. 9. However old he may be, he is not yet a hundred
years old. 10. I want not only books, but also pen and ink. 11. T
am not very well, but nevertheless I shall be at your ball next
week. 12. He would have a prize if he were studious, but he is
very idle.
X XVII.— Inter JECTIONS (Interiezioni).
ah!
ah!
6hi!
alas I
eh!
ehi!
\ halh!
ohime !
woe is me 1
oU!
oh!
onA!
courage !
oibo!
fie.
possibile !
good gracious J
avanti!
forward !
ewiva!
viva!
\ hurrah!
iltto!
hush!
inimo!
courage!
INTERJECTIONS. 129
guai!
xcoe!
:bene!
weU!
per Bacco !
cdrpo di Bacco
, good heavens !
1 benone !
laiuto!
very well !
help !
oh!
oh!
i bravo !
well done I
ohe!
laU'erta!
up I
deh!
alas!
jaffe!
indeed I
fadri!
begone !
8U 8U !
come, come I
via!
away !
! ohi va la !
icho goes there !
Eemarks.
1. Bravo and zitto agree, like adjectives, in gender and
number with the person spoken to : as,
Bravo! Carlo, hai cantato benissimo,
Well done, Charles, thou had sung very well.
Brava! signdra ;finima, Ella balla a maraviglia,
Well done ! Madam Emma, you dance beautifully.
Zitti ! ragazzi, Don fate ruradre.
Hush! children, do not make any noise.
Signoiine, per carita statevi zittt; !
Young ladies, for heaven's mice, keep quiet.
2. In interjective sentences the adjective must precede
the personal pronoun, which is put in the accusative : thus,
Ahi ! misora te ! Oh ! pdveri Idro !
Oh! wretch that thou art! Alas! poor people!
3. ^Vhen an adjective is with a name, this is preceded by
di; the adjective coming first: as,
Oh, quelle zdtico di Carlo ! Oh, quella seidcca di Maria !
Oh, that boor Charles! Oh, that foolish Mary!
4. When an appellative noun is used with the name of
a person, the former is preceded by di with the article : as,
Quel caro vecchio del signdr RafFaelle !
That dear old man, Mr. Baphael!
Quella hudna ddnna de'Ua signdra B. 1
That good woman, Mrs. B. !
5. Gudi ! woe ! takes a dative : as,
Guai a te, se non mi ubbidisci !
Woe to thee, if thou dost not obey me!
Guai ai codardi !
Woe to the cowards !
6. After intetjectione expressing grief, the pronoun may
also be put in the dative, the adjective preceding it : as,
Oh ! pdvero a me, quanto sdno infelice 1
Oh ! poor me, how unhappy I am!
130 IKKEGULAR VERBS.
Exercise LV.
1. Oh, che bella mascliera, ma non ba cervello ! 2. Oh, che belle
pitture ! 3. Ehi, fermati, ti ho da parlare. 4. Ehi, ehi, dove corri ?
Corro dal medico. 5. Zitto, non far rumore, che il bambino non si
svegli. G. il egli possibile ! Cosi e pur troppo ! 7. Avanti, avanti,
ho bisogno di voi. 8. Viva 1' Italia, viva la liberta ! 9. Animo
dunque, soldati, e battete il nemico ! 10. Guai a quel soldato che
volger^ le spalle al nemico. 11. Corpo di Bacco ! questa si che e
bella ! 12. All' erta, sentinella ! All' erta sto !
1. Oh, poor me, I am ruined! 2. Oh, what a beautiful picture!
3. Hallo, stop, I have to speak to you. 4. Is this possible ? Yi t,
it is so. 5. England for ever ! 6. Hurrah for the Queen ! 7. Woe
to those who shall run away ! 8. Courage, soldiers, let us beat our
enemies ! 9. Make haste, Charles, I have need of you. 10. Woe to
you, if you are a bad boy ! 11. Hush, baby, hush ! 12. Oh, what
a tall man !
XXVIII. — Irregular Verbs ( Verhi Irregoldri).
IiTegular Verbs may be divided into three classes.
They follow in most, though not in all, cases the Perfects
and Supines of the Latin verbs from which they are
derived.
The First Class includes all those verbs which have
their irregularities in common with other verbs, so that
they can be classed together in different groups, according
to their irregularities. In each group we give only the
irregularities of one Verb, the other Verbs of the same
group being understood to be conjugated in the same
way.
The StcoND Class includes all those Verbs, the irregu-
larities of which cannot be subjected to any rule. This
Class also includes Verbs which have only the Past
Participle irregular.
The Third Class contains all the Defective Verbs.
The Fjrst Class.
The following Verbs, almost all belonging to the Second
Conjugation, have the first and third persons of the Sin-
gular, and the third person of the Plural ii regular in the
Past Definite and also an irregular Past Participle.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
131
Verbs irregular in the Past Definite and Past
Participle.
1. Past Def. in si. Past Part, in sso.
M^ttere, to put * (Lot.
Past Definite.
io misi.
tu mettesti.
egli mise.
noi mettemmo.
voi metteste.
eglin» misero.
So also the compounds :
commettere,
omettere,
ammettere,
perraettere,
prome'ttere,
compromettere,
io commit,
io omit,
to admit,
io permit,
to promise,
io compromise.
iiiitto, misi, missum).
Past Participle.
Masc. Fem.
messo. messa.
m«ssi. mease.
rime'ttere.
dimettere,
scommettere,
sottomettere,
sommettere,
to remit,
to dismiss,
io het.
submit.
I to
Exercise LVi.
1. Ella mise il tiio cappello invece del siio nella scatola. 2.
Dove hai tu messi i miei libii? Io li ho messi nella libreria. 3.
Eglino misero tutti i loro abiti nelle loro camere. 4. II giudice
ammise rinnocenza del prigioniero e Io libero. 5. Egli ha commesso
de' gravi errori. 6. QueU'uomo hacommessi inolti delitti. 7. Mio
padre uon mi permise di visitarlo. 8. Io gli promisi im bel regalo,
se egli mi avesse aiutato. 9. Ella si e com prom essa seriamente col
governo per i suoi errori politic!. 10. Io Le ho sottomesse tiitte le
mie ragioni. 11. La porta della mia camera e chiusa. 12. Che
cosa ha Ella scommesso? Io non ho scommesso milla.
1. He promised me that he woiihl pay this bill of exchange next
week. 2. He compromised himself with his government. 3. Did
you bet anything ? I never bet. 4. I put my hat on that chair,
when I came in. 5. Where has she put my hooks ? She has put
your books on the table. 6. Has he submitted to you his reasons?
Not yet. 7. Has the judge admitted his innocence? Yes, and he
has set him at liberty. 8. Charles has committed a very serious
mistake, and he will be punished for it. 9. We .''hall submit our
reasons to the judge, and he will set us at liberty. 10. Why did
you compromise yourselves ? We have not compromised ourselves.
11. Would you allow me to go out? Not belore you have had
your lesson. 12. His mother did not permit him to visit us.
* All the Tenses are omitted In which the Verb follows the RegtUar Coiyugation.
132
IRREGULAR VERBS.
2. Past Bef. in si. Past Part, in to.
Volgere, to turn (Lat. volvo, volvi, volutum).
Past Definite.
io volsi.
tu volgesti.
egli vdlse.
So also :
accorgersi,
aggiilageiv,
assorgere,
assurnere,t
attingere,
cingere,*
cignere,
compiangtTO,
compuugere,
congiiiugere,
consumere.t
coutdrcere,
convincere,
desuoiere.t
disgiiingere,
distmguere,
distorcere,
divellere,
divdlgere,
disvolgere,
eraergere,
estinguere,
estoUere,
fingere,
frangere,*
fragnere,
giungere,*
giugners.
immergore,
indiilgtre,
InfrangL-re,
infrfngere,
insdrgero,
intingere,
in volgere,
miingere,
ndi volgemmo.
vdi volg^ste.
egliao vdlsero.
to perceive,
to adjoin,
to rise,
to assume,
to attain.
to gird.
to pity,
to afflict,
to join,
to consume,
to contort,
to convince,
to assume,
to disjoin,
to distinguish,
to distort,
to uproot.
to unfold.
to emerge,
to extinguish,
to extol,
to feign.
to break.
to arrive.
to immerse,
to indulge,
to break,
to infringe,
to revolt,
to dip.
to complicate,
to milk.
Past Participle.
Masc. Fern.
vdlto. vdlta.
vdlti. vdlte.
piangere,
pmgere, \
dipingere, /
pdrgere,
presuraere,!'
pungere,
raggiungere,
respingere,
riassumere,t
rifrangere,
risdrgere,
ritingere,
ritdrcere,
scingere,
sconvdlgere,
scdrgere,
emungere,
soggiiingere,
sommergere,
sdrgere,
sospingere,
spiugere,
stingere,* "i
stignere, /
stdrcere,
svellere,
svdigere,
tingere,* I
tignere, |
tdrcere,
travdlgere, ^
stravdlgere, /
lingere,
vincere,
vdlgere,
to weep.
to paint.
to offer.
to presume.
to prick.
to rejoin.
to push back.
to reassume.
to refract.
to rise again.
to dye again.
to turn again.
to untie.
to turn round.
to perceive.
to dry up.
to add.
to submerge.
to rise.
to push forward,
to push.
to discolour.
to distort,
to root up.
to untwist.
to colour.
to twist.
io turn over.
io anoint,
to win.
to turn.
Presumere has also the Past Definite in presum^i.
* The Tenses of these Verbs are formed from this Infinitive only,
t The m Is changed Into n in the Irregular terminations.
lEREGULAU VERBS.
133
Exercise LVII.
1. To gli risposi che sarei stato felicissimo di riceverlo a casa mia
2. 11 generale cinse la spada e monto a cavallo. 3. Mia sorella
giunse <ia Milano ieri sera. 4. Percheha tiio fratello pianto ? Egli
ha ])ianto perch^ il maestro lo ha biasimato. 5. Noi lo abbiamo
rag'^iunto prima che egli fosse entiato al ttatro. 6. Dopo aver tanto
parlato, egli soggiunse anche qiieste parole. 7. Egli fu com-
pianto da tiitti nella sua disgrazia. 8. Tuo fratello finge di non
capire. 9. Chi ha dipinto questo bel quadro? II nostro amico P.
lo ha dipinto pochi anni fa. 10. Le mie mani sono unte d' olio.
11. Egli si e molto distinto agli esami. 12. Egli ha risoliito di
toigliorarsi.
1. We replied to him that we had no money. 2. "Where did you
rejoin him? We rejoined him near his house. 3. What did he
say next (soggiungere) ? He next said that he was right. 4. With
what have they (fern.) anointed their hands ? They (fern.) have
anointed their hands with oil. 5. He feigns to be asleep. 6. He
greatly distinguished himself at his last examination. 7. The king
distinguished that captain amongst all others. 8. He has resolved
to learn the French language as soon as possible. 9. He painted
that picture when he was twenty-seven years old. 10. By whom
has this beautiful picture been painted? By my friend P. 11. All
my friends pitied me in my misfortune. 12. The babv has cried
all night.
3. Past Def. in ssi. Pad Part, in SSO.
Deprimere, to dejpress {Lat. depiimo, depress!, depressum),
Past
Definitij.
Past PARTiaPLE.
Masc.
Fem.
io depresfii.
tu deprimesti.
egli depresse.
ndi deprimemmo.
voi deprimeste.
eglino depre's-
sero.
depre'sso.
depressi.
depre'ssa.
depresse.
So also :
conce'dere,
succedere,
affiggere,
to concede
to sxjbcceed.
io affix.
imprimere,*
opprimere,*
sconne'ttere,
to impress,
to oppress,
to disjoin.
crocifiggere,
deprimere,*
esprimere,*
comprimere,*
to crucify,
to depress,
io express,
to compress.
sopprimere,*
percuotere,
pcudtere,
inciitere,
to suppress,
to heat,
to shake,
to inspire.
* The i is changed into e m the Irregular terminations.
134
IRREGULAR VERBS.
cHscutere,
to discuss.
riscuotere,
to collect n
anne'ttere,
to annex.
conn^ttere,
to connect.
riflettere,
to refract.
muovere,
to move.
commudvere,
to touch.
rimuovere,
j smudvere,
nt'ttere,
I promudvere,
j repn'mere,*
fie'ttere,
I prefiggere,
to remove,
to move,
to join,
to promote,
to repress,
to bend,
to j/refix.
Conc^dere and succ^dere have also the regular forms.
Verbs ending in uotere and uovere drop the u in their Past
Definite and Past Participle : as, io percossi, mosso, etc.
Riflettere is regular when meaning to reflect.
Exercise LVIII.
1. 11 re ha concesso al generale la grazia del soldato condannato
amorte. 2. Le leggi in Roma erano affisse al Campidoglio. 3. Cristo
fu crocifisso pe'nostri peccati. 4. Chi ha crocifisso Nostro Signore?
I Giudei Lo crocifissero. 5. Come esprimere la niia gioia a tal
nuova? 6. I popoli oppress! un di o I'altro si vemlicano de'loro
oppressor!. 7. Egli fu percosso per d! dietro da un assassino. 8.
Io non ho ancora riscosso la rendita di queste case. 9. La sua im-
inagine e riflessa nello specchio. 10. lo non ho ancora riflettuto
abbastanza alia tua ofFerta. 11. 11 suo eloquente discorso c! ha
tutti commossi. 12. Io fu! promos&o caj itano sul campo di bat-
taglia pel mio valore.
1. That captain was promoted on the battlefield. 2. The king
granted a free pardon to the prisoner. 3. He was struck by a man
in the street. 4. That law was affixed to the Capitol. 5. That
people was oppressed by a bad king. 6. He was crucified for our
sins. 7. He expressed I. is joy with a loud voice. 8. Have they
(masc.) collected the rent of your house and of the house of your
cousin (masc.)? Not yet, sir. 9. I was moved by his eloquent
speech. 10. Have you reflected sufficiently about it? Yes, sir,
and I s])all follow your advice. 11. What is reflected by that
looking-glass? My own image. 12. He has struck my little
brother with his stick.
4. Past Def. in ssi. Past Part, in tto.
Scrivere, to write (Lat. scribo, scrips!, scriptum).
Past Definite.'
10 scnssi.
tu scrivesti.
^gli scrisse.
noi scnvemmo.
vdi scriv^ste.
^glmo Bcri'ssero.
Past Participle.
Masc, Fem.
scrltto. scritta,
scritti Bcritte.
IKREGULAK VERBS.
135
So also
cuocere,t
to cook.
ergere,
to erect
ricudcere.t
to cook again.
erigere,
to erect.
costruire,
to construct.
friggere,
to fry.
scnvere,
to write.
leggere,
to read.
affliggere,
to afflict.
negligere,t
to neglect.
inflfggere,
to inflict.
reggere,
to govern.
instruire,
to instruct
struggere,
to dissolve
correggere,
to correct.
distmggere,
to destroy.
dingere,*
to direct.
trafi'ggere,
to transfix.
tradiirre,
to translate.
struggersi,
to long.
condiirre,
to conduct.
indiirre,
to induce.
condursi,
to behave.
addurre,
to bring.
prodiirre,
to produce.
ridurre,
to reduce.
figgere,
to fix.
sediirre,
to seduce.
confi'ggere.
to nail down.
dedurre,
to deduct.
el6ggere,
to elect.
proteggere,
to protect.
Ergere lias the Past Definite and Past Paiticiplo from
er^ggere.
Addurre, indurre, tradurre, sedurre, dedurre, condurre,
ridurre, and prodiirre form their Eegular Tenses from their
old infinitives, in cere, adducere, inducere, seducere^ tradu-
cere, condiicere, etc., of which they are a contraction , thus,
io adduco, egli seduce, che eglino conducano, etc.
The Past Participle of verbs ending in cere or urre
ends in otto, as tradotto, cotto, ridotto, indotto.
Exercise LIX.
1. II maestro ha corretti i nostri esercizi. 2. Egli e ridotto alia
miseria. 3. Io addussi tntte le mie ragioni, ed egli affermo che io
aveva torto. 4. Noi fummo protetti da lui. 6. Chi ti protesse ?
Mio cugino. 6. La cittk intera fu distrutta dai nemici. 7. Avete
voi negletto i vostri doveri? Nossignore, noi non li negligiamo
mai. 8. Tuo cugino si e condotto molto male in questo affare.
•9. Molte statue furono erette al primo re d' Italia in diverse citta
della penisola. 10. Gli eressero mia statua pcrche fu grande oratore.
11. Chi Le ha scritto? 11 libraio mi ha scritto e mi ha mandato il
suo conto. 12. fi fritto il pesce? 11 pesce non e ancora Iritto,
signore; bisognera aspettare ancora un poco.
1. Who has corrected this exercise? The master has corrected
it. 2. To what has he been reduced by his laziness ! 3. I brought
before him many good reasons, and he affirmed that I was wrong.
4. We were protecte(i by the general. 5. Who protected you ? My
• The t is changed into e in the Irregular terminations.
t The u is omitted in the Irregular terminations.
136
IRREGULAR VERBS.
brother protected me. 6. What did the enemies destroy? They
destroyed the whole town. 7. Why do you neglect your lessons?
I have never neglected them. 8. How did he behave himself? He
behaved himself very well. 9. Why did they erect a statue to him ?
Because he had been a great man. 10. Have they erected a statue
to the king? They have erected him many statues. 11. Who has
written this letter? That letter has been written by my cousin
{fern.). 12. I wrote my lesson last evening.
Fast Bef. in bbi. Past Fart, in iuto.
Cr^scere, to grow {Lat. crescere).
10 crebbi.
tu crescesti.
^gli crebbe.
So also :
eonoscere,
decrescere,
ricondscere,
sconoscere,
Past Definite.
noi crescemmo.
v<5i cresceste.
eyrlino crebbero.
Past Participle.
Masc. Fem.
cresciuto. cresciuta.
creBciuti. cresciute.
to know (physical \ rincreseere
knowledge). j increscere,
to decrease. accrescere,
to recognise,
to mistake. I
Exercise LX.
to regret,
to regret.
to augment, to in-
crease.
1. Gonosce Ella il signor B. ? Sissignore, io 1' ho conosciuto molti
anni fa a casa di tua zia. 2. Io conobbi tuo fratello per mezzo della
signora B. 3. Ella e cresciuta molto dall' anno scorso. 4. Ella
crebbe poco I'anno passato. 5. Quelragazzo non cresce molto presto.
6. Io non Io riconobbi, perche egli era mutato moltissimo. 7. Mi
rincresce molto non aver danari per aiutarlo. 8. Gli rincrebbe di
ritornare alia scuola. 9. Io 1' ho riconosciuto appena egli entro nella
camera. 10. 'L* avaro accrebbe le sue ricchezze con I'usura. 11. La
sua paga fu accresciuta di cento lire all' anno. 12. A tutti quanti
rincrebbe tale nuova.
1. I do not know Mr. B., but my brother has known him a
long time. 2. I knew that gentleman in Paris, when I was there with
my father. 3. We all knew him when he lived in the house oppo-
site. 4. They (masc.) recognised me as soon as I entered the room.
5. I did not recognise your sister, because she had grown very much.
6. She recognised me at once, however, and asked me for news of my
family. 7. I regret very much not to have anything, or I should
help you willingly. 8. She regretted to go to school again. 9. You
have grown very little since last year. 10. My sister has not grown
at all the last montli. 11. My father has increased his money, and
is very happy. 12. He is a miser, he increases his wealth through
usury.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
137
6. Past Def. in ulsi. Past Part, in ulso.
Esp^Uere, to expel (Lat. expello, cxpuli, expulsum)
Past Definite.
Past Participle.
io espulsi.
tu espellesti.
egli espulse.
So also :
impellere,
repellere,
ndi espellemmo.
vdi espelleste.
eglino espulsero.
to excite,
to repel.
Masc.
esptilso.
espulsi.
ripellere,
espellere,
Fem.
espulsa.
espulse.
io repel,
to expel.
EXEKCISE LXI.
1. Egli fu espulso perche era un allievo disobbediente ed ozioso.
2. Io Io espulsi di casa mia, perche era uno stupido servitore. 3. La
tempesta di ieri sera ha divelto molti alberi nel nostro giavdino.
4. Egli fu irresistibilmente impulso a partire pel campo di baitaglia
e difendere il sno paese. 5. I nostri soldati repulsero il nemico e Io
sconfissero completaraente. 6. La sua petizione fu ripulsa dal re.
7. Voi sarete tutti espulsi da questa scuola se non sarete buoni
ragazzi. 8. Carlo fu espulso senza colpa sua : la colpa era tutta di
Enrico. 9. Amor di patria Io impulse a tale azione valorosa. 10.
Un ignobile motivo li impelleva, quando commisero tale delitto.
11. 11 generale ripulse con sdegno la proposta di arrendersi al
nemico. VI. Io mi lascero impellere soltanto da nobili molivi.
1. He was expelled from school this morning. 2. You will also
be expelled, if you are disobedient. 3. They {masc.) will not expel
us from our house. 4. Who expelled thy brother from school?
The master expelled him. 5. Has he been expelled from his
school? No, sir, he has not been expelled. 6. Will they (masc.')
be expelled ? They (masc.) will be expelled if they (masc.) are lazy
and disobedient. 7. By whom will they (masc.) be expelled ? By
their master. 8. Who repulsed the enemies? Our soldiers repulsed
the enemies and beat them. 9. What incited him to so noble a
deed? Love of his country. 10. My petition has been repulsed by
the king. 11. The wind has uprooted several trees in their garden,
12. That tree has been uprooted last niglit.
7. Past Def. in ppi. Past Part, in tto.
Eompere, to hredk (Lat. rumpo, rnpi, rnptnm).
Past Definite. Past Participle.
Masc.
Fem.
io r^ppi.
ndi rompemTno.
r6tto.
rdtta.
tn rompesti.
vdi rompeste.
rotti.
rdtte.
^gli ruppe.
eglino ruppero.
♦
138
IRREGULAR VERBS.
So also tho compounds :
corrompere,
dirdmpere,
to corrupt,
to rush out.
prorompere, to hurst forth.
Exercise LXII.
1. La serva ha rotto un bicchiere. 2. Che cosa ha Ella rotto? lo
lion ho rotto nulla. 3. lo ruppi il nuo bastone contro un sasso.
4. Dopo cena, eglino ruppero tutti i bicchieri e tutti i piatti, essendosi
ubbriacati. 5. Questo vetro e rotto, bisognera metterne uno nuovo.
6. Egli si corruppe in compagnia di quel cattivaccio. 7. Se foste suo
amico, egli vi corromperebbe. 8. Egli si e rotta la gamba nello
scendere le scale. 9. Da chi fu rotta questa bottiglia ? Essa fu
rotta da Carlo. 10. Egli proruppe in insulti contro di me. 11.
Piovc alia dirotta ! 12. Chi rompe, paga.
1. He broke a glass and two cups. 2. She has broken that look-
ing-glass last evening. 3. Who breaks has to pay. 4. I have
never broken anything. 5. They (masc.) broke all the glasses alter
dinner, they were drunk. 6. Why did you break this plate ? I
did not break it, Charles has broken it. 7. Is my stick broken ?
Yes, sir, it has been broken by your brother. 8. He was drunk
and burst forth in insults against me and against everybody.
9. Why do you pay this money to me? Because I have broken
your umbrella. 10. Who broke the glass in that window? I
broke it, and I shall pay for a new one. 11. How did you break it ?
With a stone. 12. Why did that man break all the glasses in the
windows of that house ? He broke them without any reason, but
only because he was drunk.
8. Past Def. in si. Past Part, in sto.
Chi^dere, to ash {Lat. quaero, qnaesivi, quaesitum).
Past Definite.
io chiesi. not chiede'mmo.
tu chiede'sti. voi chiedeste.
egli chie'se. eglino chie'sero.
Past Paeticiple.
Masc. Fem.
chicsto. chiesta.
chie'sti. chie'ste.
So also :
richie'dere,
nascondere,
to ash again. rispdndere,
to hide. corrispdndcre,
to reply,
to correi
EXERCISI
c LXHI.
1. To chiesi al maestro della carta per scriverci i miei csercizi.
2. Ella Le cliiese il suo parere. 3. Che cosa Le lianno chiesto i suoi
amici? Eglino mi chiesero di accorapagnarli al teatro. 4. Jo non
Le chiederei mai ci6 che Ella non ha. 5. To ho richiesto Carlo di
IKREGULAE VEBBS.
139
portarrni questa lettera alia jjosta. 6. Che cosa le hanno ricliiesto
quel ibrestieri ? Essi mi chiesero di indirizzarli al migliore albergo
della cittk. 7. lo domandai ad Enrico di darmi un libro da leggere,
ed egli mi rispose che non ne aveva. 8. lo noii ho ancora risposto
alia sua letteia, e spero che mi scuserk del ritardo. 1). lo ho corris-
]K)sto con mi negoziante a Venezia per la compra di alcuni specchi.
10. Che cosa Le ha egli risposto? Egli mi ha risposto che non ne
aveva da vendere. 11. Perche si nascondono que' ragazzi ? Essi si
nascondono per non essere puniti. 12. Tuo fratello si e nascosto
dietro la porta.
1. What did you ask that man ? I asked him to show me the
way (indirizzarmi) to the house of Mr. B. 2. Have you answered
the letter of your cousin (/em.)? I have not yet answered it, but
I shall answer it to-morrow, 3. I have written to the merchant in
Paris in order to buy some looking-glasses, and he has not yet
answered me. 4. I did correspond with him last month ; but now
I no longer answer his letters. 5. Have you read this letter?
Yes, and I have also answered it. 6. Who is hitiden behind the
door ? Nobody is hidden there. 7. Where is your brother hidden ?
He is hidden under the table. 8. Why does he hide himself?
Because he is afraid of being punished. 9. With whom are you
corresponding ? 1 am corresponding with one of my friends {masc.)
in America. 10. What did they (masc.) ask you ? They asked me
to accompany them to the house of their lather. 11. Who asked you
for a book ? The new pupil (masc.) asked me for a book. 12. 1
shall not reply to this letter.
The Second Class.
A. Verbs irregular in the Past Participle only.
Infinitive.
Assistere,
persistere,
insistere,
resistere,
assolvere,*
risolvere,
fendere,*
sussistere,
esistere,
esaurire,*
aprire,
concepire,*
coprire,
contessere,
to assist,
to persist,
to insist,
to resist,
to absolve,
to resolve,
to split,
to subsist,
to exist,
to exhaust,
to open,
to conceive,
to cover,
to weave,
Past Pakticiple.
assistito.
persistito.
insistito.
resistito.
assolto.
ri solute.
fesso.
sussistito.
esistito.
esausto.
ape'rto.
concetto.
coperto.
contesto.
* These Verbs have also a regular Past Participle,
and assolto, absolved.
Aesolato means abtolute.
140
IRKEGULAR VERBS.
c<feipiere,*
to finish.
compfto.
desistere.
to desist,
desistito.
inflettere.
to bend.
infleseo.
esigere,
to exacty
esatto.
scindere,
to separate^
scisso.
apparire.
to appeary
apparso.
scalfire.
to scratchy
scalfitto.
seppellire,*
to hurt/y
sepdlto.
offrire,
to offer,
offerto.
soffrire,
to suffer,
soflferto.
solvere,
to solve,
soliito.
epandere,*
to spready
spanto.
redimere,
to redeevdy
ledento.
suggere,
to suck,
succhiata
tosare,*
to shear.
tdso.
vivere,t
to live,
vissiito.
lescindere^
to cut off.
Exercise LXIV.
lesoiaao.
1. Le pecorelle furono tiitte tosate lo scorso maggio. 2. II sua
amico ha succhiata la ferita e cosi lo ha salvato. 3. Noi abbiamo
sofferto molto durante il nostro viaggio a causa delle continue tein-
peste. 4. Ella mi ha offerto la sua casa ; ma io preferisco vivere
air albergo. 5. Egli fu sepolto ieri al cimitero del nord. 6. Egli
ha mesciuto 1' acqua ed il vino. 7. Alia fine v^li ha desistito dalF an-
noiarmi. 8. Chi mi ha aperta la porta ? Io ve 1' ho aperta, signor
maestro. 9. Quell' ospedale ha esistito da piu Hi tre secoli e mezzo.
10. Noi abbiamo risoluto di essere buoni e studiosi fanciuUi per il
futuro. 11. II prete lo ha assolto di tutti i suoi peccati. 12. Noi
lo abbiamo tutti assistito co' nostri consigli e col nostro danaro.
1. Have the sheep been sheared this year? Ttiey have not yet
been sheared. 2. Who sucked his wound? His brother; and thus
he saved his life. 3. Have you suffered much during the winter?
Yes I suffered very much through the great cold. 4. What did he
offer you ? He offered me his house ; but I preferred to live at the
hotel. 5. Did you offer him any money? Yes, sir, and he would
not take it. 6. Where has he been buried ? He has been buried in
the northern cemetery. 7. What has she poured here ? She has
jioured water and wine. 8. What have you poured into my glass?
Only some wine, 9. Have you opened the door? Yes, sir, and Mr.
B. wants to speak to you. 10. What has she resolved ? She has
resolved to study the Italian language. 11. I have assisted him
* These Verbs have also a regular Past Participle.
t Vivere has, besides its regular fornifi, an irregular Past Definite, like scrivere,
p. 134, 4, and an irregular Future, lik" tntlere, p. 142, 3.
IRREGULAR VERBS. 141
with my advice and with my money. 12. She has at last desisted
from annoying her.
B. Verbs irregular in different Tenses.
Note. — We give in full all Persons or Tenses which are
Irregular, the Eegular Persons and Tenses bein^ omitted.
1. Andare, to go {Lat. vadere).
Present Indicative. Subjunctiae Present.
io vado, or vo. egli va. I ch' lo vada. ch'e'gli vada.
tu vai. eglino vanno. | che tu vada. ch' egUno vadano.
Future. Conditional.
io andrei noi aiidremmo.
tu andresti. vdi andreste.
egli andrebbe. eglino andrebbero.
io andrd. ndi andremo.
tu andrai, ^ voi audrete.
egU andra. ^ eglino andranno.
Imperative.
va, go.
All the compounds of andare are conjugated in the same
way, except riandare, when meaning to examine, which is
regular.
Exercise LXV.
1. Io vado al concerto. 2. Tu vai alia scuo.a. 3. Ella va a casa
di sua zia. 4. Noi andiamo alia stazione della ferrovia. 5. Noi
andavamo dal dottore, quando lo incontrammo. 6. Eglino andarono
a Parigi col signor B. 7. Noi andremo al teatro domani sera.
8. Io andrei con lui alia passeggiata se avessi tempo. 9. Egli e
andato a Milano con suo padre. 10. Vattene, io non ho
nulla per te. 11. Noi saremmo andati insieme, se lo avessi
trovato a casa quando lo cercava. 12. 11 maestro gli permise di
andarsene.
1. Go away, I have nothing for you. 2. I am going to
church. 3. Where are you going ? I am going to the house of the
doctor. 4. Did she go to the concert ? She did not go there, because
she had no time. 5. We shall go to the concert to-night. 6. I
should have gone with him if I had found him at his house. 7. He
will go to London next Saturday. 8. She is gone to the house of
her aunt. 9. Where are they (7na.sc.) gone ? They (masc.) are all
gone to school. 10. I shall not go with him. 11. Shall you go to
the railway station ? I shall go there at five o'clock. 12. They
(masc.) are now going away.
2. Severe or b^re, to drink (Lat. bibere).
This verb forms its tenses regularly from b^vere, but it
has aha the following irregular forms :
142
IRREGULAR VERBS.
Past Definite.
io b^vvi. eglino bewero.
egli bevve.
Conditional.*
io berei. ndi beremmo.
tu beresti vdi bereste.
egli berebbe. eglino berebbero.
Future.*
io bero. noi beremo.
tu berai. voi berete.
e'gli bera. eglino beranno.
be6to.
beuti.
Past Participle.*
beuta.
beute.
ExEuciSE LXVJ.
1. Io bevo il vino e la birra. 2. Tu bevi 1' acqua. 3. Egli beve
liquori. 4. Noi non beviamo cbe acqua. 5. Che cosa bevete voi ?
Io bevo birra. 6. Eglino bevono acquavite. 7. Io bevvi birra a
colazione. 8. Egli bevve acqua perche aveva sete. 9. Io beverei di
quel vino, se me Io permetteste. 10. Noi beveremo tutti alia tua
salute. 11. Egli ha bevuto molto, e tempo che finisca. 12. Io non
ho mai bevuto acquavite.
1. Give me some water to drink, I am thirsty. 2. I drink water.
3. Do you drink wine? No, sir, I always drink water. 4. Are
you thirsty ? Yes, sir, give me a glass of wine to drink. 5. What
will you drink at luncheon ? I shall drink a bottle of wine. 6.
They drank his health. 7. We shall not drink anything now, we
are not thirsty. 8. Do you drink brandy ? I never drink brandy,
I only drink water. 9. What will she drink ? She will drink a
glass of water. 10. Will you drink a glass of liquor? Certainly
not, thanks. 11. She has never drunk wine. 12. We shall all drink
your health, sir.
3. Cad^re, tofaU(Lat. cadere).
This verb and its compounds have the following irre-
gular forms.
Past Definite.
io caddi. eglino caddero.
egli cadde.
Future.
ndi cadremo.
vdi cadrete.
eglino cadraxmo.
Conditional
io cadrei.
tu cadresti.
^gli cadrebbe
ndi cadremmo.
vdi cadreste.
eglino cadrebbero.
!o cadro.
tu cadrai.
egli cadra.
Exercise LXVII.
1. Io non sono mai caduto. 2. Egli 6 caduto per le scale. 3. Ella
cadde sul ghiaccio. 4. Egli cadde nella strada. 5. tl Ella mai
caduta? Nossignore, io non sono mai caduto. 6. Tu cadrai se
andrai in fretta. 7. Non bisogna correre per non cadere. 8. Egli
correva tanto che alia fine egli cadde. 9. Io non correr5 perche ho
paura di cadere. 10. II falegnamc cadde dalla finestra del terzo
* These irregular forms are mostly used m poetry.
IRREGULAR VERBS. 143
piano. 11. Se noi non avessimo corso noi non saremmo cadut'.
12. 11 bicchiere cadde e si ruppe. ,
1. He fell in the street. 2. You will foil if you run so much.
3. I never fell down these stairs. 4. They all fell on the ice. 5. She
fell because she ran too much. 6. You will iall if you go on the
ice. 7. She will not go on the ice, because she is afraid of falling.
8. The joiner fell from the window of the first floor. 9. I am not
afraid of falling. 10. They (masc.) fell at the same time. 11.
Several houses fell yesterday in the next street. 12. That house is
too old, it will certainly fall.
4. Cogliere, contr. corre, to gather {Lat. coUigo, collegi,
collectum).
Indicative Present. Past Definite.
io colgo. eglino colgono. i io colsi, eglino colsero.
; e'gli colse.
Future. I Subjunctive Present.
(Aho formed regularly.) I ^J^' io ^olga. ch' egli colga.
che tu colga. ch' eghno col-
10 corro. noi corremo.
tu corrai vdi correte.
egli corra, eglino corranno.
Past Participle.
gano.
Conditional.
{Also formed regularly.;
io correi. noi corremmo.
tu corresti. voi correste.
cdlto. colta I egli correbbe. eglino correb-
cdlti. colte. bero.
So are also conjugated sc^gliere or scerre, to choose; racco-
gliere, to reap ; disciogliere or disciorre, to untie ; sciogliere
or sciorre, to untie ; togliere or tone, to tale off ; distogliere
or distorre, to distract.
Exercise LXVIII.
1. Io ho colto i fiori, che erano nel giardino e li ho messi sulla
tavola. 2. Ella ando nel prato a cogliere le margheritine. 3. Io
corro quella rosa per Emma. 4. Io correi quel garofano, se me
Io permetteste. 5. Noi non abbiamo ancora raccolto il grano
quest' anno. 6. Egli raccolse le frutta nell' orto. 7. Luisa ha scelto
questo cappello per regalarlo a sua cugina. 8. Io sciogliero facil-
mente codesto nodo. 9. Questo e un nodo molto difficile a scio-
gliere. 10. Quel ragazzi n)i distulsero dalla lettura di questo libro.
11. Io non mi distolgo cosi facilmente dallo studio. 12. Quale di
questi orologi sceglieresti tu ? Io scerrei quello.
1. Which of these books will you choose? I shall choose this
one. 2. Untie this knot. 3. 1 have gathered some beautiful flowers
in my garden. 4. Go, and gather a few flowers tor me. 5. Th(^
wheat has not yet been gathered. 6. The wheat will be gathered
next month. 7. Do not talk so much, you distract me from my
144 IRREGULAR VERBS.
lessons. 8. I have chosen this dress amongst many others. 9. I
would not have chosen that colour, I do not like it. 10. What
colour would you have chosen ? The black colour. 11. Will you
gather that rose for my sister? Certainly, sir. 12. You have
chosen a very good book.
5. Dai'e, to give {LaL do, dedi, datum).
Indicative Present. ; Subjunctive Present.
io do. ndi diarao. |ch*iodia. die noi diamo.
tu dai vdi date. ' che tu dia. che vol diate.
e'gli da. eglino danno. ch' e'gli dia. eh' egliuo diano.
Past Definite.
Subjunctive Imperfect.
io diedi, or detti. ndi demmo. u, • j' • i, '• t „•
tu.lesti. vdideste. ch lo dessi.^ che not dessimo.
egli dette, or eglino dettero, (yr ^he^udessi. c^«70ide8l^
diede, die. diedero. ""^ ^S^^ ^^«®- ^^ ^S^^^'^ ^^®'«-
Future. Conditional.
io dard. ndi daremo. io darei. ndi daremmo.
tu darai. vdi darete. tu daresti. vdi dareste.
e'gli dara. egliuo daranno. e'gli darebbe. e'glino darebbero.
All compounds of dare with more than three syllables are
regular, as circondare, to surround, etc.
Compounds of dare of three syllables, like ridare, to give
bach, take an accent on the final vowel of those persons
which have only two syllables : as, io rido, I give hack ;
egli rida, he gives hack, etc.
The iiregularities of dare are originated b}^ the old form
of its Infinitive, which was ddere (now obsolete). Thus
this verb is conjugated rather like the second conjugation
in ere, to which it formerly belonged, than like the first
conjugation in are.
Exercise LXIX.
1. Io do un libro alio scolare. 2. Tu mi dai un Wcchiere. 3.
Ella mi dk un anello. 4. Noi diarao del danaro al servo. 5. Voi
date delle lezioni d'italiano agli allievi. 6. Eglino danno delle
fiutta ai loro amici. 7. Dammi quelle zucchero, perche non ne ho
ncl mio te. 8. Mi darete una lezione oggi, signer maestro? Cer-
tamente, con gran piacore. 9. Che cosa Le hanno dato quel viag-
giatori? Eglino mi hanno dato delle vedute del Lago di Como.
io. Che cosa ha Ella dato a quel corriere? Io gli ho dato un
dispaccio pel generale B. 11. Mi daresti tu del danaro ? To te ne
darei molto volentieri se ne avessi. 12. Io gli dard un bell' orologio
domattina.
1. I shall give him a watch, if ho is a good boy. 2. Will he
give us our lesson now? He will give us our lesson to-morrow
IRREGULAR VERBS. 145
morning, 3. What have you given him? Nothing, sir, 4. What
will you give me? I shall give you a very good book. 5. Givo
nic some water, I am thirsty, <3. He gave his son some money.
7. I should not have given him this book if he had been a lazy boy.
8. I shall give my courier a letter for Mi-, B. 9. The traveller gave
8ome money to the servants {masc) of the hotel. 10. I have given
all my books to our master. 11. She g«ve lier music to her cousin
(/em.). 12. They {masc.) have promised to give us a very good
dinner.
6. Dire, to say (JLat. dico, dixi, dictum).
The following* irregularities arise from the verb being
conjugated from its old infinitive dicere (now obsolete).
Present Indicative. I Subjunctive Present.
10 dico, noidiciamo. |ch'iodi«a. cho noi diciamo.
tu dicL voi dite.
egli dice. cglino dicono.
Imperfect.
io dicera, ndi dicevamo.
tu dicevi. voi dicevate.
egli diceva. eglino dicevaao.
Past Definite.
che tu dica. che voi diciate.
ch' e'gli dica. ch' eglino dicano.
Imperfect.
ch' io dicesfii. che ndi dioesn?ji>o.
che tu dicessi che voi diccste.
ch'eglidicesse. ch' eglino dices-
sero.
Gerund.
dicendo, saying.
Past Participlb.
k) diss!. noi dicemmo,
tu dicesti, voi diceste. detto, detta.
egli disse. eglino dissero. detti. dette.
In the same way are conjugated maledire, io curse;
contradire, to contradict; benedire, to bless ; predire, to predict;
and other compounds of dire.
Exercise LXX.
I. Io dico sempre la verita e tu dici delle bugie. 2. Che cosa
dici ? Io dico che non e vero. 3. Egli dice che non capisce questa
parola. 4. Io gli dissi che sarei andato a visitarlo questa sera. 5.
Egli ci disse che suo padre era andato a Londra. 6. Io gli dird
cvb che i)enso della sua condottn. 7. Se egli dicesse la verita noi
tutti gli crederemmo. 8. Luisa ha detto che non desiderava nulla
quest' oggi. 9. Dicendo tali parole, egli se ne ando. 10. 11 dottore
disse che non c'era perioolo. 11. Io gli aveva ben detto che
garebbe andato cosi ! 12. Io credo tutto cio ch' egli mi dice.
1. I said to him that I should visit him this evening. 2. He says
that this is not true. 3. He always tells the truth. 4. He said
that there was great danger. 5. Did he say the truth? No, sir, he
always tells lies. 6. Do you believe what she says ? I always be-
'lieve what she says. 7. I have told him that before. 8. I should
146 IRllEGULAR VERBS.
not say this, if it were not true. 9. I wish to tell him that his be-
haviour is not good. 10. What did she tell you ? She told me that
her mother was ill. 11. Whatwill you tell your friends (wiasc.)? That
I wish to have them at dinner with me next Friday. 12. Do you wish
to tell me anything? No, sir, I do not wish to tell you anything.
7. Dol^re, to pain ; -ftiid dolersi, to ache, to complain *
(Lat. doleo, dolui, doHtum).
Indicative Present. Subjunctive Present.
io mi dolgo. noi ci dogliamo. ch' io mi ddlga, che ndi ci do-
tu li duoli. or ddglia. gliamo.
e'gli si duole. eglino si ddl- che tu ti ddlga, che vdi vi do-
gono. or ddglia. gliate.
_ _ oh' egli si ddlga, ch' eglino si ddl-
Past Definite. or ddglia. gano, or dd-
io mi ddlsi. e'gli si ddlse. gliano.
eglino si ddl- _
sero. ^ Future.
^ . , , , - , - io mi dorro. ndi ci dorremo.
Gerund (also formed regularly). ^^ ^^ dorrai. vdi vi dorrete.
dogliendo. egli si dorra. eglino si dorranno,
EXEHCISE LXXI.
1. Mi duole la testa. 2. Mi dolgono le orecchie. 3. Questa
mattina mi dolevano tutte le ossa. 4. Che cosa ti duole? Mi
duole il dito mignolo. 5. Mi dolsero i denti tutta l<a notte. 6. Le
duole la mascella. 7. Gli dolevano gli occhi. 8. Egli cammino
tan to che i piedi gli dolevano. 9. Non mi duole nulla. 10. Mi ha
doluto il capo. 11. Non mi dolgo di nulla. 12. Tuo fratello si
duole sempre di qualche cosa.
1. My head aches. 2. My eyes ache. 3. My feet ache because
I walked too much. 4. Your feet will ache if you walk so much.
5. She complains of me. 6. She complained of her servants (fern.).
7. I complain of nothing. 8. What does she complain of? She
complains of her long lesson. 9. I shall complain of you to our
master. 10. I would not complain for such a little thing. 11. They
(masc.) always complain of your behaviour at school. 12. My little
nnger aches very much.
8. Dov^re, to he obliged, to owe, must (Lat. debeo, debui,
debitum).
Indicative Present. Subjunctive Present.
io devo, debbo, or deggio. ch' io debba, or deva.
tu devi, or dei. che tu debba, or deva.
egli deve, or dee. ch' egli debba, or deva.
ndi dobbiamo. i che ndi dobbiamo.
e'glino devono, or debbono. j che vdi dobbiate.
I ch' e'glino debbano.
Dolere Is only used as an Impersonal verb. See p. 108.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
147
Past Definite.
has the double form like temere,
see p. 61, I.
Future.
io dovro. ndi dovremo.
tu dovrai . vdi dovrete.
egli dovra. eglino dovranno.
Conditional.
io dovrei. ndi dovrenuno.
tu dovresti. vdi dovreste.
egli dovrebbe, ^lino dovreb-
bero.
EXEKCISK LXXII.
1. Io devo visitare mia zia questa sera. 2. Io gli devo cento
franchi. 3. Tu mi devi due lire. 4. Egli mi deve una lira st< r-
lina. 5. Quanto ti devo? Tu mi devi cinquecento lire. (i. Ella
non mi deve milla. 7. Tu dovresti essermi obbligatissimo pel
daiiaro che ti ho prestato. 8. Io non devo nulla a nessuno. 9. Egli
deve molti danari, egli ha molti debiti. 10. Tu devi andar subito
dal medico per dirgli che I'ammalato ha peggiorato. 11. Quel
signore mi deve centocinquanta lire. 12. Non dovresti essere tanto
poltrone.
1. What do I owe you? You owe me sixty-five francs. 2. She
owes me nothing; she paid her debt yesterday. 3. When you
will have paid me this debt, you will owe me nothing. 4. He owed
me a few francs for a very long time. 5. You must go at once to
the school. 6. 1 must write a letter to my brother at once. 7. You
still owe me two francs. 8. 1 did not owe him anything. 9. What
does she owe you? She owes me nothing. 10. We must all study
in order to learn. 11. She must go to her aunt, who is seriously ill.
12. I must write my exercise now, or I shall not have any time this
evening.
9. Fare, to do, to make {Lat. facio, feci, factum).
This verb is a contraction of the old Infinitive facere, to
which its irregularities are mostly due.
Indicative Present.
io faccio, or fo. ndi facciamo.
ttt fai. eslino fanno.
Imperfect.
io faceva.
tu facevi.
e'gli faceva.
ndi facevamo.
vdi facevate.
eglino facevano.
Subjunctive Present.
ch' io faccia. che ndi facciamo.
che tu faccia. che vdi facciate.
ch* egli faccia. eh' eglino facciano.
Imperfect.
ch' io facessi. che ndi facesEimo.
che tu facessi. che vdi fkceste.
ch'egli fa- ch* eglino faces-
sero.
Gerund.
Past Definite.
io feci,
tu facesti.
egli fece.
ndi facemmo.
vdi faceste.
eglino fecero.
facendo.
fatto.
fatti.
Past Participle.
fatta.
fatte.
148 IlUtECiULAR VERBS.
All the compounds of fare, as rifare, to make again ; dis-
fare, to undo ; contraffare, to imitate^ etc., have the same irre-
gularities.
Exercise LXXIII.
1. Che cosa fai? To non fo nulla. 2. Hai tii fatto do die W ho
detto? Non ancora, siguore; lo faro or ora. 3. Che cosa ti hannf*
latto? Essi mi hanno battuto. 4. Non bisogna mai fare una cat-
tiva azione. 5. Noi facciamo sempre del bene agli infelici. 6. Ella
ha fatto molto male a non ubbidirmi. 7. Che cosa bisogneri lare
in tal caso? Sara necessario ricorrere al giudice. 8. Jo non Le ho
fatto nulla. 9. Noi siamo tutti pronti a fare il nostro dovere. 10.
lo non ho fatto niente tutto il giorno, perche mi sentiva ammalato,
11. Fatemi il piacere di accompagnarmi alia passeggiata, perche Le
ho a iiarlare di cose importauti. 12. Fai il sordo, perche nou hai
voglia di ascoltare.
1. What were you doing when I entered the room? I was
doing nothing, sir. 2. Do this at once. 3. I shall do it presently,
I have no time now. 4. What did he do to you ? He has beaten
me. 5. Why did he beat you? Because I did not do my exercise.
6. What must I do now ? You must write two letters for me. 7.
Will you do this for me ? I will do it, if you make me a present.
8. Who has done that ? Charles did it an hour ago. 9. Will you
do me the favour of accompanying me to the house of Mr. B. ? Yes,
sir, willingly. 10. What have you done this morning? I have
written several letters to my friends. 11. Children, do your duties!
12. We always do good and we never do evil to anybody.
10. Morire, to di^^ and morirsi, to he dying {Lat. raorior,
murtuus sum, Dep.).
Indicative Present.
io mn6io, or cgli muore.
moro. cglino nmoiono,
tu mudri. or muorono.
Future.
(Regular also.)
io morro. noi raorremo.
tu morrai. voi niorrete.
egli morra. eglino morran-
&o.
Impebatiye.
mntfrL
Subjunctive Present.
eh' I'o muoia, or or mu6ra.
mudra. ^^ di' c'j^lino mno-
che tu muoia, or iano, or muo-
mudra. rano.
ch* egli muoia
Conditional.
{Regular also.)
io morrei. noi morremmo.
tu morresti. vdi morreste.
egli morrebbe. e'glino morrfcb-
bero.
Past Participle.
mdrto. morta,
morti. mdrte.
Exercise LXXIV.
1. Noi tutti moriremo quando piacera a Dio. 2. 11 mio amico
Emico mori ieri sera. 3. Chi h morto in quella casa ? Una bam-
IRREGULAR VERBS. 149
bina di poclii mesi. 4. A che ora e essa morta ? Essa mori alle
cinque e un quarto. 5. lo mi muoio dalla noia non avendo a far
nulla. 6. Egli si muore dalla voglia di andare n Parigi. 7. Tu
'mormi d' un' indigestione se mangi tanto. 8. Egli crede che non
raorrk mai. 9. Piii di raille soldati morirono in quella battaglia.
10. In quell' incendio mori un fanciullo. 11. II mio povero cane h
morto avvelenato. 12. Di che malattia mori vostro nonno ? Egli
mori di podagra.
I. He died of gout at ninety years of age. 2. She is too ill, slie
will soon die. o. Who died in that house this morning ? A poor
old man. 4. When did your grandfather die? He died last year.
5. Is your grandmother dead? No, sir, she is not dead, she is in
good health. 6. All our friends died very young. 7. My brother
died at the battle of Mentana. . 8. How many men died at that
battle? More than a thousand men. 9. He died for his country
very young. 10. How old was he when he died? He was twenty-
three years old. 11. Of what illness did she die? She died of
fever. 12. Several men died in that fire.
II. Par^re, to seem, to look {Lat. pareo, parui, paritum).
Indicative Present.
io paio.
eglino paiono, or parono.
Past Definite,
Subjunctive Present.
ch'iopdia. ch' eglino paia-
che tu paia. no.
ch' e'gli paia.
Conditional.
io parrei noi parremmo.
tu parresti. vol parreste.
e'gli parrebbe. eglino parreb-
bero.
Past Participle.
(JRegular also.}
parse. parsa.
parsi. parse.
10 pam.
e'gli parve.
e'glino parvero.
Future.
io parro. noi parremo.
tu parrai voi parrete.
egli parra. eglino parranno.
This verb must not be used when it might be mistaken
fur the verb parare, to adorn : as, noi pariamo, we seem and
we adorn; in such case the verb sembiare, io seem^ should
be used.
Exercise LXXV.
1. Io paio ammalato, ma ho buona salute. 2. Tu pari essere un
giovine forte, ma in fatti sei piii debole di me. 3. Quelle signore
paiono inglesi. 4. Eglino paiono francesi, ma sono italiani. 5. Mi
pare ormai tempo che voi cominciaste a studiare. 6. Che cosa Le
pare di quest' abito? Esso mi pare molto bello. 7. Pareva amma-
lato, ma il medico disse ch'egli aveva buona salute. 8. Voi sem-
150
IRREGULAR VERBS.
brate piu ricco tii quel che siete. 9. 11 -tempo pareva cattivo quests
mattina, ma ora e molto bello. 10. Mi ]>are di conoscere quella
signora. 11. Non Le pare ch'.io abbia ragione? Nossignore, io
credo ch' Ella abbia torto. 12. Ei pareva che molti sarebbero
andati al siio concerto, ma poi non ci fu nessuno.
1. You look very ill. 2. I look ill, but 1 am quite v^ell. 3. It
seems that I know tiiat gentleman. 4. He seems to be a very rich
man. 5. She seems to be a poor woman. 6. The weather seems
be:uitifuL 7. He looked a very lazy boy, but he was very studious.
8. It seems to me that she should go to school. 9. This room
seems very cold. 10. He looks like a soldier. 11. You do not look
in good health. 12. She seems a very good girl.
12. Porre, to put {Lat. pono, posui, positum).
This verb forms its irregularities mostly from the old
infinitive ponere.
Indicative Present.
Subjunctive Present.
io pongo. noi poniamo.
tu pdni. voi ponete.
egli pone. eglino pongono.
Imperfect.
ch' io pdnga. che ndi poniamo.
ehe tu pdnga. che vdi poniate.
ch' egli pdnga. ch' eglino pon-
gano.
io poneva. ndi ponevamo.
tu ponevi. vdi ponevate.
egli poneva. eglino poneva-
no.
Past Definite.
Imperfect.
eh' io ponessi. che ndi ponessimo.
che tu ponessi. che vdi poneste.
ch' egli ponesse. ch'e'glino pones-
^ero.
io pdsi. ndi ponemmo.
tu ponesti vdi poneste.
e'gli pose. eglino pdsero.
Imperative.
pdni. ponete.
Gerund.
poneudo.
! Past Participle.
pdsto. pdsta.
pdoti. pdste.
The compounds dispone, to dispose ; supporre, to suppose ;
sottopporre, to put under ; comporre, to compose ; deporre, to
depose ; frapporre, to put between ; sovrapporre, or soprap-
porre, to put upon; imporre, to impose, etc., have all tho
same inegularities.
Exercise LXXVI.
1. Dove hai posto le mie lettcre? Io le ho |x)ste sulia tavola
nella libreria. 2. Chi ha posto questa sedia qui ? La serva. 3. Io
posi il mio bastone dietro la porta qiiando entrai, ed ora non Io
trovo. 4. Poni quest' abito nella mia camera da letto. 5. Dove
bisognera porre qucste meici ? Ponetcle nel magazzino. 6. To non
disjxjngo di nulla in questa casa, perch^ io non ne sono il padrone.
lUREGULAR VERBS. 151
7. Egli suppone cbe noi siamo fiiori di citta, e percio iion ci ha
visitato da lungo tempo. 8. Cbe cosa ha Ella composto? lo ho
coiiiposto la musica d' una niiova canzone. 9. Quel re fu deposto dal
ti ono dai snoi sudditi ribellati. 10. Percbe frapponi ostacoli alle sue
intraprese? Al contrario io cerco di aiutarlo. 11. II nemico impose
un gran tributo a quella nazione dope averla soggiogata. 12. Ti
prego disporre di me a tuo piacere.
1. I have put your stick behind the door. 2. Where have you
put my hat? In your room, sir. 3. I put the letter inside that
box. 4. They (masc.) put their coats in that room when they
(masc.) came in. 5. He composed a new song for his sister. 6.
They (masc.) deposed their king, because he was bad. 7. The sub-
jects of that king have rebelled and will depose him. 8. A very
heavy tribute was imposed by the enemy. 9. Have you composed
anything? Yes, sir, 1 have composed some new music. 10. The
music composed by him is always very nice. 11. I beg yon to dispose
of me as you like. 12. Put those bottles upon that table and go
away.
13. Pot^re, to he able {Lat. possum, potui,/w<. potero).
Indicative Present. | Subjunctive Present.
io pdsso. noi possiamo. ch' io pdssa. che noi c^^ciamo.
tu puoi. eglino pdssono.
^li pub, or puote.
che tu pdssa. che vdi possiate.
eh* egU pdssa. ch ' egl ino p(Msano.
Conditional.
io potrei. ndi potremmo.
tu potresti. vdi potreste.
egli potrebbe. eglino potreb-
bero.
Future.
io potro. ndi potremo.
tu potrai. vdi potrete.
egli potra. eglino potranno,
The Past Definite has both the regular forms, like
tem^re, p. 61,1.
Exercise LXXVII.
1. Io non posso spendere tanto danaro, perche non ne ho. 2.
Puoi prestaiTui quel libro ? Io non posso prestartelo, perche non e
il mio. 3. Puo Ella accompagnarmi alia passeggiata? Io non
posso, x>erche devo andare altrove. 4. Noi non possiamo soflfrire la
sua arroganza. 5. Sarei felice di poter accettare il suo invito, ma
sono invitato di gi^ ad un altro ballo. 6. Potrebbe Ella darmi
quella statiietta? Mi displace che non posso, essa non e mia.
7. Cosa iKjtreste voi farmi se vi disubbidissi? Io vi punirei severa-
mente. 8. Puo Ella essere a casa mia alle cinque ? Io ci potid
essere verso le sei. 9. A che ora potro avere il piacere della sua
com])a;znia? Io saro da Lei alle otto. 10. Come si puo tradurre
questa parola? Essa si puo tradurre in due modi. 11. L'olioe
I'acqua non si ix)ssono mischiare. 12. Puo Ella farnii questo
favore ? Mi e assolntamente impossibilc.
1. Can you give me that book? I cannot give it to you because
152 IRREaULAU VERBS.
it is not mine. 2. Can you be at dinner with, us this evening?
No, sir, thanks ; I am already invited elsewhere. 3. I shall not be
able to go to the theatre to-morrow; I must go to the concert.
4. Will you be able to go to Italy this year? No, sir, but I shall
go to France. 5. Wliat could you do ? I could punish you most
severely. 6. You cannot beat me. 7. Can you sing this song?
No, sir, I cannot. 8. Can she sing? Yes, sir, she sings very well.
9. Could you learn this song in an hour? 1 can learn it in half an
hour. 10. Can they (masc.) speak French ? Yes, sir, and they
can speak Italian also. 11. \Vhat languages can you speak? 1
can speak English and Italian. 12. How many languages can you
speak ? I can speak several languages.
14. Riman6re, to remain^ to stop (Lat. remaneo, remansi).
Indicative Puesent. j Subjunctive Present.
io rimango. eglino rimangono. cli' io rimanga. ch» ^glino ri-
che tu rimanga. mangano.
eh egli rimanga.
Conditional.
io rimarrei. n<)i rimarremmo.
tu rimarresti. \ 6i rimarreste.
e'gli rimarrdbbe. eglino rimarreb*
bero.
Past Participle.
rimasto.
Past Definite.
io rimasL eglin.) rimaaero.
egli rimase
Future.
io riraarro. noi riraarremo.
tu rimarrai. vol limarrete.
egli rimarra. e'gli no rimar-
ranno.
Exercise LXXVIII.
1. Dove rimarrete voi ad aspettarmi mentre io corro alia posta a
cercar le mie lettcre ? To i imarro qui. 2. Io rimasi tutto il gioiTio
a casa, perche aveva male alia gola. 3. Quando noi partimmo, egli
rimase solo. 4. Noi rimarremmo per farle piacere, ma non possiamo
perche nostro padre ci aspetta. 5. Egli rimase senza danari, aven-
doli tutti sciupati quand'era giovane. 6. Che cosa ti e rimasto?
Non mi h rimasto nulla. 7. Ditegli che rimanga qui sino al mio
ritorno. 8. Egli rimase in letto, essendo ammalato. 9. I)i tanto
vino che avevamo nella nostra cantina non ci rimane che una sola
bottiglia di vino di Cliianti. 10. Io ho regalati quasi tutti i miei libri ;
me ne rimangono ora ben pochi. 11. Ella rimase di sasso a tale nuova.
12. Noi rimarremo a casa quest' oggi perche piove alia dirotta.
1. Eemain where you are till I return from the post-office. 2.
We all remained astonished (di sa'^ao) at such news. 3. He says
that he will remain at home (at house) because he is ill. 4. I
did not stop long in London. 5. I remained in Rome three weeks
only. 6. She remained with my mother, to talk to her about you.
7. What did remain to you? Nothing, sir. 8. How much wine
nmained after dinner? No wine remained after dinner, they
(masc.) drank it all. 9. The captain remained alone, because all
lilREGULAU VEKBS. 153
his soldiers ran away. 10. We shall remain here to wait for him.
11. I shall remain alone in this house, when all my pupils will have
gone away. 12. I should not like to ren^.ain all alone.
15. Salire, to ascend {Lat. salire, " to leap").
Whenever a form o^ salire could be mistaken for a form
of salare, to salt, it takes a g before the 1 : as noi saliamo,
we salt ; noi sagliamo, we ascend, etc.
Indicative Pbesenf.
io saljjo, or salisco.
tu sali, or salisci.
e^Vv sale, or salisce.
noi sagliamo.
eglino salgono.
Subjunctive Present.
ch*io saiga, or eahsca.
che tu saiga, or salfsca.
cli* cgli saiga, or salisca.
che noi sagliamo.
che vdi sagliate.
ch' eglino salgano, or saliscano.
Exercise LXXIX.
1. To saliva le scale quando tu le scendevi. 2. Io salii sul Monte
Bianco il sette agosto del mille ottocento settantotto. 3. Io non
saliro certo a quell' altezza. 4. Egli sali raeco il Monte Rosa.
5. Puoi tu salire su quel muro? No, esso e troppo alto per me.
6. Quella torre e tanto alta che si spende mezz' ova a salirla. 7. Ho
salita una lunghissima scalinata per trovarti. 8. Dove salisti ixxio
fa? Io salii su quell' albero per cogliere ciriege. 9. Salire e fiipilo,
ma discendere e diflBcile. 10. Io non saliro mai piii fin qui, ci i)erdo
il fiato. 11. Non salire cosi di fretta. 12. Dante disse:
•' Quanto e duro calle
Lo scendere e '1 salir per 1* altrui scale."
1. We shall ascend presently. 2. Have you ascended any moun-
tain? Yes, sir, I have ascended Mont Blanc. 3. With whom did
you ascend Mont Blanc? With some Englishmen. 4. Who is
gone up that tree? Ciiarles, sir. 5. Why has he gone up that
tree ? To gather cherries. 6. It will be for him more difficult to
come down than to go up. 7. Can you ascend that wall ? No, sir,
it is too high for me. 8. I am out of breath, I have ascended too
many stairs. 9. Come upstairs {satire) with me. 10. I cannot
ascend any more stairs to-night, I have had enough of it. 11. Have
you ever ascended that tower ? Yes, sir, and I spent half an hour
in ascending it. 12. I should like to visit him if 1 were not obliged
to ascend so nianv stairs to find him.
ITe
16. Sap6re, to know Tof intellectual knowledge). (Lat.
sapio, sapivi, or sapii.)
Indicative Present. Subjunctive Present.
io so. * noi gappiamo. ch' io sappia. che noi sappiamo.
tu saL eglino sanno. che tu sappia. che vdi sappiate.
egli sa. ch' e'gli sappia. ch eglino sap-
piano.
154
IRREGULAR VERBS.
Past Definite.
io seppi. eglino seppero.
egli seppe.
Future.
noi sapremo.
voi saprete.
eglino sapranno.
io siipro.
tu saprai.
egli sapra.
sdppi.
Imperative.
sappiate.
Conditional.
10 sapreL
tu sapresti.
egli saprebbe.
noi sapremmo.
vdi saprcste.
e'glirio sapreb-
bsro.
Exercise LXXX.
1. Io non so nulla di quest' affare. 2. Sai tu che la signora B.
e partita per Milano? 3. Ella sa bone che io non posso accettare
codesta proposta. 4. Io seppi questa notizia prima di te. 5. E.iili
8a molte lingue, ma non le conosce abbastanza per parlarle. 6. Io
sapro subito se cio e vero o falso. 7. Sappi che tu hai torto. 8. Tu
sapresti le tue lezioni se le avessi studiate. 9. Era poco saprete
tutto. 10. Io non mi euro di saperlo. 11. Sapete voi la ragione
del suo procedere ? Io non la so, signore. 12. Io non ho saputo la
mia lezione quest' oggi ed il maestro mi ha biasimato.
1. Do you know the Italian language ? I do not "know it yet, but
I am studying it. 2. Do you know (conoscere) that gentleman ?
Yes, sir, he is my uncle, Mr. B. 3. Did she know her lessons?
No, sir, and she was blamed by her music-master. 4. I do not care
to know anything about that affair. 5. What do you know of it?
I know nothing of it. 6. Do you know his proposal? Yes, sir,
and I shall accept it. 7. Do you know if this is true? I do not
know if that is true or not. 8. Do you know my brother John ?
Yes, sir, he was at school with me some years ago. 9. I did not
know whose stick ' this was. 10. I knew him very well when he
was in Milan last year. 11, Do you know your duties? Yes, sir,
I know them. 12. I know nothing of it.
17. Sedere, to sit down {Lat. sedeo, sedi, sessum).
Possed^re, to possess (La^ possideo,possedi,possessum).
Indicative Present.
io sie'do, soggo, or seggio.
tu siedi.
e'gli sie'de.
noi sediatno, or soggiamo.
e'glino sie'douo, or seggouo.
Past Definite
(has the two forms of the regular
conjugation, see p. 61, I.).
Subjunctive Present.
ch' io hieda, ^egga, or se^g^a.
clie tu sieda, segga, or seggia.
ch' e'gli bieda, segga, or seggia.
che noi sediamo, or seggiamo.
che voi sediale, or scggiate.
ch' eglino siedano, or seggano.
Imperative.
siedi
segg^ndo.
Gerund.
(Regular also.^
IKREGULAR VERBS.
155
4. Tua sorella sedette vicino alia mia in chiesa
5. Noi sederemo tutti da questa parte, per veder
Exercise LXXXI.
1. lo siedo sul letto. 2. Dove siedi tii? lo siedo sulla tayola
per ora, giacche non ci sono piii sedie vuote. 3. lo sedero con te
al concerto,
quest' oggi.
meglio gli attori. 6. Dove desidera Ella sedere, signor zio? lo
sedero accanto a te. 7. Egli era seduto dietro di me. 8. lo non
desidero sedermi perche non sono stance. 9. lo mi sederei se fossi
molto stance. 10. Sedetevi tutti, 1' opera e sul punto di comin-
ciare. 11. lo non mi sono seduto, perch^ devo andar via immedia-
tamente. 12. Si sieda, signor cavaliere, e mi dia nudve d' Italia.
1. I sat down all the evening. 2. Where will you sit ? I shall
sit on that side. 3. Will she sit near me? No, madam, she will
sit near her mother. 4. We sat near him at the concert. 5. He
sat near me at church. 6. They (masc.) sat behind us at the
theatre. 7. I shall not sit down, I am not tired. 8. I prefer not
to sit down, when I am not much tired. 9. Let him sit down on
that chair. 10. There is not one chair empty, I must sit on the
table for the present. 11. Sit down to eat your dinner. 12. You
must eat your dinner sitting.
18. Stare, to stand {Lat. sto, steti, statum).
Indicative Present.
tu stai. egliiio stanno.
Past Definite.
lo stetti.
tu stesti.
egli stette.
ndi stemmo.
vol steste.
eglino stettero.
Future.
SiBJUNCTivE Present.
eh' io stia. eh' egli stia.
che tu stia. ch' egliuo stiano.
Subjunctive Imperfect.
ch' io stessi. che ndi stessimo.
che tu stessi. che voi steste.
eh' egli stesse. ch' eglino st4s-
sero.
Conditional.
io starei. voi stareste.
tu staresti. eglino stareb-
egli starebbe. hero,
ndi staremmo.
io starb. ndi staremo.
tu starai. vol stare'te.
e'gli stara. egUuo staranno.
Soprastare or sovrastare, to he above, and sottostare, to
he under, have the same irregularities. All other compounds
of stare, and all other verbs ending in stare, are regular.
Stare is very generally used in reference to one's health,
and means then to feel, to he : as, come state ? how do you
do ? io sto bene, I am well, etc. When an action is going
ony stare is used instead of essere.
Exercise LXXXIl.
1. Io sto qui ad aspettarlo. 2. Che cosa stai a fare qui ? Io sto
aspettando il mio maestro di musica. 3. Come stai questa mat-
156 IRREGULAR VERBS.
tina ? lo sto bene, grazie. 4. Dove siete stato 1' altra sera ? lo
sono stato alia casa del medico. 5. Che cosa stavaiio facendo gli
scolari quando il maestro arrivo? Eglino stavano imparando le loro
lezioni. 6. Egli stette ammalato circa due mesi. 7. Come sta tuo
padre, Caiio? Mio padre sta benoae, e vi saluta. 8. Se io stessi
male maiulerei a chiamare il medico. 9. Dove sta il mio cappelloV
II suo cappello sta sulla sua sedia. 10. Dove stava vostro fratello
ieri? Egli stava a Loudra; ma oggi egli sta a Parigi. 11. Noi
stiamo aspettando V amico B. per cominciare il nostro pranzo. 12.
Ragazzi, state attenti a quello die il maestro vi dice.
1. How do you do, sir? I am quite well, thanks. 2. Where
were (stare) you when I entered the room ? I was writing a letter
in the next room. 3. I am {atare) writing a book. 4. Where is
your brother? He is doing his exercise. 5. I feel very ill to-day, I
have eaten too much. 6. How is your brother? He is very well.
7. What are they (masc.) doing ? They (masc.) are doing nothing.
8. Why are you there ? I am here waiting for my friends (masc).
9. Have you been ill ? No, sir, I have always been very well.
10. Be attentive, boys, this lesson must be learned well. 11. Why
are you not attentive? I am not well. 12. Stay here a few
minutes, I shall soon return.
19. Sp6gnere, to extinguish, to put out (Lat. exstinguo,
exstinxi, exstinctum).
Indicative Present.
(Regular also.)
io spe'ngo. eglino spengo-
noi spenghiamo. no.
Past Definite.
io spensL eglino spensero.
egli spense.
Subjunctive Present.
(Regular also.)
ch* io spenga. che ndi spengM-
che tu spe'nga. amo.
ch' ^gli spenga. ch' eglino epen-
gano.
Past Partictplk.
spento. spenta.
spe'nti. spente.
Exercise LXXXIII.
1. Io spengo il lume. 2. Tu spegni la candela. 3. Ella spognc
la lampada. 4. Voi spegnete il fuoco. 5. Noi non si)egniamo la
Ian tenia. 6. Eglino spengono il gas. 7. Avete spenta la" candela?
Non ancora. 8. Ha ella spento la lanterna? Sissignore. 9. II
fuoco k spento. 10. Chi lia spento il lume ? Carlo lo ha spento.
11. Spegnete tutte le candele. 12. Noi non spegneremo il gas
prima di mezzanotte.
1. Have you put out the fire? Yes, sir. 2. Extinguish all those
candles. 3. Who put out the fire ? The servant (/ew.) put it out.
4. She has not yet put out the fire. 5. We will put out the fire
before going to bed. 6. You must put out that light. 7. They
IRREGULAE VEliBS.
167
(masc.) must put out their candles when they (masc.) go to bed.
8. Do not extinguish that fire, because 1 feel cold. 9. He put out
the gas, before ten o'clock. 10. Why have you put out the gas ?
Because it is midnight. 11. I shall put out my candle. 12. Put
out all the fires in the house.
20. Tenure, to hold {Lat. teneo, tenui, tentum).
Ikdicative Present.
Subjunctive Mood.
io tenga egli ti^ne.
tu tieni. eglino t.Dgono.
Past Definite.
eh' io tenga. che uoi tenghia-
mo, or teniamo.
che tu tenga che vdi tenghiate,
or teniate.
ch' egli tenga. ch'eglino te'ngano.
io tennL eglino tennero.
egli tenne.
Future.
io terro.
tu terrai
egli terra.
ndi terremo.
vdi terrete.
eglino terranno.
Conditional.
io terrei. ndi terremmo.
tu terresti. vdi terreste.
egli terre'bbe. eglino terrelDbero.
Imperative.
tie'ni.
So also the compounds apparten^re, to belong ; contenere,
to contain ; sostenire, to uphold ; otten^re, to obtain.
Tenure is commonly used instead of av^re, when this is
not used as an auxiliary.
Exercise LXXXIY.
1. Io tengo due lire in saccoccia. 2. Che cosa tieui in tasca? Io
non tengo nulla in tasca. 3. A chi a]ipartiene quel giardino ? Esso
apjartiene a mio zio. 4. Bisogna tener cento di quanto si spende.
5. II signer zio mi ha tenuto a battesimo. 6. Da chi tiene Ella
questo bel quadro? Esso mi fu regalato dal duca di B. 7. Non
mi tenga a bada piu lungamente, io non ho tempo da perdere. 8. Noi
tutti Io tenevamo per un galantuomo, jTima di sapere le sue cattive
azioni. 9. Io ti terro mano a sbarazzare la tavola. 10. Egli ncn
tcDeva conto del suo danaro, essendo molto ricco. 11. Chi tiene
molto danaro deve aiutare i povcrelli. 12. Tieniti dall' altra parte,
perche qui non c' e posto.
1. What have you in your pocket ? I have only a few shillings.
2. You must value the money, which your father has given you.
3. Do you keep an account of the money you spend? Yes, sir.
4. We will all help you to clear the table. 5. Help me to do this
6. In what can I help you? You can help me in carrying this
picture into the other room. 7. He was my god-father (he held me at
baptism). 8. From whom do you hold this present? From my
cousin (fern.). 9. I always thought {held) him a gentleman. 10.
158
IRREGULAR VERBS.
We hold him for a very studious pupil (masc), 11. He is thought
(Held) by everybody a very lazy boy. 12. We shall keep an account
of this.
21. Trdrre (contraction of trdere), to draw, to pull (Lat.
traho, traxi, tractum).
Indicative Present.
Subjunctive Present.
io traggo. ndi traiamo.
tu trai. vdi traete.
egli trae. c'glino traggono.
ch' io tragga. che ndi traiamo.
che tu tragga. che vdi traiate.
ch' egli tragga. ch' eglino trag-
gano.
IsirERFECT.
io traeva. ndi traevamo.
tu traevi. vdi traevate.
^gli traeva. eglino traevano.
Past Definite,
io trassi. ndi traemmo.
tu traesti. vdi traeste.
egli trasse. eji;Iino trassero.
Imperfect.
ch' io traessi. che ndi traessimo.
che tu traessi. che vdi traeste.
ch' e'gli traesse. ch' eglino traes-
sero.
Gerund.
traendo.
Past Participle,
Imperative.
tratto.
tratta.
traete.
tratti.
tratte.
trai.
So als) the compounds attrdrre, to attract; contrdrre, to
contract ; sottrarre, to subtract ; detrarre, to detract, etc.
Exercise LXXXV.
1. To estraggo il sugo da quest' arancia. 2. Tu trai gran ]^rofitto
dalla tua proiessione. 3. Ella trae una bella rendita da corlcstc case.
4. Che profitto trasse il tuo amico dal suo ultimo viaggio? Fgli
guadagno circa mille lire. 5. Che parti to ne trasse? Egli ne trasse
tutto il vantaggio possibile. 6. Traetevi di la che m' impedite di
leggere. 7. 11 gas si estrae dal carhonc. 8. Io estrassi un ago dal
piede del tuo cane. 9. Non mi distrarre, perch5 ho da lavorare.
10. Egli at trasse tutta la mia attenzione. 11. La calamita attrae il
ferro. 12. Ella estrasse tutto il sugo da quelle arance.
1. By what is iron attracted? By loadstone. 2. What profit
do you derive from your profession ? Nearly a thousand a year.
3. We shall draw all possible advantages from it. 4. Gas is ex-
tracted from coal. 5. I shall extract the juice out of this orange.
6. He is a great orator, he always attracts our attention. 7. Extract
this pin from my finger. 8. He derives a good rent from those
gardens. 9. Take (draw) yourself away from that place, you dis-
tract me. 10. You must not distract me, I have to work. 11. He
will distract his brothers from learning their lessons. 12. We shall
not draw great profit from that.
IRREGULAR VERBS. 159
22. Udire, to hear {Lat. audio, audivi, auditum).
Indicative Present. « Subjunctive Present.
ioddq, eglidde, ch' io dda. ch'eglidda,
tu 6di. e'glino ddono. che tu dda. oh' eglino ddano.
Future. ;
(Regular aUo.) \ Conditional.
io udro. noi udremo. i (Regular also.)
tu udrai vdi udrete. -^ ^^^'i. ndi udremmo.
egh udrk. egliiio udrauno. ^^ ^^^^^^ ^^- ^^^^^^t^
Imperative. egli udrebbe. eglino udreb-
6di bero.
ExEBCisE LXXXVI.
. 1. Id r odo cantare con gran piacere. 2. Mioditu? Sissignore,
io vi odo distintamente. 3. Ella e sorda, ella non mi ode. 4. Se
ella e sorda, ella non piio udirti. 5. Udite vol quella bella musica?
Sissignore, noi la udiamo. 6. Quel ragazzi sono molto lontani,
eglino non vi odono. 7. Jo Io udro cantare stassera al teatro. 8.
Parlate un po' piu forte, cd egli vi udrk. 9. Kon la udimmo a
quel concerto, perclie non ci eravamo. 10. Udiste voi la S. cantare
air Opera? Nossignore, io non c'era. 11. Io andro ad udire quel
tenore domani sera al concerto di B. 12. Io feci mostra di non
udirlo.
1. Do you hear him ? Yes, sir. 2. I have not yet heard him
sing. 3. We shall hear her sing at the concert to-night. 4. I
could not hear him, I was too far. 5. I should hear her, if I was
not so far. 6. He has heard roe. 7. Will you go to hear him
sing in the new opera to-night? I cannot, I must go elsewhere.
8. They (masc.) all went to hear her sing. 9. They (fern.) heard
her very well. 10. She made believe (mostra) that she did not hear
me. 11. The boys are too far to hear you. 12. We shall all go to
hear that great orator speak.
23. Uscire, to go out JLai. exeo, exii, exitum).
Indicative Present.
io esco. egli esce.
tu esci. eglino escono.
Imperative.
Subjunctive Prjssent.
eh' io esca. ch' egli esca.
che tu esca. ch* eglino ei
cano.
This verb owes its irregularities to the old infinitive
escire.
Riuscire, to go out again, to succeed, has the same irregu-
larities.
160
IRREGULAR VERBS.
Exercise LXXXVII.
1. lo esco per fiire una passeggiata. 2. Perclie non esci ? Perchd
non mi sento molto bene. 3. Egli esce troppo spesso. 4. Quel
ragazzi non escono mai senza il loro maestro. 5. Ditegli che pu5
uscire, se gli place. 6. Noi usciremo insieme, se Le aggrada. 7. lo
non posso uscire ora perche ho da lavorare. 8. A che ora uscirete
quest' oggi ? lo usciro verso le cinque. 9. Non uscire di qua senza
il mio permesso. 10. Egli e cosi smemorato che spesso esce senza
cappello. 11. Noi uscimmo di casa a buon' ora, erano appena le
nove. 12. 11 padrone e uscito.
1. He often goes out with his brothers. 2. Is your master gone
out? Yes, sir. 3. At what o'clock did he ii,o out? lie went
out at two o'clock. 4. Who went out with him ? He went out
alone. 5. We shall go out together, if you please. 6. 1 cannot go
out with you, my father has not given me leave to go out. 7. Will
you go out with me ? Not now, sir, but 1 shall be able to go out
with you at six o'clock. 8. They (masc.) went out without leave.
9. 1 should never go out without leave. 10. Is she gone out ? No,
sir, she is with her mother in her room. 11. You go out too often,
you must not go out now. 12. Tell your brothers that they can go
out together with you.
24. Vale're, to be worth {Lat. valeo, valui, valitum).
Indicative Present. Sttbjuncttve Present.
10 valgo. eglino valgono, cli' io valga, or vaglia.
ndi vagliamo. or vagliono. che tu valga, or vaglia.
Past Definite.
io valsi. eglino valsero.
egli valse.
Future.
{Regular also.)
io vano. noi varremo.
tu varrai. vol varrete.
egli varra. eglino varranuo.
eh' e'gli valga, or vaglia.
che noi vagliamo.
j che voi vagliate.
ch' eglino vagliano, or valgano.
Conditional.
(Jtegular also.)
io varrel.
tu varresti.
i egli variebbc,
noi varremmo.
voi varr&te.
e'glino varre'bbero.
Past Participle.
{Regular also.)
valso. valsa.
valai. valse.
So also preval^re, to prevail
Exercise LXXXVIII.
1. Questo anello vale cinquanta franchi. 2. La tua casa vale due
mila Ifre sterline. 3. Quanto vale il suo cavallo? 11 mio cavallo
vale duecento lire sterline. 4. Quell' abito non vale raolto. 6. 11 mio
lEREGULAR VERBS.
161
pianoforte valeva cento lire sterline quandd era nuovo, ora ne vale
soltanto settanta. 6. Quanto hai pagato quella carrozza? lo
I'ho pagato cento lire sterline. L'hai pagata piu ch*essa valga.
7. Quest' orologio valerebbe molto piii se fosse d'oro. 8. La tua
casa vale piii della mia. 9. Quella casa non vale tanto quanto la
tua. 10. Quel cavallo varra molto fra due anni. 11. lo non so
quanto valga. 12. lo credo clie quel cavallo valga molto. i
1. How much is your carriage worth? It is worth a hun<lred
pounds. 2. It is worth more than mine. 3. That house is not
worth so much as yours. 4. My house is worth less than his. 5.
How much do you think that garden may be worth ? I do not
know how much it may be worth. 6. Do you believe that it is
worth as much as this ? I do not think so. 7. I have paid (for) this
watch more than it is worth. 8. You must not pay anything more
than it is worth. 9. Your house will be worth more in a few years.
10. That ring would be worth more if it were gold. 11. This is
not worth much. 12. That house is worth many thousand i>ounds
sterling.
25. Vedere, to see {Lat. video, vidi, vihum).
Indicative Present.
Regular also.)
io veggo, or ve'ggio.
tu ve'.
ndi veggiamo.
eglino veggono, or veggiono.
Past Definite.
^erlino videro.
io vidi.
egli vide.
Future.
io vedro. noi vedremo.
tu vedrai. voi vedr^te.
^li vedrk. eglino vedranno.
Imperativb.
v^i, or ve'.
SuBJUNcnrvE Present.
{Regular also.)
eh' io vegga, or ve'ggia.
che tu vegga, or veirgia.
eh' egli vegga, or veggia.
che noi veggiamo.
che voi veggiate.
ch' e'glino 'seggano, or veggiano.
Conditional.
io vedrei. noi vedremmo.
tu vedr^sti. voi vedreste.
egli vedrebbe. eglino vedrebbero.
Gerund.
{Regular also.)
veggendo.
Past Participle.
{Regular also.)
yisto. vista.
vfsti. viste.
So also tlie compounds prevedlre, to foresee ; rived^re, to
see agairif etc.
Exercise LXXXIX.
1. Io ti veggo, ma tu non mi vedi. 2. Egli non mi vede. 3. Noi
ti vediamo U dietro. 4. Quei signori non possono vedere noi altri
162
IRREGULAR VERBS.
qui dietro. 5. Dove lo vedeste ? lo lo vidi a Parij;!'. 6. lo lo
vedeva dalla niia finestra tutte le volte ch' egli passava jjer la strada.
7. lo non 1' ho ancora visto oggi. 8. lo lo vedro doniani dal mio
avvocato. 9. lo non poteva prevedere clie cio sarebbe accaduto.
10. lo lo vedrei volentioii s'egli mi visitasse. 11. Ella mi ha visto
con te a casa di quel signore tedesco. 12. Dove lo hai tu visto?
lo I'ho visto dal direttore della compagnia d'assicurazioni.
1. I have not yet seen thy sister to-day. 2. You will soon see
her, she is going out with my aunt. 3. Where shall I see you this
evening ? I shall be at the house of your lawyer. 4. Have you
seen the new house? Not yet, sir. 5. I shall go to see it to-
moiTow. 6. Do you see that man? Yes, sir. .7. He owes me
some money. 8. Will you see him to-morrow? No, sir, I am
going to see him now. 9. Have you seen my hat? Yes, sir, it
is on the table in the next room. 10. Go and see if you can find
the doctor. 11. They (masc.) cannot see us, they (masc.) are too
far. 12. We saw you from our window this morning.
26. Venire, to come {Lat. vcnio, veni, ventum).
Indicative Present.
Subjunctive Present.
io vengo. e'^li viene.
ch' io venga. ch' e'gli ve'nga.
tu vieni. ^glino vengono.
che tu venga. ch' e'glino vCn-
gano.
Past Definite.
io venni. e'glino vennero.
Imperative.
egli ve'nne.
vie'ni.
Conditional.
FlTUKE.
io verrei. noi verremmo.
io verro. ndi verre'mo.
tu verresti. voi verreste.
tu verrai. vdi verrete.
egli verrebbe. e'glino verre'bbero.
egli verrk. e'glino verranno.
Past Participle.
Present Partiuii'LB.
venAto. venuta.
TBgndnte.
veniiti. venute.
So also the compounds sovvenire, to help; divenire, to
become ; sowenirsi, to remember ; pervenire, to succeed ; con-
venire, to he convenient^ to agree ; svenire, to swoon.
Exercise XC.
1. To vengo dalla fabbrica di zolfanclli. 2. Da dove vieni? Io
vengo dalla fabbrica di seta. 3. Donde viene quel signore ? Egli
viene dalla Borsa. 4. Noi lo udivamo venire dall'altra camera.
5. Io verr6 tcco alia passeggiata. 6. Perche non venite a trovarmi ?
Temeva non trovarvi a casa. 7. Venite a pranzo con me, avremo
del buon vino. 8. Non posso venire porch^ devo aspettar qui mio
zio. 9. Convcnite meco che voi avete torto. 10. Non mi conviene
accettare tale proposta. 11. Dante dice che e gran dolorc 11
IRREGULAR YERBS.
163
sovvenirsi de' tempi felici nella mistria. 12. Ci sono alia fino
perveniito.
1. Come with me, let us go to dinner. 2. I cannot come with
you, somebody is waiting for me in my house. 3. Will you come
with me to-morrow ? To-morrow yes, and thanks. 4. With whom
have you come ? I came with all my friends (masc). 5. Whence
does he come ? He comes from his match factory. G. Did they
(masc.) come from our silk manufactory ? No, sir, they came from
the Stock Exchange. 7. We shall all come together this evening.
8. Whence do you come? I come from the concert. 9. We come
from the house of your lawyer. 10. 1 came yesterday fi-om the
country. 11. They (fern.) came from school at five o'clock. 12. He
agrees with me that I am right.
27. Vol^re, to be willing (Lat volo, voliii).
Subjunctive Present.
ell' io voglia. cho noi voglia-
mo.
che tu voglia. che voi vogliate.
ch' egli voglia. ch'eglino voglia-
no.
Conditional.
io vorrei. noi vorre'mmo.
tu vorrestl. voi vorrc'ste.
egli vorrebhe. e'glino vorreb-
bero.
Indicative Puesent.
io voglio, or \s>^ nui v^gliamo.
tu vuoi. eglino vogliono.
egli vn61g,
Past Definite.
io vdlli. eglino vdllero.
egli voile.
No Imperative.
Future.
io vorro. noi vorremo.
tu vorrai. voi vorrete.
egli vorrk. eglino vorranno.
Exercise XOl.
1. Io voglio studiar bene questa lezione. 2. Vuoi tu venir meco
al concerto ? Io non posso venir teco, io devo andare con Guglielmo
dal libraio. 3. Che cosa vuole? Io non voglio nulla. 4. Noi
vogliamo pranzare, cameriere. Dateci tutto cio che avete di buono.
5. Che cosa vogliono ? Noi abbiamo del buon arrosto e del gall i-
naccio stufato. 6. Dateci Tunc e I'altro, e portateci anche due
bottiglie di vin rosso, del migliore, 7. Voletebere? Nossignore,
grazie, io non ho sete. 8. Io non volli ricevere la sua visita perche
io non desidero la sua amicizia. 9. Noi non volevamo andare al
teatro, ma nostro cugino ci prego tanto che alia fine noi acconsen-
timmo. 10. Tu 1' hai voluto cosi, ora h inutile il pentirsi. 11. Se
tu volessi ascoltarmi faresti molto bene. 12. Se tu avessi voluto
seguire il mio ccnsiglio, non ti saresti trovato in imbarazzo.
1. Will you ccme to London with me? I cannot come with you,
sir, because I have to go with my aunt. 2. Who has come? The
music master came to give you your lesson. 3. I will not have any
more lessons from that music master. 4. From whom will you now
8
164 IRREGULAR VEEBS.
take your music lessons ? From that Italian music master. 5. Will
you pay me now ? I cannot pay you now, but I will pay you next
week. 6. Will they (masc.} have some wine to drink ? No, sir,
they (masc.) will not have anything to drink, they (masc.) are not
thirsty. 7. Will she sing to-night ? She will not sing, because she
does not feel well. 8. Will you go into the other room to tell ray
friend (masc.) to come here ? Yes, sir, I will go there and tell him
(it), 9. Would you lend me those new books, which you have
bought to-day at (from) the bookseller*s ? I cannot lend them to
you now, I want to read them first myself. 10. She would not
follow my advice, and now she regrets it. 11. Whom will you
invite to dinner ? I shall invite all my friends (masc). 12. How
much would you pay for this ring? I would pay what it is
woith.
The Third Class.
Defective Verbs (Verbi Difettivi),
The following verbs are called defective because they
have not all the tenses or persons of the regular verbs.
They should not be mistaken for the impersonal verbs,
for which see Chap. XXIII., pp. 108^112.
Most of the following forms are obsolete (marked thus *)
and are to be avoided ; but we give them in order to facili-
tate the reading of the old Italian classics.
Forms used only in poetry will be marked (p.).
Forms not given below do not exist.
Infinitive. Only Forms in Use.
1. *Algere, to freeze.
Past Definite. Participle Pkesent.
io* alsi. ♦alg^ntc.
egli* alse.
2. *Ancidere, to Mil.
Past Participle.
Anciso (p.).
3. *Angere, to torment.
Indicative Present.
egli *ange.
4. *Arr6gere, to add.
Indicative Present. Past Definite.
egli* arroge. io *arrdsi.
Gerund. egli *arrdse.
*arrogendo, «g^i°« *arrosero.
Imperative. Past Participle.
♦arrdgi. *arr6so.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
165
Infinitive. Only Forms in Use.
5. *Av611ere, to draw out.
Past Definite.
Past Participle.
io *avulsi.
♦avulso.
6.
*Cal6re, to be important.
Indicative Present.
Subjunctive Present.
mi *cale.
mi *caglia.
Imperfect.
Imperfect.
mi *caleva.
mi *calesse.
Past Definite.
Conditional.
mi *calse.
mi *carrebbe.
Future.
Past Participle.
mi *calera, or *carra.
*caluto.
7.
*Conficere, to consecrate.
Past Participle.
♦confetto.
8.
*Circonfl6ttere, to bend round.
Past Participle.
circonflesso.
9.
♦Conquidere (p.), to conquer.
Past Participle.
conquiso (p.).
10.
*Cap6re, to hold.
-
Indicative Present.
Subjunctive Pbesent.
♦cape.
♦cappia.
11.
*Col6re, to worship.
Indicative Present.
io *cdlo.
egli *cdle.
12.
, *Fulgere, to shine. See Kifulgere, No. 24, p. 167.
13.
, *Genufl6ttere, to kneel.
Past Participle.
genuflesso.
14.
, Gire (p.), to go.
Indicative Present.
Imperative.
voi gite (p.).
gite (p.) (voi).
Imperfect.
CJONDITIONAL.
io giva, gia (p.).
io girel (p.).
tu givi (p.).
egli giva (p.).
Imperf. Subjunctive.
noi givamo (p.).
cU' io gissi (p.).
voi givate (p.).
che ta gissi (p.).
eglino givano, or giano (p.). ch' egli gisse (p. ]
166
IKREGULAR VERBS.
Infinitive. Only
Past Definite.
tu gisti (p.).
egli gi, gio (p.).
noi giramo (p.).
voi gfste (p.).
eglino girono (p.).
Past Participle.
gito (p.).
15. *Inficere, to infect.
Past Participle.
♦infetfco.
16. Ire (p.), to go. •
Indicative Present.
voi ite (p.).
Imperfect.
egli iva (p.).
eglino ivano (p.).
Past Participle.
ito.
Forms in Use.
ImPERF. SOBJUNCnVB.
che noi gissimo (p.).
che voi giste (p.).
ch' eglino gissero (p.).
Future.
io giro (p.).
egli girk (p.).
noi giremo (p.).
voi girete (p.).
eglino giranno (p.)
Imperative.
ite (p.) (voi).
Future.
noi iremo (p.).
voi irete (p.).
eglino iranno (p.).
Only the following three compounds of ire have the
same forms, i. e., adire (p.), to inherit ; circuire (p.), to go
about something; and *contraire, to oppose. The other
compounds are conjugated regularly, like fiorire. See
p. 60.
17. L6dere, to hurt.
Past Definite.
18. *Licere, to he allowed.
Indicative Present.
' lice (p.).
Past Participle.
le'so.
Past Participle.
le'cito,
licito (p.).
19. *Lticere, to shine, has no Past Participle. It is con-
jugated regularly in all its other Tenses, except the Past
Definite, thus :
Past Definite.
io liissi, noi lucemmo,
tu lucesti, voi luce'ste,
^gli lusse, Eglino lusseio.
IRREGULAR VERBS. 167
Infinitive. Only Forms in Use.
20. *M6rgere, to dip.
Past Definite.
io* mersi.
21. *01ire, to smell.
Indicative Imperfect.
io oliva (p.). egli oliva (p.).
tu olivi (p.). eglino olivano (p.).
22. *Pdndere, to manifest, to show.
Indicative Present. Subjunctive Present.
tu *pandi. • ^gli *panda.
egli *pande.
23. Redire (p.), 1 ,
24. Ri6dere(p.U '''*'''•
Indicative Present. Subjunctive Present.
io riedo (p.). egli rie'da (p.).
tu riedi (p.). eglino riedano (p.).
egli riede (p.).
25. Rifulgere, to sparkle, has no Past Participle. All its
other Tenses are regular, except the
Past Definite.
io rifiilsi. ndi rifulgemmo.
tu rifulgesti. vdi rifulge'ste.
egli rifiilse. eglino rifulsero.
26. Rilucere, to shine, is conjugated like lucere. See
above, No. 19.
27. *S6rpere, to wind, has only the Present and Imperfect
Tenses of the Indicative and Subjunctive Moods, and the
Gerund, all formed regularly. It is obsolete. Serpeggiare
is now used in its stead.
28. Sol^re, to he accustomed.
Indicative Present.
Subjunctive Present.
io soglio.
ch' io sdglia.
tu sudli.
che tu sdglia.
egli suole.
eh' e'gli sdglia.
Doi sogliamo.
che ndi sogliamo.
voi solete.
che vdi sogliate.
e'glino sdgliono.
ch' eglino sdgliano.
The Imperfect of both Moods is conjugated regularly
io soleva, io solessi, etc.
Past Participle. Gerund.
sdlito. solendo.
168 IRREGULAR VERBS.
Exercise XCII.
1. lo sogUo vederlo a casa deir ingegnere. 2. Dove sei tu solito
parlargli ? lo sou solito parlargli alia passeggiata. 3. " Lucevan gli
ocelli suoi piu d' una stella." 4. Come riluce quell' armadio ! h stato
rifmlito da poco. 5. Quell' anello riluce perch ^ e d'oro. 6. Non mi
cale punto s'egli non studia, sara peggio per lui. 7. Non te nedeve
calere, non e affar tuo. 8. Questo non e lecito. 9. Arrogi anche
questo ai tuoi errori. 10. Noi eravamo tutti genuflessi in chiesa.
11. Egli e ito a trovarlo questa mattina. 12. Le stelle rilucevano
d' uno splendore inusato.
1. I used to see him every morning at school. 2. He used to
come to dinner with us every day. 3. Where are you accus-
tomed to g.0 to pass the evening? I am accustomed to pass the
evening at home. 4. He is accustomed to see me every morning at
the promenade. 5, That star shines very much to-night. 6. I
like to see the stars shine at night. 7. What does it matter to you
if he is gone away ? It matters to me more than you think. 8.
They (fem.) were all kneeling down in church. 9. Where are you
going? .1 am going to see my friends (masc). 10. That ring shines,
but it is not gold. 11. It is not always gold that which shines.
12. Such a thing is not allowed in this country.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
169
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF lEEEGULAE VEEBS.
From the following list are excluded all those so-called
Irregular Verbs whose irregularities have been explained
on pp. 61-63.
Those marked thus * have also the regular forms.
Those marked thus f are Impersonal,
Those marked thus | are Defective,
Infinitive. Present.
Definite.
Future.
Past Part.
t Accadere, to hap- accade
accadde
accadra
accaduto.
pen
Accorgersi, to per- reg.
m' acodrsi
reg.
accdrto.
ceive
Accrescere, io in- reg.
acciebbi
reg.
accresciiito.
crease
Addurre, to bring adduco
addussi
reg.
adddtto.
Affiggere, to affix reg.
aflFissi
reg.
aflfisso
Affliggere, to afflict veg.
afflissi
reg.
afflitto.
Aggiiingerc, to add reg.
aggiunsi
reg.
aggiunto.
^Xlgere, to freeze
alsi, alse
ammisi.
iFaH.Prts.
lalgente.
Ammettere, toadinit reg.
ammessi,
ammettei
reg.
ammesax
JAneidere, to kill
anciso.
Andare, to go vo, vado
reg.
andrb
reg.
jAngere, to torment tinge
Anae'ttere, to annex reg.
reg. _
reg.
annesso.
♦Apparire, to ap- apparisco
apparvi
reg.
apparso.
pear
Appartene're, to appartengc
► 1 apparte'uni,
appartenei
apparterro
reg.
belong
Aprire, to open reg.
reg.
reg.
aperto.
JArrogere, to add arrdge
arrdsi
arrdso.
Assalire, to attach assalgo
assalsi, assalii reg.
reg.
Assistere, to assist reg.
reg.
reg.
assistito.
Assdlvere, to ab- reg.
reg.
reg.
assdlto.
solve
Assdrgere, to rise reg.
assdrsi
reg.
assdrto.
Assumere, to assume reg.
assunsi
reg.
assilnto.
Astemersi, to ab- m' astengo
1 m' astenni
1 ra' astene'i
m' astenx)
astenuto.
stain
Astrmgere, to reg.
compel
Attingere, to attain reg.
astrmsi
reg.
astretto.
attinsi
reg.
attinto.
Attrarre, to attract attraggo
attrassi
attrarro
attrdtto.
JAve'Uere, to draw
aviilsi
aviilso.
out
Avere, to have ho, 6
e^bi
avro
avTito.
170
IRREGULAR VERBS.
Infinitive. Present.
Definite.
Future.
Past Part.
Avvedersi, to be- reg.
m' avvidi
m'awedro reg.
come aware
Benedire, to hless bent dico
benedissi
reg.
benedetto.
Bevere, to drinh reg.
bevvi, bevei
reg.
reg.
Bare, to drinh beo
be'vvi
reg.
beiito.
Cadere, to fall reg.
caddi
cadro
reg.
:JtCalere, to he im- cale
calse
calera, car-
portant
ra
reg.
jCapere, to hold cape
Chiedere, to a«i i^^^^
chiesi
reg.
chiesto.
Cignere, to gird reg.
emsi
reg.
cinto.
Cingere, to gird reg.
cinsi
reg.
cmto.
JCirconflettere, to
circonflesso.
hend round
Cdgliere, to gather cdlgo
cdlsi
eogliero,
corro
col to.
tColere, to worship colo, cole
Commettere, to reg.
commisi,
reg.
commesso.
commit
commettei
Commuovere, to reg.
commdssi
reg.
commdsso
move
Comparire, to ap- comparisco comparvi,
comparso,
pear
compani
reg.
conc^arito.
Compiangere, to reg.
pity
*C6mpiere, to finish reg.
compiansi
reg.
compianto.
reg.
reg.
compito.
Comporre, to com- compdngo
compdsi
comporro
compdsto.
pose
Comprimere, to reg.
compre'ssi
reg.
compresso.
compress
Compromettere, to reg.
compromisi,
compromise
compromettei reg.
compromesso.
Compungere, to
regret reg.
compunsi
reg.
eompunto.
♦Concedere, to grant reg.
concessi
reg.
concesso.
/concepisco,
^3"''''''"'n'4t'''reg.
reg.
concetto, con-
cepito.
V 3rd p!
Condurre, to lead conduco
condiissi
reg.
conddtto.
confe'tto.
secrate
Configgere, to nail reg.
confissi
reg.
confitto.
Congiungere, to join reg.
congiiinsi
reg.
congiiinto.
Connettere, to con- reg.
connessi
reg.
connesso.
nect
*Cond3cere, to hnowreg.
condbbi
reg.
conosciuto.
JConquidere, to con
conqnwo.
quer
IRREGULAR VERBS.
171
InfinitiTC. Present.
Consiimere, to con-reg.
6ume
Contenere, to con-
tain
Contessere, to weave
Contorcere, to twist
Contradire, to con-
tradict
Contradistingnere,
to distinguish
Contraffare, to imi-
tate
CJontrarre, to con-
tract
Convenire, to agree
Convincere, to per-
suade
Coprire, to cover
Correggere, to cor-
rect
Corrispdndere, to
correspond
Corrdmpere, to cor-
rupt
Costringere, to com-
pel
Costruire, to con-
struct
Crescere, to grow reg.
Crocifiggere, to cru- reg.
cify
Cudcere, to cook reg.
Definite,
consunsi,
Future,
reg.
Past Part,
consilnto.
contengo contenni conterro reg.
reg.
reg.
contradico
reg.
contraffac-
cio
contraggo
convengo
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
costruisco
reg.
contdrsi
contradissi
contradistinsi
contraffeci
contrassi
coiiverini
convinsi
reg.
corressi
corrispdsi
comippi
costrinsi
costnissi
crebbi
crocifissi
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
contraffard
reg.
converro
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
1 costrurrd,
\ costruird
reg.
reg.
rcocerd,
Icuocerd
contesto.
contdrto.
contradetto.
contradistm-
to.
contraffatto.
contratto.
conveniito.
convmto.
coperto.
corretto.
corrispdsto.
corrdtta
costretto.
costrutto.
cresciiito.
fcrocifisso,
\crocifitlo.
cdtto.
Dare, to give do.
Decadere, to decay reg.
Decrescere, to de- reg.
create
Dediirre, to deduct deduce
Depdrre, to depose depdngo
Deprimere, to de- reg.
press
Desistere, to desist reg.
Destimere, to as- reg.
sums, to conclude
Detrarre, to detract detraggo
Dimettere, to dis- reg.
miss
Dipi'ngere, to paint reg.
Dire, to say dico
Dirigere, to direct reg.
Dirdmpere, to rush reg.
8*
diedi
decaddi
decrebbi
ded^ssi
depdsi
depress!
desansi
detrassi
dimisi
dipinsi
dissi
diressi
diruppi
dard reg.
decadro reg.
reg. decresciiito.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
deddtto.
depdsto.
depress©.
desistito.
desiinto.
detratto.
dimeeso.
dipinto.
detto.
diretto.
dirdtto.
172
IRREGULAR VERBS.
Infiiiitive. Present.
Definite.
Future.
Past Part.
Disciogliere, to wn- discidlgo
discidlsi
disciorro,
discidlto.
tie
discio-
gliero
Disciitere, to dis- reg.
disciissi
reg.
disciisso.
cuss
Disfare, to undo disfaccio
disfe'ei
disfaro
disfatto.
Disgiiingere, to dis- rcg.
disgiiinsi
reg.
disgiunto.
join
Disporro, to dispose dispongo
dispdsi
reg.
dispdsto.
Distinguerfe, to dis- reg.
tinguish
Distogliere, to dw-distdlgo
distiiisi
reg.
distinto.
distdlsi
distogliere
., distdlto.
tract
distorro
Distorcere, to twist, reg.
distdrsi
reg.
distdrto.
to distort
Dlstrarie, to dis- distraggo
distrassi
reg.
distratto.
tract
Distriiggere, to de- reg.
stroy
Disvolgere, divdl- reg.
distrucisi
reg.
distrutto.
disvdlsi
reg.
disvdlto.
gere, to unfold
Divellere, to root up
divelsi
divelto.
Divenire, to become divengo
diveani
diverro
diveniito
Dole're, to ache ddlgo
ddlsi
dorro
reg.
1 gl^
»-
;-dovel, dovetti dovro
reg.
Eleggere, to elect reg.
ele'ssi
reg. ^
elette.
Erigere, ergere, to erigo, e'igo
eressi, ersi
engero, er-
erect, to set up
gero
ere'tto.
Esaurire, to exhaust esaurisco
reg.
reg.
esaurito,
esausto.
Esigere, to exact reg.
esigei,esigettireg.
esatto.
Esistere, to exist reg.
esistei, esis-
tetti
reg.
esistito.
Espellere, to expel reg.
espiilsi
reg.
espulso.
Esprimere, to ex- reg.
espressi
reg.
espresso.
, pre^fs
Essere, to he Eono
fiii
saro
state.
E.-tiiiguere, io ex-
tinguish reg.
estiasi
reg.
cstinto.
Estdllere, to extol estdlgo
estdlsi
reg.
ebtdito.
Ebtrarre, to extract estr^ggo
cstrassi
reg.
estratto.
Fare, to do, to make fo, f iccio
feci
faro
fatto.
*Fe'ndere, to split reg.
reg.
reg.
fesso.
Figgere, to fix reg.
fissi
reg.
fisso, fitta
Fingere, to feign reg.
fmsi
reg.
finto.
Flettere, to bend reg.
flessi
reg.
fle'sso.
Frangere, to break reg.
frdnsi
reg.
fr^Qto.
Frappdrre, to put frappdngo
frappdsi
reg.
frappdsto.
between
lUREGULAR VERBS.
173
InGnitive. Present.
Definite.
Future.
Past Part.
Fiiggeie, to fry reg.
frissi
reg.
frltto.
jFiilgere, to shine reg.
fiilsi
reg.
JGenuflettere, to
genufl&so.
kneel down
Giacere, to lie down giaccio
giacqui
reg.
giaciuto.
JCiire, to go gite
gisti, gi
giro
gito.
Giugnere, to join reg.
giunsi
reg.
giiinto.
Giiiugere, to arrive reg.
giiinsi
reg.
giiinto.
Imraergere, to im- reg.
imme'rsi
reg.
immerso.
merse, to plunge
Impellere, to excite reg.
impulsi
reg.
impiilso.
Imip6TTe,io impose impongo
impdsi
reg.
impdsto.
Iinprimere, to im- reg.
impress!
reg.
impress©.
prijit
Increscere, to in- reg.
iucrelibi
reg.
incresciiite.
crease
Incutere, to instil reg.
incussi
reg.
inciisso.
Inclicere, to intimate reg.
indissi
indiro
indetto.
Indiilgere, to in- reg.
iiidxilsi
reg.
indulto.
dulge
Indurre, to induce indiico
indiissi
reg.
inddtto.
Jlnffcere, to infect
infe'tto.
Infiggere, to affix reg.
infissi
reg.
infitto.
Inflettere, to hend reg.
reg.
reg.
infle'sso.
Infliggere, to in- reg.
flict
Infrangere, to hreah reg.
inflissi
reg.
inflitto.
infransi
reg.
infranto.
Infringere, to in- reg.
infrinsi
reg.
infrinto.
fringe
Insistere, to insist reg.
reg.
reg.
insistito.
Insdrgere, to revolt reg.
insdrsi
reg.
insdrto.
Instruire, to instruct wstTmsco
instrussi
reg.
instruito,
, instruito.
Intmgere, to dip reg.
intinsi
reg.
intinto.
Involgere, to in- reg.
invdlsi
reg.
invdlto.
, volve
JIre, to go ite (2 per. pi.)
iremo (pi. only.) ito.
Istruire, to instruct istrnfaco
istrussi
reg.
istruito, is-
tnitto.
JLedcre, to hurt
lesi
leao.
Leggere, to read reg.
lessi
reg.
le'tto.
JLicere, to he al- lice
lecito.
lowed
jLucere, to shine reg.
liissi
reg.
Maledire, to curse maledico
maledissi
reg.
maledetto.
JMergere, to dip
mersi
Mettere, to put reg.
misi
reg. ^
messo.
Morire, to die mudio
reg.
moriro,
morro
mdrto.
174
IRREGULAR VERBS.
Infinitive. Present.
Definite.
Future.
Past Part
Miingere, to milk reg.
munsi
reg.
miinto.
Muovere, to move reg.
mdssi
reg.
mdsso.
Nascondere, to hide reg.
nascdsi
reg.
Dasedso, nas-
cdsto.
Negligere, foneglect reg.
negle'ssi
reg.
negle'tto.
Ne'ttere, to join reg.
nessi
reg.
nesso.
Offerire, to offer oflfen'sco
reg.
reg.
offerto.
Oflfrire, to offer reg.
reg.
reg.
offe'xto.
JOliie, to smell the Imperfect Tense only (regular).
Omettere, to omit Teg.
omisi
reg.
omesso.
Opporre, to oppose oppoDgo
oppdsi
opporro
oppdsto.
Opprimere, to op- reg.
oppress!
reg.
oppresso.
press
Ottene're, to obtain ottengo
ottdnni
otterro
reg.
JPandere, to show pd,ndi, pdnde. panda 3 per. Present Subjunctive.
Pareie, to seem paio
parvi
paiTo
paruto, parsa
Pereuotere, to strike reg.
percdssi
reg.
percdsso.
'PeTm6iteve,to allow reg.
permisi
reg.
permesso.
Persistere, to per- reg.
sist
Pervenire, to sue- pervengo
ce'ed
Piangere, to cry reg.
reg.
reg.
persistito.
pervenni
perverro
pervenuto.
piansi
reg.
pianto.
Pingere, to paint reg.
pinsi
reg.
pinto.
ttiovere, to rain reg.
pidvve
reg.
reg.
Porgere, to hand reg.
pdrsi
reg.
pdrto.
Pdrre, to put pongo
pdsi
porro
pdsto.
Possedere, to pos- posseggo
sess 1 possie'do
possedei,
possede'tti
possederb, posseduto.
poasedro
Potere, to be able posso
pote'i, potc'tt
i potro
reg.
Predire, to foretell predico
predissi
reg.
pretMtto.
Prefiggere, to prefix reg.
prefissi
reg.
prefi'sso.
Presumere, to pre- reg.
'presiiiisi,
presume!
reg.
presunto.
sume
Prevalere, to prevail pvewdigo
prevdlsi
prevarro
prevalso, pro-
valiito.
* Prevedere, to fore- preveggo
see
Produrre, to pro produce
duce
FTomctteic, io pro- reg.
itiise
previdi
prevedro
previsto.
produssi
reg.
proddtto.
promisi
reg.
promcsso.
Promudvere, to pro- reg.
promdssi
reg.
promdsso.
mote
Prordmpero, toburst reg.
proriippi
reg.
prordtto.
forth
Prot^ggere, to pro- reg.
prot^fisi
reg.
prote'tto.
Pungere, to prick reg.
pilnsi
reg.
pilnto.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
175
Infinitive. Present. Definite. Future, Past Part.
Raccogliere, to picJc raccolgo raccdlsi ( raccoglierb, raccolto.
up \ raccorro
Raggiungere, to reg. raggiunsi reg. raggiiinto.
overtake
♦Ravvede'rsi, to re- |ini rav- mi ravvidi mi rav- ravvisto.
pent \. veggo vedro.
Redimere, to re- reg. red^nsi reg. redento.
deein
i\r'}^^' Uo return riedo Sing, only, and rie'da, rie'dano Pr. Svhj.
Reggere, to hold, to reg.
rule
Repellere, to repel reg.
Reprimere, to re- reg.
press
Rescmdere, to cut reg.
off, to rescind
Resistere, to resist reg.
Respingere, to push reg.
hack
Restringere, to re- reg.
strain
Riassiimere, to tahereg.
ressi
repulsi
repressi,
reg.
reg.^
respinsi
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
retto.
repulso.
represso.
rescisso.
resistito.
respinto.
restrinsi
riassuDsi
reg.
reg.
ristretto.
riassiinto.
up again.
Richiedere, to re- reg.
quest
Riconoscere, to re- reg.
richiesi
reg.
richiesto.
ricondbbi
reg.
riconosciuto.
cognise
Ricuocere, to cook reg.
ricdssi
reg.
ricdtto.
over again
Ridiirre, to reduce ridiico
Rifare, to make rifaccio
ridiissi
rifeci
ridurro
rifaro
riddtto.
rifatto.
again
♦Riflettere, io re-
fleet, to refract "'
Rifrangere, to re- reg.
fract
JRifiilgere, to reg.
sparkle
JRilucere, to shine reg.
Rimanere, to re- rimango
jriflette'l (re-
,/''i'^\ rifletteio
riflessi (re-
verberated)
rifransi reg.
riflettuto(re.
fleeted)
rifle'cSO, (re-
verberated.]
rifranto.
rifulsi
reg.
rilussi
rimasi
reg.
rimarro
rimasto.
main
Rimettere, to put reg.
back, to replace
Rimudvere, to re- reg.
rimisi
rimdssi
reg.
reg.
rimesso.
rimdsso.
move
tRiucrescere,«ore- reg.
gret
Risalire, to ascend risalgo
again, to remount
rincrebbi
reg.
rincresciuto.
reg.
reg.
reg.
176
IRREGULAR VERBS.
Infinitive. Present.
Riscudtere, to exact reg.
payment
*Risdlvere, to re- reg.
solve
Risdrgere, to rise reg.
again
Rispdndere, to an- reg.
sicer
, Ristn'ngere, to re- reg.
strain
HitingeTe, to colour reg.
again
Ritdrcere, to twist reg.
again
Riuscire, to sue- ri^sco
ceed
Rivedere, to see riveggo
again
Rdrnpere, to break reg.
Salire, to ascend salgo, sail- reg,
SCO
Sapere, to Itnoio so
Scalfriu to scratch scalfiseo
Scegliere, to choose scdlgo
Scignere, sciiigere, reg.
to ungird
Scidgliere, to untie scidlgo
Scommettere, to betieg.
Sconfiggere, to de-Teg.
feat
Sconnettere, to dis- reg.
join
Scondscere, to he reg.
ungrateful
Sconvdlgere, to sub- reg.
vert
Scdrgere, to perceive reg.
Scn'vere, to write teg.
Scudtere, to shake reg.
Sede'rc, to sit down V^ido
Sediirre, to seduce sediico
*S(ppellire, to bury reg.
JSerpere, to creep se'rpe, 3 p. serpa, 3 per. Pr. SuhJ.
along
Smungere, Smii- smilngo smiJnsi reg.
giiere, to squeeze
Smudvere, to move reg. smdssi reg.
tcith difficulty
Definite.
Future.
Past Part.
riscdssi
reg.
riscdsso.
reg.
reg.
risolilto.
risdrsi
reg.
risdrto.
rispdsi
reg.
rispdsto.
ristrfnsi
reg.
ristre'tto.
ritinsi
reg.
ritiuto.
ritdrsi
reg.
ritdrto.
reg.
reg.
reg.
rividi
riippi
rivedro
reg.
rivisto, rive
diito.
rdtto.
-reg.
reg.
reg.
seppi
reg.
sapro
reg.
reg.
scalfitto.
scelsi
scinsi
scegliero,
scerro
reg.
scflto.
sciuto.
sciolsi
scommisi
sconfissi
sciogliero,
sciorro
reg.
reg.
scidlto.
scomm^o.
Bconfitto.
seonnd£5si
reg.
sconn^sso.
scondbbi
reg.
sconosciilta
sconvdlsi
reg.
Bconvdlto.
scdrsi
scrissi
scdssi
/sede'i,
tsede'tti
sedilssi
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
reg.
flcdrto.
scrftto.
scdsso.
reg.
seddtto.
sepdito..
smiinto.
IREEGULAK VERBS.
177
Infinitive. Present.
Sofferire, to suffer soflferisco
Soffrire, to suffer reg.
Soggiungere, to add reg.
JSolere, to he accus- sdglio
tomed
Solvere, to dissolve reg.
Sommettere, to sub- reg.
mit
Sopprimere, to sup- reg.
press
Sdpraggiungere, to reg.
overtake
Soprappdrre, to j3«^soprappdn-
upon go
Soprastare, to standieg.
over
Sdrgere, to rise reg.
Sospingere, to push reg.
Sostenere, to sus- sostengo
tain
Sottomettere, to sub- reg.
mit
Sottopdrre, to put sottopdngo
under
Sottostare, to he reg.
under
Sottrarre, to suh- sottraggo
tract
Sovrappdrre, to put sovrappda-
upon go
Sovrastare, to stand reg.
over
Sovvenire, to help sovvengo
Sovvenirsi, to re- mi sovveu-
memher go
Spandere, to spread reg.
Spegnere, to eztin- spe'ngo
guish
Spingere, to push reg.
Stare, to stand sto
Stingere, to take off reg.
the colour
Stdrcere, to distort reg.
Stravdigere, to dis- reg.
tort violently
Strmgere, to press reg.
Struggere, to melt reg.
Struggersi, to die reg.
away, to fade
♦Succedere, to sue- reg.
ceed
Suggere, to suck reg.
Suppdrre, to suppose suppdngo
Definite,
reg.
reg.
soggiiinsi
Future,
reg.
reg.
reg.
Past Part,
sofferto.
sofferto.
soggiiinto.
sdiito.
reg.
sommisi
reg.
reg.
soliito.
sommesso.
soppre'ssi
reg.
soppresso.
sopraggiiinsi
reg.
sopraggiiinta
soprappdsi
reg.
Boprappdsto.
Bopraste'tti
reg.
reg.
sdrsi
sospmsi
soste'nni
reg.
reg.
Bosterro
sdrto.
sospmto.
reg.
sottomisi
reg.
sottomesso.
Bottopdsi
reg.
sottopdito.
sottostetti
sottostarb
reg.
sottrassi
reg.
sottratto.
sovrappdsi
reg.
Bovrappdsto.
sovrastetti
reg.
reg.
sowe'nni
• mi sovvenni
reg.
spensi
sovverro
mi sower
ro
reg.
reg.
sovvenuto.
• BovveniitosL
spanto.
spento.
spinsi
stetti
Btinsi
reg.
staro
reg.
spinto.
stato.
stmto.
Btdrsi
stravdlsi
reg.
reg.
stdrta
stravdlto.
strinsi
strussi
mi struBsi
reg.
reg.
reg.
stretto.
strutto.
Btriittosi.
successi
reg.
BUCCe'BSO.
reg.
suppdsi
reg.
reg.
Bucchiato.
Buppdsto.
178
IRREGULAR VERBS.
Infinitive.
Present.
Definite.
Future.
Sussistere, to stib- reg.
sist
Svellere, to uproot reg.
Svenire, to swoon svengo
Svdlgere, to unfold reg.
Tenere, to hold tengo
Tmgere, to colour reg,
Tdgliere, to take offt6lgo
Torcere, to twist reg.
*Tosare, to shear reg.
Tradurre, to trans- tradiico
late
Trafiggere, to trans- reg.
fix
Trarre, to draw traggo
Travolgere, to up- Teg.
set, to turn topsy-
turvy
Udire, to hear odo
TJngere, to anoint reg.
Uscire, to go out esco
Valere, to he worth valgo
Vedere. to see
sussistei, bus- reg.
sistetti
svelsi
svenni
svdlsi
tenni
tin si
tolsi
torsi
reg.
tradussi
trafissi
trassi
travolsi
udii
linsi
uscii
vdlsi
vedo,veggo, vidi
ve'ggio
Venire, to come vengo venni
Viucere, to win reg. vinsi
Vivere, to live reg. vi'ssi
Volere, to he willing voglio, vo' vdlli, vdlsi
Vdlgere, to turn reg. vdlsi
Past Part,
sussistito.
svelto.
sveniito.
svdlto.
svellero,
sverro
reg.
reg.
terro reg.
reg. tinto.
torro, to- tdlto.
glierb
reg. tdrto.
reg. tdso.
reg. traddtto.
reg.
trarro
reg.
trafitto.
tratto.
travdlto.
udro, udiro udfto.
reg. unto,
reg. reg.
varro, vale-valso, valilto.
TO
vedro vediito, visto.
verro
reg.
vivro
vorro
Yolgero
ventlto.
vmto.
visso, viflsuto,
voluto.
vdlto.
VOCABULARIES.
List
of Ahhreviations.
A.
= Arabic.
inter}. -.
= interjection.
A.-S.
Anglo-Saxon.
irr. V.
irregular verb.
ace.
accusative.
L.
Latin.
adj.
adjective.
L.L.
Low Latin.
adv.
adverb.
m.
masculine.
C.
Chinese.
O.F.
Old French.
Ce.
Celtic.
n.
noun.
conj.
conjunction.
O.G.
Old German.
D.
Dutch.
M.G.
Middle German.
dim.
diminutive.
P.
Portuguese.
E.
English.
Per.
Persian.
etym.
etymology.
part.
past participle.
/.
feminine.
pi.
plural.
Proven<^L
F.
French.
Pr.
G.
German.
prep.
preposition.
gen.
genitive.
pron. V.
pronominal verb.
Russian.
Gr.
Greek.
R.
L
Italian.
S.
Spanish.
imp. V.
impersonal verb.
V.
verb.
N.B. — Words followed only by their gender are nouns.
Note. — The etymology of the Italian words is given after the
Enghsh meanings. "When derived from the Latin they were generally
formed from ihe Accusative case, but as the final m was dropped they
have often the fonn of the Ablative. In the list below, the Latin is
given in the Nominative case. When the French words have the
same origin as the Italian, they are frequently added.
Vocabulary 1.
amico, m., friend,
m.
arnica, /. , friend, f.
camera, /., room.
cane, to., dog.
cera,/., wax.
raadre, /., mother.
orologio, TO., icatch.
padre, to., father.
uomo, TO., man.
zio, TO., uncle.
zia, /., aunt
(L. amicus.)
(L. amica.)
(L. camera.)
(L. canis.)
(L. cera.)
(L. mater.)
(L. horologium.)
(L. pater.)
(L. homo.)
(L.L. thins, thia,
fromGr. 6e7os,
06 to. So also
S. tio, tia.)
Vocabulary 2.
allievo, m., pupil. (From v. alle-
allieva, /., pupil, f vare, to bring
up. So also
F.eleve,from
elever.)
coltello, TO., knife. (L. cultellus,
dim. of culter.)
dsso, TO., bone. (L. os, ossis.)
zucchero, m.,8ugar. (L. saccharum.)
Vocabulary 3.
ago, TO., needle. (L. acus.)
casa, /., house. (L.L. casa.)
cavallo, TO., horse. (L. caballus.)
donna,/., woman. (L. domina.)
irutto, m., fruit. (L. fructus.)
friitta,/. pi., fruits.
mano, /., hand. (L. manus.)
mdglie,/., ici/e. (L. muUer.)
podere, to., estate. (Prob. from root
pot in L. pot-is, pot-estas.
porta,/., door. (L. porta.)
ragno, to., spider. (L. araneus.)
sorella, /., sister. (L. soror.)
spe'cchio, to., looh- (Ij. speculam.)
ing-gUiss.
180
VOCABULARIES.
novo, «r., egg.
Tiova, /. pl.t
(L. ovum.)
Vocabulary 4.
arancia, /., orange. (A. narang.)
asciugamano, m., towel. (From
asciugare, to wipe dry; mano,
hand.)*
cappello, m., hat (I. cappa, " a
hooded cloak.")t
dito, m., finger. (L. digitus.)
dita, /. pi., fingers.
figli&, f., daughter. (L. filia.)
figlio, m., wn. (L. filius.)
finestra, /., win- (L. fenestra.)
dow.
f or cheitii, /., for Jc. (L. furca.)
fratello, m., hrother.(L. frater.)
noce, f., ivalnut. (L. nux.)
sapdue, w., soap. (L. sapo, -nis.)
spazzola,/., brush. (L. scopula.)
Vocabulary 5.
arte,/., art. (L. ars, artls.)
colore, m., colour. (L. color.)
cugina,/.,cowsiw,/. (L.L. cosiuus.
cugino, m,, cousin, Contraction
m. of L. consobrinus.)
faccia,/., /ace. (L. facies.)
giardi 110, w., garden. (G. garten.)
Iibro, m., 6oo/c. (L. liber.)
])itt6ie,m.,painter. (L. pictor.)
sciinraia,/., monkey. (h. simia.)
se'dia, /., c^air. (L. sedes.)
strido, m., cry. (L. stridor.)
strida, /. pL, cries.
Vocabulary 6.
ane'Uo, m., ring. (L. anulus.)
bastoMe, m., sf/cZc. (I. basto.)!
giornale, m. ?ieMJ«- (li. diurnalis ;
paper. F. journal.)
* Asciugare, from L. cxsucare, "to
deprive of juice ;" hence " to dry," from
MUCUS, "juice." Ileuce also F. essuyer,
"to dry,"
t Cappa, cappello, probably comes, not
from Latin caput, but from the verb
capere, " to hold," because it encloses or
covers ; hence also F. chapeau.
J Basto, "a pack-saddle," Is probably
ftoni a root meaning "to support" (Gr.
^a<T7d^tiy ; O.a. and A.-S. bat). So in
F. baton.
penna, /., pen. (L. penna.)
quadro, m., paint- (L. quadra.)
ing.
Vocabulary 7.
albergo, m., hotel. (O.G. heriberga,
military sta-
tion. G. her-
berge, inn.
F. aub.erge.)
chie'sa, /., church. (Gr. and L.
ecclesia.)
citta, /., town. city. (L. civitas.)
dottdre, m., doctor. (L. doctor.)
ferrovia, /., rail- (L. ferrum,
way. iron ; via,
road.)
ostena,/., inn. (I. oste, from
L. hospes.)
servo, m., servant. (L. servus.)
speziale, m., chem-(J. spezie, spi-
ist. ces, from L.
species.)
strada, /, sf.-eet, (L. strata, ^1 of
road. stratum, pave-
ment, from
sternere.)
tavola, /., table. (L. tabula.)
teatro, to., theatre. (Gr. and L.
theatrum.)
Vocabulary 8.
acqua, /., water. (L. aqua.)
birra, /., beer. (G. bier.)
butirro, to., butter. (L. butyrum.)
came,/., mea/. (L. caro, car-
nis.)
danaro, to., money. (L. denarius.)
formaggio, to., (L.L. forma-
cheese. ticum, from L.
forma, because
made in a
mould; F. fro-
mage.)
latte, TO., milk. (L. lac, lactis.)
pdne, TO., bread. (L. panis.)
p6ra, /., pear. (L. pirum.)
to, TO., tea. (C. te.)
vino, m., wine. (L. vinum.)
Vocabulary 9.
dbito, TO., dress, (L. habitus; F«
coat. habit.)
VOCABULARIES.
181
aocidlo, m., steel.
bicchiere, m., a
glass.
bottiglia, /., hotth.
caflfe, m., coffee.
cioccolata, /., cho-
colate.
ebano, to., ebony.
legno, m., wood.
marmo, to., marble
dro, m., gold.
pe'lle, /., shin.
seta,/., silk.
fada, /., sicoid.
stivale, to., boot.
tazza, /., cup.
(L.L. aciare,
acierium, from
acies, sc. ferri,
t.e. hardened
iron ; F. acier.)
(L.L. bicarium;
G. becher.)
(L.L. buticula ;
F. bouteille.)*
(A. qahuah.)
(S. chocolate,
from Mexican
cacuatl, cacao.)
(L. ebenum.)
(L. lignum.)
(L. marmor.)
(L. aurum.)
(L. pellis.)
(L. seta, Jiair ;
F. £oie.)
(L. spatha ; F
e'pe'e.)
(L. L. aesti-
vale.)t
(A. ta9a; F.
tasse.)
Vccabulary 10.
Alberto, to., Albert.
America, /., America.
Asia, /., Asia.
Belgio, TO., Belgium.
Berlino, /., Berlin.
Brasi'le, to., Brazil.
capitale,/., cap/toZ. (L. caput.)
Carlo, TO., Charles. (L. Carolus.)
Cma,/., China.
Dresda,/., Dresden.
Emma, /., Emma.
Enrdpa,/., Europe.
Francia, /., France.
Germania,/., Ger-
ma,ny,
Giovanni, to., John. (L. Johannes.)
guanto, TO., glove. (L.L. guantus ;
Swedish and
Danish, van te;
F. gant.)
* The root of this word occurs in several
languages: I. botte, "a cask;" F.botte;
Gr. /SouTJs, Pvrii ; G. hutte ; E. butt.
t aestivalejTom aestas, "summer," be-
cause worn In summer ; hence G. stiefd.
Inghilte'rra,/., Eng-
land.
Ldndra, /., London.
Maria, /., Mary.
Milauo,/., Milan.
Olanda,/., Holland.
Parigi, /., Farts.
Pietro, TO., Feter. (L. Petrus.)
Kdma,/., Borne.
Riissia,/., Bu^ia.
Sassduia,/., Saxony.
signdra, /., Mrs., (L. senior ; S.
lady. senor; F. sei-
signdre, to., Mr., gneur.)
gentleman, sir,
Sofia,/., Soph 'a. (Gr. Sophia.)
Vocabulary 11.
(In this vocabulary the idioms
given on p. 19 are not repeated.)
calamaio, to., ink- (L. calamu:*.)
stand.
caldo, adj., warm. (L. calidus.)
carta, /., paper. (L. charta.)
cattivo, adj., bad. (L. captivus,
taken; hence in Italian, unfor-
tunate, miserably bad ; E. caitif.)
cera, complexion (also icax. See
Voc. 1.)
ciriegia,/., cherry. (L. ccrasum.)
coUana, /., chain. (L. collum,
neck ; hence a
chain for the neck.)
disgrazia, /"., mis- (L. gratia.)
fortune.
fame, /., hunqer. (L. fames.)
{ico,m..Ji{i, tig-tree. (L. ficus.)
fdglio, m , bheet (of (L. folium,
paper). leaf.)
freddo, a^j., cold. (L. frigidus.)
h€tiB,,f., haste. (I. frettare, to
rub, from L. fricare.)
giudizio, TO., judg-
ment. (L, judicium).
lettera,/., letter. (L. littera.)
lira, /., Ital. money,
worth about lOd.,
(same as a franc). (L. libra.)
malo, adj., bad. (L. malus.)
mela,/., apple. (L. malum.)
mente, /., memory. (L. mens.)
orecchmo, to., ear- (I. orecchio, ear;
ring. from Iv. auricula,
dim. of auris.>
182
VOCABULARIES.
^&.zienza, f., patience. (Ij. patientia.)
paiira,/,, /ear. (L. pavor.)
regalo, m., present. (L. regelare, to
thaw; S. regalar, to melt,
hence to coax ; F. regaler.)
Scarpa,/., shoe.*
sete, /., thirst. (L. sitis.)
vdglia, /., icish. (L. volo.)
Vocabulary 12.
(In this Vocabulary the idioms
given on p. 24 are not repeated.)
accordo, w., agree- (L. aecordare,
ment, from ad and
cor, cordis,
bdllo, TO., hall. (0 . G. balle ; E.
ball.)
budno, adj., good. (L. bonus.)
campagna, /., ^eZc?, (L. campania,
country . from cam pus ,
a plain.)
eantma, /., ceZZar. (L. quintana;
F. cantine.)
capitano, to., captain. (L. caput,
capitis.)
carrdzza, /., carri- (I. carro ; L.
age. carrus.)
concetto, to., thought,(\j. c o n o e p-
esteem, character, tus.)
disaccdrdo, m., dis- (L. discordare.)
agrreemejif.
esercizio, to., ea:er- (L. exercitium.)
cise.
essere, zVr. v., <o be. (L. esse.)
febbre,/.,/et;er. (L. febris.)
fudri, prep., out o/, (L. foras, out
outside. of doors.)
grddo, TO., «<(?p, tPt'ZZ, (L. gradus.)
pleasure.
Italia, /.. Jto/y. (L. Italia.)
lezidne, /, lesson. (L. lectio,-nis.)
libreria, /., library. (L. liber.)
medico, to., physi- (L. medicus.)
ci'aw.
meicato, to., market. (L. mercatus.)
drdine, to., order. (L. ordo,-inis.)
parco, TO., park. (L. I^. parous,
/ro/n parco, to
keep preserves.)
* Probably a Teutonic word : G. scharf,
E. sharp ; the Italian Scarpa, " shoe," is so
called becauss pointed.
passeggiata,/., pro- (I. passeggiare,
menade, walk. from L. pas-
sus.)
pdco, adj. and adv., (L. paucus.)
little.
pranzo, to., dinner. (L. prandium.)
procinto, (in) irr. (L. procinctus,
adv., on the point, prepared.)
ragidne,/., reason, right. (L. ratio.)
scala,/., stairs. (L. scala.)
serva,/., maid ser-(lj. serva.)
vant.
tempo, TO., tiTne, (L. tempus.)
weather.
te'rmine, to., position. (L. terminus.)
tetto, TO., roof. (L. tectum.)
tdrto, TO., icrong. (L. tortus.)
Vocabulary 13.
affettudso, at//., a/-(L. affectuo-
fectinnate. sus.)
aXio,adj.,htgh,tall, (L. altus.)
Zowd.
amaro, ad/., &z7<er. (L. amarus.)
applaudito, part. (L. applaudere.)
of applaudire,
to applaud.
attdre, to., actor. (L. actor.)
attrice, /., actress. (L. actrix,
-icis.)
battaglia, /., battle. (L.L. batalia ;
F. bataille.)
bianco, adj., white. (A Teutonic
word;* F. blanc.)
bigio, adj., grey. (L.L. bisus ; F. bi.^,
perh.from L. bys-
sus, cotton colour.)
canale, to., canal. (L. canalis.)
fabbro, to., black- (L. faber.)
smith.
famigligi,f., family. (L. familia.)
felice, adj., happy. (L. felix, -icis.)
fresco, adj., fresh, (O.G. frisc ; E.
new. fresh ; F. frais.)
gidvine, adj., young ; (L. juvenis.)
n., young man.
gdnfio, adj., swollen. (L. conflare ;
F. gonfler.)
granile, adj., great, (L. grandis.)
tall, large.
* O.G. blanch; M.G. blanc; E. to
blanche; connected with G. blinken, to
glitter: F5 blink.
VOCABULARIES.
183
gudncia^ /., cheek. (O.G. wanga.j
liingo, adj., long. (L. longus.)
maestro, m., master. (L. niagister,)
nero, adj., black. (L. niger.)
iidnna,/., grand- (L.L. nonna.)
mother.
ndnno, m., grand- (L. nonnus.)
father.
nuovo. adj., new. (L. novus.)
piccolo, adj., small. (Romance, pic
" a point.")
pittrice, /., painter. (L. pictor. )
pdzzo, m., (a) icell. (L. puteus).
profdndo, ad/., deep. (L.profondus.)
liradente, adj ., pru- (L. prudens,
dent. gen. -utis.)
querela, /., oak. (L. quercus.)
secco, adj., dry, thin. (L. siccus.)
severo, adj., severe. (L. severus.)
traditdra, /., trai- (L. traditor )
tress.
ti-aditdre, m., traitor (L. traditor.)
ve'cchio (also veglio), (L. vetulus,
adj. and n., old veclus.)
man.
vincitdre, m., also (L. viclor, from
as adj., victorious, vincere.)
Vittdrio, m., Victor. (L. victor.)
Vocabulary 14.
bello, contr. bel, (L. bellus.)
adj., beautiful.
fidre, m., flower. (L. flos, floris.)
ingldse, adj. and 8., (E. English.)
Englishman.
italiano, adj. and (L. Italia.)
s., Italian.
lingua, /., tongue, (L. lingua.)
language.
principale, adj., (L. principalis.)
principal.
Ticco, adj.t rich. (G. reich.)
rdsa,/., rose. (L. rosa.)
rdsso, adj., red. (L. russus, rare,
akin to ruber.)
Torino, m., Turin. (L. Augusta
Taurinorum.)
tiva, /., grape. (L. uva.)
viliiiggio, m., village. (L.L. villa-
ticum from
L. villa ; F.
village.)
vidla, /., violet. (L. viola.)
Vocabnlary 15.
banchiere, m., hanker. (I. banca ;
O.G. banc.)
benevolo, benevo- (L. benevolus.)
le'nte, adj., benevolent.
bue, m., ox. (L. bos.)
caro, adj., dear. (L. earns.)
elefante, m., eUphant.{Gv. and L.
elephas, -antis.)
esta, estate, summer. (L. aestas,
aestatis.)
forte, adj., strong. (L. fortis.)
fortiina, /., /oriu/i€. (L. fortuna.)
gatto, m., cat. (L. catus.)
gidrno, m., day. (L. diumus.)
grato, adj., plea- (L. gratus.)
sant, grateful.
integro, adj., honest. (L. integer.)
intimo, adj., intimate. (L. intimus.)
inverno, m., tcinter. (L. hibernus.)
largo, adj., wide. (L. largus.)
\e6ne,m.,lion. (L. leo, -nis.)
liime, m., light. (L. lumen.)
liiiia, /., moon. (L. luna.)
lupo, m., wolf. (L. lupus.)
ndtte, /., night. (L. nox, noctis.)
numerdso, adj., nu- (L. numerosus.)
merous.
ragazzo, m., boy. (L. raga.)*
ragazza, /., girl.
scolare, m., pupil. (L. schola.)
te'rra, /., earth. (L. terra.)
(The words in brackets are
modifications of nouns or adjec-
tives; the force of the termina-
tions is explained on pp. 34-35.
Several words already given in the
vocabularies are here repeated, on
^account of the modifications.)
addormentato, 2>ar<., (L. dormire.)
asleep.
aggrinzito, part, (I. grinza ; Teu-
wrinkled. Ionic word.)
amaro (amardgnolo, (L. amarus.)
amarastro), adj.,
bitter.
ane'Uo (anellino, (L. anulus.)
anelluccio), m., ring.
arbore (arboscello, (L. arbor.)
arbii&to), m., tree.
* Gr. pa<o?, poifCTj, " a ragged garment,"
Ij. raga ia Cod. Theod. ; hence one who
wears ^uch garment, a slave or boy, like
puer, which has both meanings.
184
VOCABULARIES.
bello (bellino, bel- (L. bellus.)
luccio), adj., heau-
tiful.
bicchiere (bicchie-(L.L.bicarium;
riao, bicchierdne), G. becher.)
m., a glass.
bdsco (boschetto), (L.L. boscus,
m., wood. buscus, from G.
buscb,"biish.")
briitto (bruttaccio), (L. brutus.)
adj., ugly.
camera (cameretta, (L. camera.)
cameraccia), /.,
camerdne, m., cham-
ber.
cane (canino, ca- (L. canis.)
gnolino, candne,
canaccio), m,, dog.
capello (capellino, (L. capillus.)
capelluccio, eapel-
Idne), m., hair.
cappello (cappel- (For etym. see
lucci©, cappellac- Voe. 4.)
cio), m., hat.
capro, capra (ca- (L. caper, ca-
prctta, caprettina, pra.)
caprdne), m. and/.,
goat.
casa(casetta,casuc- (L. L. casa,
cia, casaccia), /., Walloucase.)
casdne, m., house.
cavdllo (cavaHuccio, (L. caballus.)
cavallaccio), m.,
horse.
cucina (cucinaccia), (L. culina.)
/., Idtchen.
erba (erbetta, or- (L. berba.)
baccia),/., grass.
farfalla (farfailetta), (♦)
/., butter jly.
fidre (fiorello, fiorel- (L. flos, floris )
lino), m., flower,
fra, prep., among. (L. infra.)
fratello (fratelhno, (L. frater.)
fratelliiccio, fra-
telldne), m., brother.
gatto,gatta(gattuo- (L. catus.)
cia, gattino, gat-
tdne), m. and /.,
cat.
* From Ti. papilio, " a butterfly,'' comes
I. parpaglidne ; and probably through the
Influence of O.G. fifaltra, "a butterfly,"
farfaglidm, farfalla ; the-Wallon is fer-
fale.
giallo(gialldgnolo), (G. gelb ; akin
ad/., yellow. to L. galba-
nus, whence
F. jaune.)
gidvine (giovinetto, (L. juvenis.)
gioviudtto, gio-
vinastro) a dj.,
young ; young
man.
inanellato, part., (L. anulatns.)
curled.
li'bro (libre'lto, li- (L. liber.)
bruccio, libri-
cino, libraccio,
librdne, libret-
ti n o, librettac-
cio), m., book.
lupo, lupa (lupicino, (L. lupns.)
lupaccio), m. and
/., wolf.
mano (manina, ma- (L. manus.)
naccia), /., hand,
mandne, m.
mare, m., sea. (L. mare.)
me'dico (medicdn-(L. medicus.)
zolo, medicdne,
medieastro), m.,
physician.
nave, (navicella), (L. navis.)
f.yShip.
nero (nerdgnolo, (L. niger.)
nerastro), adj.,
black.
ndcciolo (noccioletto), (L. nucleus.)
TO., stone of fruit.
passero, passera (pas- (L. passer.)
serdtto), m. and /.,
sparrow.
pecora (pecore'lla, (L. pecus, pc-
pecoriiccia), /., coris.)
(pecordne), m.,
sheep.
pesdntf, adj., heavy. (L. pensare.)
pesca, /., peach. (L. persicum,
persica; hence
Fr. peche.)
pidnta (piantice'lla), (L. planta.)
/., plant.
piccolo (piccolino), (For etym. see
adj., small. Voc. 13.)
pie'no, adj., fidl. (L. plenus.)
pittdre (pittoriiccio, (L. pictor.)
pittoraccio), m.,
painter.
^Itiuia,, f.,paintinij. (L. pictura.)
VOCABULAEIES.
185
pdvero (poverello, (L. pauper.)
poveretto, pove-
rino, poveraccio),
adj.j poor.
prato (praticello), (L. pratum.)
w., meadow, field.
(juadio (quadretto, (L. quadrum,
quadriiccio, quad- "a square,"
raccio, quadret- hence F.
tino), m., paint- cadre "a
ing, picture. frame.")
querela (quercetta), (L. quercus.)
/., (quercione), m., oak.
ragazzo (ragazzino, (See p. 183,
ragazzetto, ragaz- note *)
zaccio), m., hoy.
ricco (riccone), adj., (G. reich.)
rich.
rosso (rossiccio, ros- (L. rus8U3, rare ;
sastro), adj., red. Wallon ros.)
Saflfo. /., Sappho, (Gr. and L.
proper name. Sappho.)
sorella (sorellma); (L. soror.)
/., sister.
tavola (tavolmo, ta- (L. tabula.)
voldne, m., tavo-
liiccia, tavoiac-
cia), /., table.
veccliio (vecchietto, (L. vttulus.
vecchiotto, vec- See Voc. 13.)
chierello, Vec-
chione, vecchiac-
cio), adj. and n.,
old, old man.
vino (vine'tto, vinac- (L. viuum.)
cio), m., wine.
Vittdrio(Vittorino),(L. victor.)
TO., Victor.
Vocabulary 16.
allegro, adj., merry. (L. alacer, gen.
alacris.)
genitore, m., father. (L. genitor.)
ieri, adv., yesterday. (L. heri.)
sera,/., evening. (L. serus.)
Vocabulary 17.
difficile, adj., diffi- (L. diflScilis.)
cult.
matiiro, adj., ripe. (L. maturus.)
Vocabulary 18.
ameno, adj., plea- (L. amoenus.)
sant.
musica, /., music. (L. musica, from
Gr. musike.)
stude'nte, m., student. (L. studens,
gen. -entis.)
via, /., way, road. (L. via.)
Vocabulary 19.
anno, /., ijear. (L. annus.)
compagnia, /., com- (I. compagno,
pany. from L.L. cora-
panium, from cum
and panis, bread.)
esposizione, /., ex- (L. expositio,
hibition. expositionis.)
etk,f.,oge. (L.aetas,-atis.)
mese, m^ month. (L. mensis.)
dra, /., hour. (L. hora.)
reggimento, to., re- (L. regimen-
giment. turn.)
scudla,/., sci^ooL (L. schola.)
settimana, /., weeJc. (L. septimana.)
soldato, TO., sohlier. {I. soldo, pay,
from L. solidus, a coin.)
Vocabulary 20.
(The names of the raontlis, the
days of the week, and of the sea-
sons are given on p. 44.)
Africa, /., yl/r?ca. (L. Altlca.)
classe, /., class. (L. elutsis.j
concerto, to., con- (L. conuertare.)
cert.
contemporaneo, adj., (L.contempo-
contemporaneous. raneus.)
cdrto, adj., short. (L. curtus.)
ddlce, adj., mild, sweet. (L. dulcis.)
Emanuele, to., (L. fr. Heb.
Emmanuel. Emmanuel.)
France'sco, to., (L. Franciscus.)
Francis.
Gughelmo, to., (L.L. Willelmus
William. and Gulielmus,
from O. G.Willelm.)
Napoleone, m..
Napoleon.
piano. TO., floor. (L. planus.)
Sant' Elena, /., Saint (L. Helena.)
Helena.
ultimo, adj., last. (L. ultimus.)
Vocabulary 21.
(The Indefinite Adjectives are
given on p. 46.)
cdsa,/., thing. (L.L. causa, "a
thing.")
186
VOCABULARIES.
MmmsL, /., flame. (li. fiaiuma.)
minuto, w., minute. (L. minutum.)
mortiile, adj., vwrtal, (L. moi talis.)
persona, /., person. (L. persoua.)
Vocabulary 22.
(No words.)
» Vocabulary 23.
abittidine, /., habit. (L. liabitudo.)
ammalato, adj., ill. (I. malato ; F.
nialade; from
L. malus.)
angolo, m., corner. (L. angulus.)
annoiare, v., to an- (I. noja ; F. en-
noy. Dui; fromL.
iu odio, as in
estmihi in odio.)
Antonio, m., An- (L. Antonius.)
thony.
airivare, v., to ar- (L.L.adripare.)
rive.
arrdsto, w., roast. (I. lostire ; F.
lolir, from
O.G. rostjan
" to roast.")
azidne, /., action. (L. actio, -nis.)
basta ! interj., en- (I. ba-^taie, " to
ough. be sufficient.")
biasimare, v., to (L. blaspbemare;
blame. F blamer.)
bottegaio, m., shop- (I. bottega ; F.
keeper. boutique ; from
Gr. and L. apo-
tl:eca.)
calunni^re, v., to (L. calumniare.)
calumny.
cambiale,/., hill of (L.L. cambiare,
exchange. S. cambiar ;
F. changer.)
can tare, v., to sing. (Jj. cantare.)
canlatri'ce,/., stngier. (L. cantatrix.)
cercdre, v., to seek. (L. circare, '• to
go round ;'
F. cheicher.)
cjome, conj. and adv., (L. quomodo.)
as, how.
comprare, v., to buy. (L. comparare.)
con8egueuzn,/.,con-(L. coubequen-
sequence. tia.)
• contadino, m., (I. contndo,
peasant. country i from
I.conte; from
L. ooines.)
debito, TO., debt. (L. dcbitum.)
domandare (or di- (L. demandare,
mandare), v., to " to entrust.")
ask.
duetto, TO., duet. (L. duo.)
dma,nte, adv., during. (L. durans,
gen. -antis.)
fare, irr. v., to do, (L. facere.)
to make.
generdso, adj., (L. generosus.)
generous.
grano, to., icheat. (L. granum.)
imparare,t7.,<t» learn (L. parare.)
incontrare, v., to meet. (L. contra.)
infingardo, adj., (I. fingere ; O.
lazy, slothful. F. fa i n t,
" lazy.")
insala,ta,f., salad. (I. salare; F.
salade, fr, L.
sal, '' salt.")
invecchiare, v., to (I. veccbio. See
become old. Voc. 13.)
laniento, to., com- (L. lamentum.)
plaint.
lodare, v., to praise. (L. laudare.)
male, to., evil, pain, (L. malum.)
ache.
mangiare, v., to eat. (L.mandueare;
F. manger.)
mattina, /., morn- (L. matutinus.)
ing.
mesii^xe,m.,handi- (L. in i niste-
crajt. rium ; F. me'tier.)
va6\io,adv andarf/.,(L. multuui.)
much.
natale, adj., native. (L. natalis.)
nemico, to., enemy. (L. inimicus.)
ombre'llo, m., urn- (L. umbella,
Irella. from umbra.)
oitorare, v., to (L. honorare.)
honour.
orribile, adj , hor- (L. horribilis.)
rible.
paese, to., country. (L.pagensis,"a
farm," from pagus.)
pagdre, v., to pay. (L. pacarc, " to
appease. ')
parliire, v., to speak. (L.L. parabo-
lare.)*
passcggio, m., pro- (Sve passeg-
m^nade. giata, Voc. 12.)
ponsiire, v , to think. (L. pensare.)
* From Gr. and L jvarabola, " a parable,"
hrnce ".wo d " or " speech ;" I. paiolu ; K
patole;' palabr^i, whence E. palaver.
VOCABUL ABIES.
187
perdonare, v., to (L. per and
pardon. donare, lit. •' to
give thoroughly.")
pesce, m., fish. (L. piscis.)
poesia, /., poetry. (L. poesis.)
portare, v., to hring^ (L. portare.)
to carry.
pdsta,/.,^osi.* (L. p;:»situs.)
presto, adv.^qui'rJd;/. (L. praestus.)
quaudo, adv., when. (L. quando.)
litardo, m., delay. (L. retardare.)
ritornare, v., to re- (L. tornare.)
turn.
salarae, m., ham, (I. sale ; from
salt meat. L. sal.)
scatola, /., box. (G. schaehtel.)
scdr^o, part., last, (I. scurrere.)
past.
scusare, v., to ex- CL. excusare.)
cuse.
seminare, v., to sow. (L. seminare.)
sempre, adv., always. (L, semper.)
fitamattma, adv., (I. questa mat-
this morning. tina ; L. ma-
tutiaus.)
stassera, adv., this (I. questa sera;
evening. from L. serus.)
fitudiare, v., to study. (L. studere.)
studidso, adj., stu- (L. studiosus.)
dious.
t€sta, /., headr (L. testa ; F.
tete.)
tTOYSLie, v., to find. (L, turbare, " to
move, to seek
for," hence
"tofind;"F.
trouver.)
umore, m., humour. (L. humor.)
vacaiiza,/., vacancy, (L. vacare.)
leisure, holiday.
voce, /., voice. (L. vox, vocis.)
volentie'ri, adv., (L. voluntarie.)
willingly.
volume, m., volume. (L. volumen.)
Vocabulary 24.
abbastanza, adv., (I. bastare ; see
enough. Voc. 23.)
adempiere, v., to (I. empiere ; from
fulfil. L. implere.)
ardere, v., to burn. (L. ardere.)
* Because of the relays of horses jplaced
for the service of the post.
9
aria, /., air. (L. aer.)
battere, v., to beat. (L. batuere.)
braccio, m., arm. (L. brachium,)
cadere, v. irr., to fall. (L. cadere.)
chiudeve,v.,toshut. (L. claudere.)
conosciiito, known, (L. cognos-
part. of conoscere. cere.)
discendere, v., to (L. d e s c e n -
descend. dere.)
diacdrrere, v., to (L. discurrere.)
talk, to discourse.
dividere, v., to (L. dividere.)
divide.
duello, m., duel. (L. duellum ;
F. duel.)
educazidne,/., edu- (L. educatio.)
cation.
fudco, m.,fire. (L. focus.)
gamba, /., leg. (L.L. gamba ;
F, jambe.)
generale, m^gene- (L. generalis.)
ral. ^ .."^ .
giocare, v,^ to^play. (L. jocus.)
godere, v., to enjoy. (L. gaudere.)
guadagnare, v., to (O.G. weidanjan,
win, to gain. ana G. weiden,
** to hunt, to
pasture :"
hence also F.
gagner; !E. gain.)
guerra,./., war. (O.G. werra.)
infondere, v., to in- (L. fundere.)
fuse.
incdrrere, v. o in- CL. incurrere.)
cur.
intendere, v., t o (L. intendere.)
understand, t o
hear.
intrapre'ndere, v., ^ (L. intra, pre-
undertake. hendere.)
invadere, v., to in- (L. invadere.)
vade.
lavorare, v., to worh.(Ij. laborare.)
ledere, irr. v., to (L. laedere.)
injure.
medicma,/., medi- (L. medioina.)
cine.
mdrdere, v., to bite. (L. mordere.)
mostrare, v., to (L. monstrare.)
show.
offend ere, t?., to (L. offendere.)
offend,
parte, /., portion. (L. pars.)
partenza,/., depar- (I. partire. See
ture. Voc. 25.)
188
VOCABULARIES.
perderc, v., to lose. (L. perdere.)
piacere, m., plea- (L. placere.)
sure.
pianto, m., tears, (L. planctus.)
crying.
re, m , Jang. (L. rex, regis.)
riaccendere, v., to (L. acceudere.)
light again.
ricevere, v., to (L. recipere;
receive. F. recevoir.)
rimproverare, v., (L.L.repropriare ;
to blame, to re- F. reprocher.)
preach.
rispoudere, v., to (L. respondere.)
reply.
soriidere, v., to (L. subridere.)
smile.
snspendere, v., to (L. suspen-
suspend. dere.)
spendere, v., to ex- (L. expendere.)
joend.
Bperare, v., to hope. (L. sperare.)
succedere, v., to sue- (L. suecedere.)
ceed.
tergere, v., to wipe, (L. tergere.)
to dry.
uccidere, v., tohill. (L. occidere.)
vendere, v., to sell. (L. veudere.)
virtu,/., virtue. (L. virtus.)
Vita,/., life. (L. vita.)
Vocabulary 26.
arricchire,r.,<oen- I. ricco. See
rich. Voc. 13.)
arvossire, v., toblush.(Jj. russus. See
Voc. H, 15.)
bollire, v., to hoil. (L. ebullire.)
consiglio, m.y ad- (L. consilium.)
vice.
cucire, r., to sew. (L. consuere.)
dormire, i7., to sleep. (L. dormire.)
fuggire, v., to fly, (L. fugere.)
to run away.
impallidire, v., to (L. pallidus.)
become pale.
infingardaggine,/., (I. iiifingardo.
laziness. See Voc. 23.)
inghiottire, v., to (L. glutire ; F.
swallow. engloutir.)
manica,/., sleeve. (L. manica.)
mentire, v. to lie. (L. mentiri.)
onb'sto, adj., honest. (L. honestus.)
partire,v., to depart. (L. partiri.)
punire, «>., topunish. (L. punire.)
ruggire, v., to roar. (L. rugire.)
sdrucire, v., to tear, (L. resuere.)*
to rend,
aeguire, v., to follow. (L. sequi.)
servire, v., to serve. (L. servire.)
tossire, v., to congh. (L. tussire.)
Vocabulary 23.
calzolaio, m., shoe- (L. calceola-
maker. rius.)
domani, adv., to- (I. mane, from L.
morrow. mane; F. demain.)
esiiminatdre, m., (L. examinator.)
examiner.
fatto, part, done, (L. factum.)
made.
insegnare, v., to (L.L insigiiare;
teach. F. enseigner.)
premio, m., j9me. (L. praemium.)
scritto, part., written. (L. scriptum.)
scrivere, v. irr., to (L. scribere.)
write.
scudo, w., dollar, (L. scutum.)
crown.
Vocabulary 27.
(In this vocabulary the verbs
given on p. 71 are not repeated.)
ascoltare, v., to listen. (L. auscul-
tare.)
bene, adv., well. (L. bene.)
confidenza,/., trust. (L. confiden-
tia.)
cuore, m., heart. (L. cor.)
meglio.m., better (the). (L. melior.)
occasione, /., occa- (L.occasio,(;e?i.
sion, -nis.)
onesta,/., honesty. (L. honestas.)
pregare, v., to pray. (L. precari.)
prove'rbio, m., pro- (L. p r o v e r -
verb. bium.)
richie'sta,/., request. (L. requisita,/.,
part, of re-
quirere ; F.
requete.)
risdrsa, /., resource, (I. I'xhoria., part.
expedient. of risorgere.)
Vocabulary 28.
(In this vocabulary the verbs
given on p. 72 are not repeated.)
* Like I. cucire, to sew, from L. consuerct
with i privative and <2 euphonic
VOCABULAKIES.
189
bisdgno, m., want, (I. sogna, * care,'
need. from L.L. soniare,
*to take care of,'
etym. doubtful ;
¥. besoin.)
france'se, adj., French. (F. fran9ai3.)
salute,/., health. (L. salus, -utis.)
soldo, m., penny, (L. solidus ;
half-penny. F. sou.)
terlmo, adj., sterling. (E. sterling.)
Vocabulary 29.
(In this vocabulary the verbs
given on p. 73 are not repeated.)
austriaco, adj., Aus- (G. Oester-
trian. reich.)
bene, m., good. (L. bene.)
dommio, m.. domi- (L. dominium.)
nation.
greco, adj., Greek. (L, Graecus).
latino, adj., Latin. (L, Latinus.)
levante, m., east. (L. and I. levare,
' to rise ' (of the gun).)
Lombardi'a,/., Lom- (L. L o n g o -
hardy. bardi.)
montagna,/., moun- (L. montanus.)
tain.
pagina, /., page. (L. pagina.)
pardla, /., icord. (L. parabola ;
F. parole.
SeeYoc.23.)
Re'no. m., Bhine. (G. Rhein.)
Svizzera, /., Swit- (G. Schweiz.)
zerland.
tirare, v., to blow (O.G. fairan, to
{of winds). draw ; F. tirer.)
vento, m., wind. (L. ventus.)
verbo, m., verb. (L. verbum.)
Vocabulary 30.
(In this vocabulary the verbs
given on p. 74 are not repeated.)
Amleto, m., Hamlet.
aprire, v. to open. (L. aperire.)
aspetto, m., appear- (L. aspectus.)
ance.
dovere, m., duty. (L. debere.)
entrare, v., to enter. (L. intrare.)
Evangelo, m., (L. evangelium.)
Gospel.
rappresentazidne, /., (L. repraesen-
representation. tatio, -nis.)
scacco, TO. c^ess. (Per. schah,
king.)
stdria, /., history (L. historia.)
star II, fable.
zdppo, adj., lame. (G. schupftn )
Vocabulary 31.
date, v., you give. CL. dare.)
firmare, v., to sign. (L. firmare.)
mandare, v.,tosend. (L. mandare )
ringraziamento,m., (I. ringraziare.
tlianks. See Voc. 32.)
siidicio, adj., dirty. (L. succidus.)
super bo, adj., (L. superbus.j
proud.
Vocabulary 32.
accompagnare, v., (I. compania.
to accompany. Sf'e Toe. 19.)
cameriere, m., wai- (I. and L. ca-
ter, a,/. , icaitress. mera .)
conosceie, irr. v., to (L. cognos-
know. cere.)
credere, v., to believe. (L. credere.)
detto, part., said. (L. dictum,
from dicere.)
dissi, disse, said, (L. dicere,
past def. of dire, perf. dixi.)
irr. V.
dole're, v., to pain, (L. dolere.)
to hurt.
piacere, v., to please. (L. placere.)
probabile, adj., pro- (L. probabilis.)
bable.
raccomandare, v., (L. common dare.)
to recommend.
ringraziare, v., to (I. grazia; L.
thank. gratia.)
urtare, v., to hurt. (IVI.G. hurten,
prob. fr. Cel-
tic "hwrdli,"
to push.
vedere, v. irr., to see. (L. videre.)
venire, irr. v., to (L. venire.)
come.
Vocabulary 33.
affare, m., business. (I. a fare ; L.
facere.)
aiutare, v., to help. (L. adjuvare.)
contento, adj., corv- (L. contentus.)
tent.
dico, pres. ind. of (L. dice, di-
irr. v.t dire, to say. cere.)
190
VOCABULARIES.
divertimento, m., (L. divertere.)
amusement,
dotto, adj., learned. (L. doctus.;
nascdndere, irr. v., (L. abscon-^
to hide. dere.)
occupato, part, (L. occupatus.)
hfisy, occupied.
studio, m., study. (L. studium.)
ubbidire, v., to obey. (L. obedire.)
veiitk, /., truth. (L. Veritas.)
Vocabulary 34.
provmcia, /., pro- (L. provincia.)
vince.
vicino, adj., neigh- (L. vieinus.)
bouring.
Vocabulary 35.
guardare,?;., to looli. (G. warten.)
Vocabulary 36.
corriere, w., courier. (L. currere.)
fuciie, TO., gun. (I. fuoco, from
L. focus.)
indigestione, /., in- (L. indigestio,
digestion. gen. -nis.)
malsittisi, f. illness. (1. malato.
•^ SeeVoc.23.)
prendere, v., to (L. prehen-
take. dere.)
provenire, iVr. v., <o (L. provenire.)
originate.
sigaro. m. cigar. (S. cigarro.)
Vocabulary 37.
arohitetto, m., ar- (L. architee-
chitect. tus.)
comiiiie, adj., mu- (L. communis.)
tual.
educato, pari., eci!w-(L. educare.)
cated.
meritare, v., to de- (L. meritum.)
serve.
mdrte,/., death. (L. mors, mor-
tis.)
risp^tto, TO., respect. (L. respectus.)
Vocabulary 38.
chiilnque, apron., (L. quicun-
whosoever. que.)
cervello, m., brain, (L. c e r e b e 1-
opinion. lum.)
desider^re, «., to (L. desiderare.)
covet, to wish.
difetto, m., fault. (L. defectus.)
ozioso, adj., lazy. (L. otium.)
stimare, v., to (L. aestimare.)
esteem.
valordso, adj., valorous. (L. valere.)
Vocabulary 39.
arrestare, v., to (L. ad and
arrest. restare, F. ar-
reter.)
ballare, v., to dance. (L. balla.)
hewuto,part.,drunh.(l. bevere; L.
bibere.)
biglie'tto, TO., ticket, note. (I. biglia.)
canzone, /., song. (L.L. cantio.)
cappellaio, m., hat- (I. cappello.
ter. See Voc. 4.)
cdnte, m., earl. (L. comes, -itis.)
coutessa,/.,coMnfe8s.(L. comes.)
delitto, m., misde- (L. delictum.)
meanour.
ferire, v., to wound. (L. ferire.)
innocente, adj., in- (L. innocens,
nocent. gen. -entis.)
invitare, v., to in- (L. invitare.)
vite.
ladro, TO., </itV- (^- latro.)
lasciare, v., <o leave. (L. laxare.)
liberare, v., to free. (L. liberare.)
prigidne, /., prison. (L. prebensio.)
rovinare, r., to ruin. (L. ruina.)
visitare, v., to visit. (L. visitare.)
Vocabulary 40.
accdrrere, v., to run (L. accurrere.)
towards.
andare, irr. v., to (L. aditare.*)
go.
antendto, to., an- (L. ante, natus.)
cestor.
approdare, v., to go (O.I. apprdciare
ashore. fr. L. appropriare,
from propius.)
assistere, v., to help. (L. assistere.)
baston^re, v., to (I. b a s t o n e.
cane. See Voc. 6.)
* Aditare, " to go often to," is a fre-
quentttiive from adirt. In I. andare, the
n is inserted, as in 1. rendere from L. red-
dere.
VOCABULARIES.
191
Cftmmlnare, v., to (I. cammino ;
walk. L.L. caminus,
a way, hence
F. chemin.)
cenare, v., to sup. (L. coenare.)
colazidne,/., break- (L. coUatio ; S.
fast. colacion.)
commedia, /., co- (L. comoedia.)
medy, play.
cdsta, /., coast. (L. costa.)
danzare, v., to (O.G. danson,
dance. to draw, ex-
tend.)
degenerare, v., io(L.degeneiare,)
degenerate.
dimorare, v., to reside. (L. morari.)
disonorevole, adj., (L. dis-honora-
dishonourahle. bilis.)
gelare, v., imp., to (L. gelare.)
freeze.
gridare, v., to shout. (L. qiiiritare.)
guarire, v., to heal. (G. wehren, to
defend.)
marciare, x\, to (F. marcher.)*
march.
marinaro, m., sailor. (L. marinus.)
miglio, m. (pi. /.), (L. mille pas-
mile. suum.)
palazzo, m., palace. (L. palatium.)
passare, v., to pass. (L.L. passare,
from L. pas-
sum, supine
of pandere.)
BUonaTe,v.,toplay (L. sonare.)
(mu^c).
Vocabulary 41.
accdrgersi, v. irr., (L. ad and cor-
io become aware, rigere : also
I. scorgere,
from L. ex
and corri-
gere.)
accostarsi, v., <o (I. and L. costa.)
approach.
addormentarsi, v., (L. addormire.)
to fall asleep.
adirarsi, v., to get (L. irasci.)
angry.
aflfrettarsi, v., to (I. fretta: see
hasten. Voc. 11.)
alzarsi, v., to get up. (L. L. altiare,
from altus.)
* In O.F. aller de marche en marche, " to
go from border to border."
ammogliarsi, v., to (I. moglie ; L
take a wife. mulier.)
appoggiarsi, v., to (L. appositus.)
lean, to rest.
approssimarsi, v., to (L. proximus.)
get near.
arrabbiarsi, v., to get (L. rabies.)
angry.
arrendersi, irr. v., (I. rendere from
to surrender. L. reddere.)
aspettare, v., to (L. aspectare.)
wait.
astenersi, irr. v., to (L. abstinere.)
abstain.
attristarrii, v., to be (I. triste ; L.
saddened. tristis.)
avanzarisi, v., to ad- (I. avanli from
vance. L. ab ante.)
avvederei, «Vr. v., to (L. videre.)
be^aware.
avviarsi, v., to start. (L. via.)
battello, m., boat. (L. L. batum.
O. F. bate 1 ;
F. bateau.)
Coldmbo, m., Co-
lumbus.
compiacersi, pron. (L. con-pla-
V., to be pleased. cere.)
contentarsi, pron. (L, contentus.)
v., to be satisfied.
crucciarsi, v., to be- (I ciuccio, cor-
come angry. rucio from
L. cliolera,
"gall.")
dettare, v., to dictate. (L. dictare.)
dilettarsi, v., to (L. delectare.)
amuse oneself.
dimenticarsi, ?;., to (L.dementare.)
forget.
divertirsi, v., to (L. divertere.)
amuse oneself.
esereito, m., army. (L. exercitus.)
fidarsi, v., to truest. (Ij. fidere.)
grazie, /. ^Z., thanks. (L, gratia.)
imbarcarsi, v., to (I. and L. L.
embark. barca.)
impadronirsi, v., to (I. padrone ; L.
possess oneself. patronus.)
infastidirsi, pron. (L. fastidiosus.)
v., to become fas-
tidious.
intrapresa,/.,en<er- (Lprendere; L.
prise. prehendere.)
maritarsi, v., to (L. maritare.)
warrt/.
192
VOCABULARIES.
obbligare, v., to (L. obligare.)
oblige.
perdita,/., loss. (L. and I. per-
dere.)
pianoforte, m., a (I. piano-forte ;
pianoforte, or L. planus,
piano. fortis.)
rallegrarsi, pron. (I. allegro. See
v., to rejoice. Voc. 16.)
rif'ordarsi, v., to re- (L.recordari.)
member.
riposarsi, v., to rest. (L. pausare.)
salutare, v., to salute. (L. salutare.)
scntirsi, v., to feel. (L. sentire.)
son ire, v., to go out. (L. sortiri.)
staiico, adj., tired. (L. stagnate.)
fcubire, v., to un- (L. subire.)
dergo.
vantarsi, v., to boast. (L.L. vanitare ;
from vanus.)
vapdre, m., steam. (L. vapor.)
vergognarsi, v., to (L. verecun-
be ashamed. dia.)
Vocabulary 42.
accadere, imp. v., to (L. ac-eadere.)
happen.
bastare, imp. v., to (S. bastar.)
be sufficient.
bisoguare, imp. v., (I. bisogna. See
to be necessary. Voc. 28.)
eapire, v., to under- (L. capere.)
stand.
chiaro di luna, (L.claru8,luTia.)
moonlight.
convenire,r. irr., to (L. convenire.)
be convenient.
didiacciare, imp. (L. glacies.)
v., to melt (ice).
fdndere, v., to melt. (L. fundere.)
grandinare, imp. v., (L. grandi-
to luxil. nare.)
lampeggiare, imp. (I. lampo; L.
v., to lighten. lampas.)
ne've, /., snow. (L. nix, nivis.)
nevicare, imp. v., to (I. neve.)
srww.
oci drrere, imp. w., (L. occurrere.)
to be wanted.
paie're, imp. v.^ to (L. parere.)
passeggiare, v., to (L. passus.)
promenade.
piovere, imp. v., to (L. pluere.)
rain,
■polwere, f., dust. (L. pulvis.)
rincrescere, pron. v.. (L. crescere.)
to regret (lit. to
grow again).
eernbrare, v., to seem. (L. simulare.)
sole, m., sun. (L. sol.)
stellate, adj., starry. (L. stellatus.)
studiare, v., to study. (L. studium.)
tuonare, imp. v., to (L. tonare.)
thunder.
liniido, adj., damp. (L. bumidus.)
Vocabiilary 43.
appena, a (Zt?.,?iard- (L. poena, F.
ly, as soon as, a peine.)
scarcely,
avsmtiin, adv., the (L. ab-ante-
day before y ester- heri.)
day.
cominciare, v., to (L. L. comini-
begin. tiare, from
L. cum, ini-
tiare.)
ddpo, adv., after- (L. de-post.)
wards.
d' dra in pdi, adv., (L. de hora in
henceforth. post.)
ie'ri 1' altro, adv., (L. heri, alter.)
the day before yesterday.
negdzio, m., icare- (L. negotium.)
house.
ormai, oramai, adv., (L. hora ma-
now, henceforth. gis.)
prima, adv., before. (L. primus.)
serio, adj., serious. (L. serius.)
seriame'nte, adv., (L. serius.)
seriously.
sove'nte, adv., often. (L. sub - inde ;
F. souvent.)
spt'sso, adv., often. (L. spissus.)
siibito, adv., at (L. subitus.)
once.
tardi, adv., late. (L. tardus.)
teste, testeso, adv., (L. ante istum
lately. ipsum (ante-
stesso) ; c f.
fante for in-
fante.)
tdsto, adv., soon. (L. tot-cito.)
Vocabulary 44.
abbasso, adv , be- (L.L. bassus.)
low, downstairs.
VOCABULARIES.
193
altrove, adv., else- (L. alter-ubi.)
where.
chiamare, t?., to call.
ci, adv., there.
da per tiitto, adv.,
everywhere.
dentro, adv., inside.
ddnde, adv., whence.
dove, adv., where.
giu,contr.ofgiuso,
adv., below.
Ik, adv., there.
qua e \k. adv., here
and there.
quassii, adv., here
above.
qui, adv., here.
Rosiua, /., Bose.
sotto, adv., under.
su, contr. of siiso,
adv., above.
(L. clamare.)
(L. ecce-hic.)
(L, t o t u s ;
compd. with
de-ad-per.)
. (L, de-intra.)
.(L. de-unde.)
(L. de-ubi.)
(L. deorsum,
L.L. josum,
jusum.)
(L. iliac.)
(L. ecce hac
et •llae.)
(L. ecce hac,
sursum.)
(L. ecce hie.)
(L. rosa.)
(L. subtus.)
(L. sursum.)
Vocabulary 45.
cosi, adv., so, thus, (L. acque-sic.)
dise'gno, m., draw- (L. designare.)
ing.
dunque, conj., (L. tunc.)
therefore.
malincuore, (a), (L. malum-
adv., unvMUngly. cor.)
perche, adv., why. (L. per- quid.)
permettere, irr. v., (L. permit-
to allow. tere.)
pionunciare, v., to (L. pronunti-
pronounce. are.)
pure, conj., however. (L. pure,
"merely.')
quasi, adv., nearly. (L. quasi.)
Vocabulary 46.
abitare, v., to reside. (L. habitare.)
assai, adv., enough, (L. ad-satis.)
too much.
bizze'ffe (a), adv., plenty. (?)
costare, v., to cost. (L. constare.)
errore, m., mistake. (L. error.)
le'ggere, irr. v., to read. (L. legere.)
meno, adv., less. (L. minus.)
nudva,/., news. (L. novus.)
poco a poco, adv., (L. paucus.)
little by little.
quanto, adv.j how (L. quanto.)
much.
scellino, m., shilling. (E. shilling.)
sufficienza (a) adv., (L. sufficientia.)
sufficiently.
tanto, adv., as much. (L. tantum.)
tanto quanto, adv., (L. tantiim-
as much as. quantum.)
troppo, adv., too (L. L. troppus
much. " herd ;" F.
trop.)
Vocabulary 47.
ambasciata, /., em- (L. L. amba-
ba^sy. sciare.fr. am-
baxia, "com-
mission" fr.
L. ambactus,
from O.G.
ambacht "a
servant.")
appiinto, adv., so. (L. ad-punc-
tum.)
certamente, adv., (L. certe.)
certainly,
davvevo, adv., truly. (L. de-ab-
vero.)
di certo, adv , certainly. (L. de-
certe.)
diTiido,adv., seldom. (L. de-raro.)
enormemente, adv., (L. enormia.)
extremely, enormotisly.
gia, adv., already. (L. jam.)
in fatti, adv., in fact. (L. factum.)
ingannarsi, v., to be (I. inganuo,
mistaken. *' deceit"
from O.G.
gaman, " to
trick ;" E.
game.)
magnifico, adj., (L. magnificus.)
magnificent.
mezzo, adj., half, (L. medius.)
subst. m., means.
narrare, v., to relate. (L. narrare.)
Spagna, /., Spain. (S. Espana ;
L. Hispania.)
Vocabulary 48.
ancora, adv., yet. (L. hanc-horam.)
bonta, /., goodness. (L. bonitas.)
correggere, irr. v., (L. corrigere.)
to correct.
dubitare, v., to doubt. (L. dubitare.)
mai, adv., ever. (L. magis.)
mica, adv., at all, (L. mica, " a
crumb.")
194
VOCABULABIES.
mod^stia, /., TOO- (L. modestia.)
desty.
non, adv., not. (L. non.)
nemmeno, adv., not (L. ne-minus.)
even.
prestare, v., to lend. (L. praestare.)
piinto, adv., at all. (L. punctum.)
rendere, irr. v., to (L. reddere.
give back. See Voc. G5.)
Vocabulary 49.
consigliare, v., to (I. consiglio ;
advise. L. consilium.)
diica, m., duke. (L. dux, ducis.)
fdrae, adv., perhaps. (L. forte, forsi-
tan.)
maccherone, m., mac- (I. macco,
caroni. '* bruised
meal.")
possibilmente, adv., (L. possibilis.)
possibly.
probabilmente, adv., (L. proba-
probably. bilis.)
raccontare, v., to (L. re-ad-com-
relate. putare.)
legina, /., queen. (L. regina.)
Vocabulary 60.
a bella pdsta, adv., (I. posta.)
purposely.
abello studio, adv., (I. studio.)
a quattr' dcchi, ('♦ to four eyes,"
adv., privately. i.e. '• two per-
sons " only.)
carponi, adv., on (L. carpus,
all fours, lit. " on " the wrist.")
the hands."
cavalcioni, adv., (I. cavallo ; L.
astride. caballus.)
cdlpo, m., blow. (L. L. colpus ;
fr. L. colaphus ;
hence Fr. coup.)
insultare, v., to in- (L. insultare.)
suit.
memdria, (a) adv., (L. memoria.)
by heart.
mente, (a) adv., by (L. mens.)
heart.
dgni qudl vdlta, (Literally "at
adv., every time, every turn.")
pdtto, m., chest. (L. pectus.)
pranzdre, v., to (L. prandere;
dine. sup. pransum.)
propdslto (a), adv., (L. proposi-
well. turn.)
pugno, m., fist. (L. pugnus.)
recitare, v., to recite. (L. reel tare.)
rotoldni, adv., roll- (I. rotolare ; L.
ing, sprawling. rotulus.)
salmo, m., psalm. (L. psalmus.)
sciiro, adj., dark. (L. obscurus.)
sdlito (per), adv., (L. solitus.)
usually.
spilla, /., pin. (L. spinula.)
tastdne, adv., grop- (I. tastare, from
ing. L.taxare, freq.
of tango.)
viva vdce (a), adv., (L. viva
by word of mouth. vox.)
vdlta, /., turn. (L. voluta.)
Vocabulary 61.
ad dnta, adv., in (I. onta ; fr. onire
spite. " to insult ;" fr.
G. hdhnen ; Fr.
honte.)
al di la, adv., on the (L. ad-illac.)
other side
appie, adv., at the (L. ad pedem.)
foot.
Arno, m., Arno (a (L. Arnus.)
river).
avd,nti. adv., before. (L. ab-ante.)
cambio (lettera di), (L. cambire ;
/., bill of ex- I. cambiare,
change. cangiare; E.
change.)
castello, m., castle. (L. castellum.)
cd,usa (a), adv., because. (L. causa.)
davanti, adv., be- (L. de-ab-ante.)
fore.
dietro, adv., behind. (L.L. de-retro.)
favdre (a), adv., in (L. favor.)
favour.
fiiime, m., river. (L. flumen.)
fdrza (a), adv., (L.L. fortia ;
through. L. fortis.)
governatdre, m., (L. gubema>
governor. tor.)
ludgo (in), adv., in (L. locus.)
place.
mezzo (per), adv., (L. medium.)
by means.
ministro, m.,minister. (L.ministcr.)
mdnte, m., mountain. (L. mons,
montis.)
nomindre, v., to (L. nominare.)
name.
VOCABULARIES.
195
raccomandazidne./, (I. raccoman-
recommendation. dare.)
scdrrere, irr. v., to (L. excurrere.)
peruse, to travel
over.
spedi're, v., to for- (L. expedire.)
tcard.
vece (in), adv., instead. (L. invi-
cem.)
Vocabulary 52.
addosso, adv., upon. (L. dorsum.)
adulatore, m., flat- (L. adulator.)
terer.
arrabbiato, part., (L. rabere.)
angry, cr^ss.
attdrno, adv., around. (L. tornare.)
delvzia, f., pleasure. (L. deliciae.)
dintdrno, adv., (L. de-iu-tor-
around. nare.)
di rimpetto, adv., (I. re-in-petto;
opposite. L. pectus.)
faccia (in), prep., (L. facies.)
opposite.
fino, infmo, adv., (L. in finem.)
until.
gittarsi, v., to throw (L. jactare.)
oneself.
immediatamente, (L. in-medius.)
adv., immediately.
mezzo (in), adv., in (L. medius.)
the midst.
obliare, v., to forget. (L. obliviBci ;
hence F. ou-
blier.)
dltre, adv., besides. (L. ultra.)
ospedale, m,, hos- (L. hospitalis.)
pital.
propriety, /., pro- (L.proprietas.)
perty.
rispetto (in), adv., (L. respectus.)
regarding.
gino, adv., until. (L. signum ?)
Vocabulary 53.
affogare, v., to (L. fauces ; cf.
drown. L. suffocare.)
affondare,v.,fo8tnfc. (I. afondo; L.
fundus.)
combattere, v., to (L. batuere ;
fight. hence F.
battre.)
cdntro, adv., against. (L. contra )
9*
eccetto, adv.f ex- (L. exceptus.)
cepted.
eccezidne, /., ex- (L. exceptio,
ception. gen. -nis.)
fato, m., fate. (L. fatum.)
giiista, adv., ac- (L. juxta.)
cording.
lucrativo, adj., lu- (L.lucrativus.)
crative.
liingo, adv., along. (L. longus.)
malgrado, adv., in (L. male gra-
spHe. tus; F. mal-
gre, E. mau-
gre.)
median te, adv., hy (L. medianus ;
means of. fr. medius.)
possedere, v. to (L. possidere.)
possess.
pdsto, TO., place, (L. positus.)
situation.
presso, prep, and (L. pressus.)
adv., near.
rasente, adv., along, (L. rasus, from
close to. radere.)
relazidne, /., relation. (L. relatio.)
rendita, /., income, (I. rendere ; fr.
rent. L. reddere.)
senza, adv.,without. (L. sine.)
situato, part., situated. (I. situare ;
fr. L. situs.)
tempesta,/., sform. (L. tempestas.)
tuttavia, conj., still. (L. tota via.)
uscire, irr. v., to (L. exire.)
go out.
vascello, m., ship. (L. vascellum,
from vas ; F.
vaisseau.)
Vocabulary 54.
anche, conj., also. (L. adhuc, whence
adunc, ad'nc,
anc, anclie.)
carte, /. pi, cards. (L. carta.)
cittadino, m., citi- (L.L. civita-
zen. danus, from
L. civitas.)
consigliare, v.. to (L. consilium.)
advise.
continuare, v, <o (L, continu-
continue. are.)
copiare, v., to copy. (L. copia.)
Creso, TO , Croesus. (L. Croesus.)
desiderare, v, to (L.desiderare.)
tcish, to long.
196
VOGABULARIES.
e . . . e, conj., both. (L. et . . . et.) bambfno, m., baby. (L. Bambalio
g i a c c h e, conj.^ (L. jam-quid.)
dnce.
inchiostro, w., ink. (L. encaust-
Tim.)
lamentarsi, pron. (L. lamentari.)
v., to complain.
neppuie, cory., 7iot (I. n^, pure,
even. . Q.-"^-)
nondimeno, cort/., (L. non-de-
nevertheleas. minus.)
obbediente, ad/., (L. obediens.)
obedient.
dcchio, m., eye. (L. oculus.)
ostinato, adj., ohsti- (L.obstinatus.)
II ate.
partita,/., game, deal. (L. partiri,
partitus.)
pero, conj., however. (L. per hoc.)
pesce, m., Jish. (L. piscis.)
pittiira, /., paint- (L. pictura.)
ing.
possente, adj., pow- (L.L. ace. pos-
erjul. sentera, from
posse.)
premiare, v., to give (L. praemium.)
a prize.
purche, conj., pro- (I. pure, che,
vided. q.v.)
salutare, v., to sa- (L. salutare.)
lute.
salute, /., health. (L. salus, salu-
tis.)
scacciare,!;.., to ex- (L.L. ex-cap-
pel. tiare, from
L. cap tare ;
F. chasser.)
siciiro, adj., safe, (L. securus.)
certain.
stupido, adj., silly, (L. stupidus.)
f^tupid.
Buppdsto che, conj., (L. supposi-
provided that. turn-quid.)
Vocabulary 56.
alMrta! interj., be (I. erta, ** an
careful! on the eminence";
look out. fr. L. erectus ;
E. alert.)
inimo 1 m., cour- (L. animus.)
age!
avanti ! int&rj.yfor- (L. ab-ante.)
ward !
a Roman sur-
name fromGr.
" lisping.")
corpo di Bacco ! (L. corpus,
interj., good Bacchus.)
heavens !
cdrrere, irr. v., to (L. currere.)
run.
fermarsi, pron. v., (L. firmare.)
to stop.
liheTt'h,f.,freedom. (L. libertas.)
maschera,/., mask. (A.maskharah,
laughter.)
oh ! interj., ohJ (L. oh !)
possibile, adj., pos- (L. possibilis.)
sihle.
rumdre, m., noise. (L. rumor.)
sentinella, /., sen- (L. sentire.)*
tinel.
spalla, /., shoulder, (L. scapula.)
bach.
stare, irr. v., to (L. stare.)
stand.
svegliarsi, pron. v., (L.L. ex vi{;i-
to wake up. lare ; hence
F. s'e'veiller.)
vdlgere, irr. v., to (L. volvere.)
ttcm.
zitto, interj., hush! (an onomat
like L. St.)
Vocabulary 66.
anime'ttere, irr. v., (L. admitterr.)
to admit.
commettere, irr. v., (L. commit-
to commit. tere.)
compromel tere, irr. (L. compromit-
V., to compromise, tere.)
giudice, m., judge. (L. judex, -icis.)
governo, m., govern- (L. guberna-
ment. tio.)
grdve, adj., serious. (L. gravis.)
innocenza,/., inno- (L.innocentia.)
cence.
libertk, /., freed&m. (L. libertas.)
mettere, irr. v., toput. (L. mittere.)
politico, adj., jpoU- (Gr. and L.
tical politicus.)
* L. sentina, "well-room of a ship,"
where the sentinator wa3 Btatloned to
give notice of any leakage.
VOCABULARIES.
197
pngioniero,
prisoner.
(I. prigione,
q. V.)
assassino, m., mur- (A. hashi-
derer. shin.)*
promettere, in. v., (L. promittere.) ! Campidoglio, m., (L. capitolium.)
to promise.
riaggiustare, v., to (L. ad-juxta.)
readjust.
scommettere, ?rr. v., (L. coramit-
to bet. tere.)
sconnettere, irr. v., '^L. connectere.)
to disjoin.
sottomettere, 2rr. v., (L. subtus mit-
to submit. tere.)
Vocabulary 57.
eingere, v., to gird. (L. cingere.)
compiaugere, v., to (L. plangere.)
pity.
dipfngere, irr. v., (L. pingere.)
to paint.
distinguere, irr. v., (L. distin-
to distinguish. guere.)
esame, m., exami- (L. examen.)
nution.
fingere, irr. v., to (L. fingere.)
make believe, to
feign.
gitingere, irr. v., to (L. jungere.)
arrive.
migliorarsi, pron. (L. melior.)
u., to improve.
montare, v., to as- (L. mons.)
cend.
olio, m., oil. (L. oleum.)
piangere, irr. v., to (L. plangere.)
cry.
quanto prima, adt;., (L. quantum
as soon as possible, primum.)
raggiungere, irr. v., (L, re-adjun-
to overtake. gere.)
risdlvere, irr. v., to (L. resolvere.)
resolve.
rispdndere, irr. v., (L. respondere.)
to reply.
soggiungere, irr. v., (L. subjun-
to add. gere.)
ungere, irr. v., to (L. ungere.)
anoint.
Vocabnlary 68.
affiggere, irr. v., to (L. affigere.)
afx.
Capitol.
campo, m., field. (L. campus.)
die cdsa, pron., (L. quis,
what. causa.)
commiidvere, irr. (L. commovere.)
v., to stir {the soul).
concedere, irr. v., to (L. concedere.)
grant.
condannare, v., to (L. condem-
condemn. nare.)
Cristo, m., Christ. (L. Christus.)
crocifiggere, irr. v., (L. cruci affi-
le crucify. gere.)
di, m., day. (L. dies.)
discorso, m., speech. (L, discursus.)
eloquente, adj., elo- (L. eloquens,
quent. gen. -entis.)
esprimere, irr. v., to (L. exprimere.)
g\6iai,f.,juy. (L. gaudia, pi.
of gaudium.)
giudeo, adj., Jewish. (L. judaeus.)
grazia,/.,/refi par- (L. gratia.)
don.
immagine,/., image. (L. imago,
gen. -inis.)
legge,/., laic. (L. lex, legis.)
otterta,/., offer. (L, offerre,
offertus.)
oppressdre, m., op- (L. oppressor.)
pressor.
opprimere, irr. v., to (L. opprimere.)
oppress.
peccato, w., sin. (L. peccatum.)
percudtere, irr. v. , f o (L. percutere.)
strike.
ip6po\o,m., people. (L. populus.)
promudvere, irr. v., (L. promovere.)
to promote.
riflettere, irr. v., to (L. reflectere.)
reflect, to refract.
riscudtere, irr. v., (L. re-excu-
to redeem, to col- tere.
lect.
valdre, m., valour. (L. valere.)
vendicarsi, pron. v., (L. vindicare.)
to avenge oneself.
* Drinkers of a decoction of hemp,
called hashish, a fanatical sect in Pales-
tine, who, under the influence of the in-
toxicating liquor, stabbed many of the
leading Crusaders.
198
VOCABULARIES.
Vocabulary 59.
addurre, irr. v., to (L. adducere.)
adduce.
affenuare, v., to (L. affirmare.)
affirm.
condursi, irr. pron. (L. conducere.)
v., to behave.
conto, m., account. (L. computus ;
F. compte.)
distriiggere, irr. v., (L. destruere.)
to destroy.
diverse, adj., vari- (L. diversus.)
ous, some.
eiigere, irr. v., to (L. erigere.)
set up, to erect.
friggere, irr. v., to (L. frigere.)
fry.
intero, adj., ichole. (L. integer.)
libraio, m., hooh- (L. librarius.)
seller.
miseria, /., misery, (L. miseria.)
poverty.
negligere, irr. v., to (L. negligere.)
neglect.
ofatore, m., orator. (L. orator.)
penisola, /., penin- (L. peninsula.)
sula.
prote'ggere, irr. ■v.,(L. protegere.)
to protect.
ridurre, irr. v., to (L. reducere.)
reduce.
Btdtua, /., statue. (L. statua.)
Vocabulary 60.
ftccrescere, irr. v., (L. accrescere.)
to increase.
avaro, ndj. and n. (L. avarus.)
m., avaricious, miser.
crescere, irr. v., to (L. crescere.)
grow.
mutare, v., to change. (L. mutare.)
paga,/., j^ay- (L. pacare, " to
appease, to
settle.")
ricchezza, /., riches. (I. ricco, q.v.)
riconoscere, irr. v., (L. recognos-
to recognise. cere.)
nsiira, /., usury. (L. usura.)
Vocabulary 61.
Bmdre, w., love. (L. amor.)
colpa, /., fault. (L. culpa.)
Coui]>lctame'ntc, (L. completus,
adv.f completely. from com-
plere.)
dif^ndere, irr. v., to (L. defendere.)
defend.
disobbediente, adj., (L. obediens,
disobedient. gen. -ntis.)
dive'Uere, irr. v., to (L. divellere.)
uproot.
Enrico, m., Henry. (G. Heinrich.)
espellere, irr. v., to (L. expellere.)
expel.
ignobile, adj., ig- (L. jgnobilis.)
noble.
impellere, irr. v., to (L. impellere.)
impel.
irresistibilmeute, (L. resistere.)
adv., irresistibly.
motivo, m., cause. (L. L. motivum,
from movere,
motura.)
nobile, adj., noble. (L. nobilis.)
patria, /., father- (L. patria.)
land, country.
petizidne, /., pelition. (L. petitio.)
propdsta, / , proposal. (L. proposi-
tum.)
ripellere, irr. v., to (L. repellere.)
repel.
sconfiggere, irr. v., (L. ex-confi-
to defeat. cere. )
sdegno, m., wrath. (L. dis-dignus ;
E. disdain.)
servitdre, w., ser- (L. servitor,
vant. fr. servire.)
soltanto, adv., only. (L. solus, tan-
tum.)
Vocabulary 62.
corrdmpere, irr, v., (L. corrum-
to corrupt. pere.)
dirdtta (alia), a<Zp., (L. diruptus,
very much, lit. " burst.")
overflowing.
insulto, m., insult. (L. insultus.)
pidtto, m., d««/i,((Tt.platt"flat.")
plate.
prordmpere, irr. v., (L. prorum-
to burst forth. pere.)
rdmpere, irr. v., to (L. rumpere.)
break.
easso, m., stone. (L. saxura.)
ubbriacarsi, pron. (I. ubbriaco.)
v., to get drunk.
ubbriaco, adj., (L. ebriacus,
drunk. from ebrius.)
ve'tro, m., glass. (L. vitrum.)
VOCABULARIES.
199
Vocatnlary 63.
chiedere, irr. v., to (L. quaerere ;
asli. cf. fiedere
fr. ferire.)
cdmpra, /., pur- (I. eomprare,
chase. Voc. 23, q.v.)
corrispdndere, irr. (L. con-respon-
V., to correspond, dere.)
fine (a), adv.y in (L. ad finem.)
order.
forestiere, m., stran- (L. forirf.)
ger, foreigner.
indirizzare, v., to (L. in-dirigere.)
direct.
negoziante, m., (L. negotians,
merchant. -antis, fr. neg-
otiari.)
parere, m., opinion. (L. parere.)
richiedere, irr. v.^ (L. requirere.)
to request.
Venezia,/., Venice. (L. Venetia.)
Vocabulary 64.
assolvere, irr. v., to (L. absolvere.)
absolve.
cimitero, w., ceme- (L. coemete-
tery. rium.)
contiQuo, ad/., con- (L. continuus.)
tinuous.
desistere, irr. r., to (L. desistere.)
desist.
esistere, irr. v., to (L. exsistere.)
exist.
fanciuUo, «»., hoy. (I. fante, from
L. infansj-ntis.)
ferita,/., wound. (L. ferire.)
future, m., future. (L. futurus.)
mescere, ?*rr. v., /o (L. miscere.)
poMr, to mix.
nord, «i., nortZi. (G. nord ; E.
north.)
offrire, irr. v., to (L. oflferre.)
offer.
preferire, v.y to pre- (L. praeferre.)
fer.
pre'te, m., pn'e^f. (L. presbyter.)
salvare, v., <o save. (L. salvare.)
secolo, m., century. (L. saeculum.)
seppellfre, irr.v.,to (L. sepelire.)
soflfrire, trr. «., to (L. sufferre.)
Biiggere, irr. v., to (L. sugere.)
suck.
tosare, v., to shear. (L. tondere.)
yiig^o,m., journey. (L. viaticum.;
vivere, irr. v., to (L. vlvere.)
live.
Vocabulary 66.
andarsenc, pron. (I. andare,
irr. v., to go away, from L. adi-
tare ; the n
inserted as in
I. rendere, fr
L. reddere.)
icsieme, adv., to- (L. in-simul.)
g ether.
stazione, f.f station. (L. statio, sta-
tionis.)
Vocabulary 66.
acquavite, /., (L. aqua-vitae.)
brandy.
bevere, here, irr. v., (L. bibere.)
to drink.
finire, v., to finish. (L. finire.)
liquore, m.,liqueur. (L. liquor.)
Vocabulary 67.
entrambi, pron., both. (L. ambo.)
falegname, m., (I. fa-legname;
joiner. L.facere lig-
num.)
fine (alia), adc, (L. finis.)
at last.
ghiaccio, w., ice. (L. glacies.)
Vocabulary 68.
cdgliere, irr. v., to {L. coUigere.)
gather.
distdgliere, irr. v., (L. dis-tollere.)
to distract.
facilmente, adv., (L. facilis.)
easily.
gardfano, m., pink. (L. caryophyl-
lura.)
lettura, /., reading. (L. lectura.)
Luiria,/., Louise.
margheritiua, /., (L. margarita.)
daisy.
nddo, m , knot. (L. nodus.)
drto, m., orchard, (L. hortus.)
raccdgliere, irr. t?.,(L. re-colli-
to gather. gere.)
200
VOCABULAltlES.
regalare, v., to make (L. regelare.
a present. See Voc. 11.)
scegliere, irr. v., <o(L.ex-eligere.)
choose.
scidgliere, or sciorre, (L. ex-sol vere.)
irr. v., to untie.
Vocabulary 69.
^ Cdmo, /., Co mo. (L. Comum.)
dare, Irr. v., to give. (L. dare.)
dispaccio, m., de- (L. dis-pangere,
spatch, telegram, pactum.)
lago, w., lake. (L. lacus.)
veduta,/., view. (L. videre.)
viaggiatdre, m., tra- (I. viaggio,
veller. q. v.)
Vocabulary 70.
bugia,/., lie. (G. bdse,
» wicked.")
conddtta, /., heha- (L. conducere.)
viour.
dire, irr. v., to say. (L. dicere.)
pericolo, m., dan.- (L. periculum.)
ger.
vero, ad/., ^rwe. (L. verus.)
Vocabulary 71.
capo, m., head. (L. caput.)
dente, m., <oo</i. (L. dens, den-
tis.)
dolere, pron. v., to (L. dolere.)
ache.
ma.aceila., f.y jaw. (L. maxilla.)
mignolo, adj., little (L. minimus.)
(finger).
oreccliio, m., ear. (L. auricula,
from auris.)
piede, m., foot. (L. pes, pedis.)
Vocabulary 72.
altrimenti, con;'., or, (L. aliter,
otherwise. mens.)
dove're, irr. v., to he (L. debere.)
obliged.
franco, m., franc (F. franc.)
(money).
peggiorare, v., to (L. pejor.)
become worse.
poltrdne, m., comj-(I. poltro,
ard. " lazy " ; O.G.
bolstar ; E.
bolster.)
Vocabulary 73.
azidue,/., action. (L. actio, -nis.)
case, m., case. (L. caaus.)
importaute, ad/., (L. importare.)
important.
infelice, adj., un- (L. infelix, gen.
happy. -icis.)
necessario, adj., ne- (L. necessa-
cessary. rius.)
niente, m., nothing. (L. ne-ens, en-
tis.)
pronto, adj., ready. (L.promptus.)
ricdrrere, irr. v., to (L. recurrere.)
have recourse to.
sdrdo, ad/., deaf. (L. surdud.)
Vocabulary 74.
avvelenato, part, (L. ad-venena-
poisoned. tus.)
Dio, m., 6rod. (L. Deus.)
incendio, m., ^re, (L. incendium.)
conflagration.
morire, irr. v., to die. (L. mori.)
ndia, /., bother. (L. in odio,
F. ennui.)
podagra, /., gout. (L. podagra.)
Vocabulary 75.
debole, adj., weak. (L. debilis.)
fatti (in), adv., in (L. factum.)
fact.
Vocabulary 76.
compdrre, irr. v., to (L. componere.)
compose.
contrario (al), adv., (L. contrarius.)
on the contrary.
depdrre, irr. v., to (L. deponere.)
depose.
dispdrre, irr. v., to (L. disponere.)
dispose.
frappdrre, iir. v., (L. infra-
toput betxoeen. ponere.)
imporre, irr. «., to (L. im ponere.)
. impose.
l^tto, m., bed. (L. lectus.)
magazzino, m., (A. raachftzin,
warehouse. " stores.")
VOCABULARIES.
201
nierce, /., merchandise. (L. merx,
mercis.)
nazione,/:, nation. (L. natio, -nis.)
ostacolo, w., ob- (L. obstacu-
stacle. lum.)
padrone, m.,7nas<er,(L. patronus.)
owner.
percio, conj., there- (L. per hoc.)
fore.
l)6vTe,irr. v.,to put. (L. ponere.)
jibellato, part, re- (L. rebellare.)
volted.
soggiogare, v., to (L. subjugare.)
subjugate.
siiddito, m., subject. (L. subditus.)
suppdrre, irr. v., to (L. supponere.)
suppose.
tributo, m., tribute. (L. tributum.)
trdno, m., throne. (L. thronus.)
Vocabtilary 77.
accettare, v., to ac- (L. acceptare,
cepf. fr. accipere.)
arroganza, /., arro- (L. arrogantia.)
gance.
assolutamente, adv., (L. absolu-
absolutely. tus.)
disubbidire, r., to (L. dis-obedire.)
disobey.
favore, w., favour, (L. fiivor.)
kindness.
impossibile, adj., (L. impossibilis.)
invito, m., invita- (L. iavitare.)
tion.
miscbi^re, v., to mix. (L.L. miscu-
lare, from miscere.)
mode, m., way, man- (L. modus.)
ner.
potere, irr. v., to be able. (L. posse,
stem, pot, as in pot-es.)
severamente, adv.^ (L. severe.)
severely.
statuetta, dim. of statua, (L. stataa.)
statue, /., little statue.
tradurre, irr. v., to (L. traducere.)
translate.
verso, adv., towards. (L. versus.)
Vocabulary 78.
Chianti, m., Chianti {in Tuscany).
go! a, /., throat. (L. gula.)
rimanere, irr. v., to (L. remanere.)
remain.
ritdmo, w., return. (L. tomare.)
sciupare, v., to dis- (L. dissipare.)
sipate.
solo, adj., alone. (L. solus.)
Vocabulary 79.
altezza, /., height. (L. altitudo.)
altriii, pron.^ of (L. alterius.)
others.
calle, m., tcay, (L. callis.)
road,
ceito, adj., certain^ (L. C€rtus,
adv., certainly. certo.)
duro, adj., hard. (L. dunis.)
fiato, m., breath. (L. flatus.)
Monte Bianco, m.,
Mont Blanc.
Monte Edsa, m.,
Monte Bosa.
milro, m., wall. (L. mums.)
saKre, v., to ascend. (L. salire, " to
leap.")
scalinata,/., stairs. (L. scala.)
scendeie, irr. v., to (L. descen-
descend. dere.)
tdrre,/., tower. (L. turris.)
Vocabulary 80.
cuiarsi, pron. v., to (L. curare.)
care.
falso, adj., false. (L. falsus.)
notizia, /., neiTs. (L. notitia.)
procedere, m., be- (L. procedere.)
haviour ; v., to
proceed.
sapere, irr. v., to (L. sapere.)
know.
Vocabulary 81.
accanto, adt?., near, (I. canto, G.
by. kante, " a
corner.")
cavaliere, knight, (L. caballus.)
m.
opera, /., opera. (L. opera.)
sedere, irr. v., to sit (L. sedere.)
down.
via, adv., away. (L. via.)
vicino, adv., near. (L. vicinus.)
vudto, adj., empty. (Pr o b a b 1 y
I. V o 1 1 o,
** hollowed
out," fr. L,
volutus ; F.
vcfite : E.
Tault)
202
VOCABULAEIES.
VocaTjulary 82.
att^nto, adj., atten- (L. attentus.)
live.
Vocabulary 83.
candela, /., candle. (L. candela.)
gas, m., gas. (E. gas fr.
ghost, G.
geist, ' spirit,'
'air.'*)
lampada, /., Zamp. (L. lam pas,
lampadis.)
lantema,/., lantern. (L. latema.)
spegnere, irr. v., to (L. ex-pingere,
extinguish. "to paint out,
obliterate.")
Vocabulary 84.
appartenere, irr. v., (L. ad-perti-
to belong. nere.)
bada (a), adv., wait- (I. badare, " to
ing. wait, loiter.")
battesimo, m., hap- (L. and Gr. bap-
tism. tisma.)
galantudmo, w., (I. galante;
gentleman. f r. gala,
" splendour ;
charming
address;"
E. gallant.t)
saccdccia,/., pochet. (L. saccus.)
sbarazzare, v., to (I. imbarazzo,
clear. SeeVoc.91.)
tasca, /., pocket. (G. tasche.)
tenere, irr. v., to (L. tenere.)
hold, to have.
Vocabulary 85.
attenzione, /., atten- (L. attentio,
tion. gen. -onis.)
attrarre, irr. v., to (L. attrahere.)
attract.
calamita, /., load- (L. calamus.^)
stone; magnet.
carbone, w., coal. (L. carbo,
carbonis.)
cfrca, adv., about. (L. circa.)
distrarre, irr. v., to (L. distrahere.)
distract.
* Gaz, a word invented by "Van Hel-
mont. a Bplglan chemist, 1577-1644.
t Probably from a Teutonic source; 0.
G. gfil ' proud ' ; A. S. gall ' lively.'
J The magnetic needle being poised on
ft reed floating on water.
estrarre, irr. v., to
extract.
ferro, m., iron.
impedire,v., to pre-
vent, to impede.
parti to, m., pro-
fit.
professidne, /., pro-
fession.
profitto, m., profit.
sugo, m., juice.
trarre, irr. v., to
draw.
vantaggio, m., ad-
vantage.
(L. extrahere.)
(L. ferrum.)
(L. impedire.)
(L. partiri.)
(L. professio,
gen. -onis.)
(L. profectus.)
(L. sucus.)
(L. trahere.)
(I. avanzare, fr.
avante, *' for-
ward," fr. L.
ab-ante ; F.
avantage."')
Vocabulary 86.
distintamente, adv., (L. distincte.)
distinctly.
lontano, adj. and (L.L.longitanus,
adv., away. from longua.)
mdstra, /., shoio. (L. monstrare.)
tendre, m., tenor (L. tenor,
{in music). " tone," fr.
tenere.)
udire, irr. v., to hear. (L. audire.)
Vocabulary 87.
aggradire, v., to accept. (L. ad-gra-
tus.)
perme'sso, m., leave. (li. permissus.)
smemorato, adj., (L. ex-memora-
forgetful. tus.)
Vocabulary 88.
valere, irr. v., to be (L. valere.)
worth.
Vocabulary 89.
assicurazidue, /., (L. ad-securitas.)
assurance.
avvocato, m., law- (L. advocatus.)
yer, barrister.
direttdre, m., director. (L. director.)
prevedere, irr. v., (L. praevidere.)
to foresee.
tede'sco, adj., Gei-man. (G. deut.sch,
O.G.teutsch.)
* The d in K. advance and advantage
comes in from a mistaken etymology.
VOCABULARIES.
203
VocabTilary 90.
BoTsa.,/., Stock Ex- (L. bjrrsa.)
change.
dolore, m., pain. (L. dolor.)
fabbrica, /., manu- (L. fabrica.)
factory.
pervenire, irr. v.^ (L. pervenire.)
to succeed.
Bovvenirsi, pron. v., (L. subvenire.)
to remember.
teniere, v., to fear. (L. timere.)
zolfanello, m., match. (I. zolfo, fr.
L. sulfur.)
Vocabulary 91.
acconsentire, irr. (L. ad-consen-
V., to agree. tire.)
a.m.icizia., f., friend- (L. amicitia.)
ship.
gallinaccio, m., tur- (L. gallina-
key (fowl). ceus.)
imbarazzo, m., trou- (I. barra, a
O.Gr. stupa;
G. stube; E.
stove.)
visita, /., visit. (L. visitatio.)
volere, irr. v., to wish. (L. volo.)
Vocabulary 92.
armadio, m., chif- (L. armarium.)
fonier.
arrogere, irr. v., to (L. arrogare.)
add.
calere, irr. v., to care. (L. calere.)
genuflettere, irr. v., (L. genu-fleo-
to kneel. tere.)
ingegnere, m.. en- (L. ingenimn.)
gineer.
inusato, adj., un- (L. inusitatus.)
ustial.
ire, irr. v., to go. (L. ire.)
licere, irr. v., to he (L. licere.)
allowed.
hie, encumbrance. " bar," *' bar- | liicere, irr. v., to shine. (L. lucere.)
ricade," from ' peggio, adv.y worse. (L. pejus.)
Celtic, bar, | riliicere, irr. v., to (L. re-lucere.)
"a bough," I shine.
F. embarras, ; ripuKre, v., to polish. (L. re-polire.)
E.embarrass.) i solere, irr. v., to be (L. solere.)
accustomed.
splenddre, m. splen- (L. splendor.)
dour.
Stella,/., 8far. (L. stella.)
inutile, adj., useless. (L. inutilis.)
pentirsi, pron. v., (L. poenitere.)
to repent.
atufato, w., a stew, (I. stufa " a
stewed meat. stove," from
INDEX I. TO VOCABULAEIES.
ITALIAN WORDS.
a, prep., to.
a badat adv., waiting.
abbasso, adv., downstairs.
abbastanza* adv., enough.
abbisognare, v., to want.
abitarCt 'v-, to reside.
abitO,, m., coat, habit.
abituato, P-, accustomed.
abitudine, /•. habit.
a causa, adv., because.
accadere, irr. v., to happen.
accaduto, part., and n. m.,
happened, the thing that
happened.
accanto, adv., near.
acceltare, v., to accept.
acciaio, m., steel.
accompagnarci v., to ac-
company.
acconsentirei v., to agree.
accordo, '»., agreement.
accorgersi, pron. v., to be-
come aware.
accorrerej v., to run up to.
accostarsi, pron. v., to go
near.
accrescerei irr. v., to in-
crease.
acqua,/., water.
acquavite,/., brandy.
ad, prep., to.
addolorarsi, pron. v., to
grieve.
addormentarsi, pron. v., to
fall asleep.
adddsso, adv., upon.
addlirre, irr. v., to bring
adempiere, «-, to fulfil.
adesso, adv., now.
adirarsi, pron. v., to get
angry.
aduiatdre, m. flatterer.
alfare, ni., affair, business.
afFattOj adv., at all.
affermare, v. to affirm.
affettudso, adj., affectionate.
affidare, v., to entrust,
aff 'ggere, irr. v., to affix.
afiinchei conj., in order
that.
affogaroi v., to droum.
ANDAESENE.
aifondare, v., to sinJc.
affrettarsi, pron. v., to
hasten.
a fdrza, adv., by muck.
Africa,/"-, Africa.
aggradire, v., to accept.
aggrinzito, part., wrinkled.
agO; in., needle.
AgOStO, m., August.
aiutare, v., to iieip.
albergo, m., hotel, inn.
albergatdre, fn., innkeeper.
Alberto, m,.^ Albert.
alctiuo. adj., some.
al di la, adv., on the other
side.
allagare, v., to flood.
allegro, adj., merry.
allerta, interj., watchful.
allieva.,f, pupil, f.
allievo, rn., pupH, m.
alldra, adv., then.
altezza,/., height, highness.
alto, adj., tall, loud, high.
altrimenti, adv., otherwise,
or.
altro, adj., other.
altrdve, adv., elsewhere.
altrui, pron., of others.
a mala pena, conj., scarcely.
alzarsi, pron. v., to get up.
amaro, adj., bitter.
ambasciata, /., embassy,
message.
ameno, adj., enchanting.
America,/-, America.
Arnica., f; friend, f.
amicizia, f, friendship.
amiCO, ni., friend, m.
AmletO, m., Hamlet.
ammalat;o, part, m.
ammassare, v-, to accumu-
late.
ammettere, irr. v., to ad-
mit.
ammirare, f , to admire.
ammogliarsi, pron. v., to
take a wife.
amdre, m., love,
anche. comj., also. \
anodra, <i«u., also, yet. i
andare, irr. v., to go.
andarsene, irr, pron. v., to
go away. \
ASSICCIU.BS.
anello, m., ring.
an^olo, in., corner, angle.
ammo, interj., courage !
annOj in., year.
annoiare, v-, to annoy.
antenatO, m., ancestor.
Antdnio, m., Anthony.
appartenere, v., to belong.
appena, adv., as soon,
scarcely.
appena che, adv.,as soon as.
appie, adv., at the foot.
appiggionare, v-, to let.
applaudire, v., to applaud.
appoggiarsi, pron. v., to
lean to.
approdare, v., to land.
approssimarsi, pron. v., to
approach.
appunto, conj., thus, so.
Aprile, m-, April.
aprire, irr. v., to open.
a IjropdsitOj conj., by the by.
arancia,/-, orange.
arbore, m., tree.
arcbitetto, m-, architect.
ardere, irr. v., to bum.
aria, /-, air.
armadio, m., chiffonier.
Arno, ni., Arno (river),
arrabbiarsi, pron. v., to get
angry.
arrabbiatO, part., angry,
mad (of a dog), cross.
arrendersi, pron. v., to sur-
render.
arrestare, "•. to arrest.
arriccbire, ■»•. to enrich.
arrivare, v., to arrive.
arroganzaj/-, overbearing.
arrdgere, irr. v., to add.
arrossire, '"■, to blush.
arrdsto, wi, roast,
arte,/-, a<
asciugamano, m., ton el.
ascoltare, v-. to listen.
ksiA, f, Asia.
aspettO, in., appearance.
aspettare; ^•-, to wait.
aspettarsi, pron. v., to ex-
pect.
assai, adv., too much.
assasSLao, m., murderer.
assicorarei ».. to in$ure.
INDEX TO VOCABULAKIES. — ITALIAN WORDS.
205
ASSICURAZrONE.
assicurazione, /-. in-
surance.
assistere, i'-. to assist.
assolutamentei adv., ab-
solutely.
assdlverei i^^- ^-j to absolve.
astenersit i'"''. v., to abstain.
attentO, adj., careful, atten-
tive.
attenzione, /-, attention.
aitoi*e» »»•. actor.
attdrno, adv., around.
attrarre, i^r. v., to attract.
attrice, /•. actress.
attristarsi, pron. v., to
grieve.
AustriaCO, adj., Austrian.
autdrej »*•. author.
autunnOt »'*■> autumn.
avantii adv., before, inteij.,
foiivard!
avantieri, adv., the day be-
fore yesterday.
avanzarsi, pron. v., to ad-
vance.
avaro, adj. and n., miser,
avaricious.
avere» "■'*• ^-j to have.
avere> «• «*•> property, pos-
session.
avcre a, irr. v., to be obliged.
awedersi, irr. pron. v., to
become aware.
avvelenato, part., poisoned.
avvenirej «• m., future.
avviarsi, pron. v., to start.
avvicinarsi, pron. v., to ap-
proach.
avvocatO, m., lawyer.
aziduei /•. action, deed.
bada (a), adv., waiting.
ballare, t^-, to dance.
ballOt m., dance.
bambino, m.., baby.
banchiere, in., banker.
baronessa,/., baroness.
basta ! inteij., enough !
bastare, imp. v., to be suffi-
• cient.
bastonare, v., to thrash.
bastdne. m., stick.
battaglia,/., battle.
battello, m., boat.
battercj v., to beat,
hkitevsi, pron. v., to fight.
battesimo, m., baptism.
Belgio, m., Belgium.
bello, adj., beautiful.
bene, n. m., good.
bene, adv., well.
benefattdre, wi., benefactor.
benevolente, benevolo,
adj., benevolent.
bere, i'-r. v., to drink.
Beilino, f, Berlin.
bevere, irr. v., to drink.
beyutO, part., drunk.
bianco, adv., white.
biasimare, ■"•> to blame.
bicchiere, m., glass.
blgio, adv., grey.
bigliettO, in., note, ticket.
birra,/., beer.
bisognare, imp. v., to be
necessary.
bisd^O, m., need, want.
bizzeffe (a), adv., plenti-
fully.
bollire, f •» to boil.
bonta, /•, kindness.
bdrsa, /., stock Exchange,
purse.
bdsCO, m-t wood, forest.
bottegaio, m., shopkeeper.
bottl^lia,/-. bottle.
braCClO, m., arm.
Bras lie, m-, Brazil.
brutto, adj., ugly.
biie, m., ox.
bugia, /., lie-
buono, adj., good, kind.
butirro, «*•» butter.
Caccia, /•, hunt, shooting-
party.
cad ere, irr. v., to fall.
oaffe, wi., coffee.
calamaio, m., inkstand.
calamita,/., loadstone.
caldo, adj., warm.
calere, irr. v., to be impor-
tant.
Calle, in.,path.
calunnia,/-, calumny.
calunniare, v., to calum-
niate.
calzolaio, m., shoemaker.
Cambiale, /•, bill of ex-
change.
cambiare, v., to change.
Cambio, m., change, agio.
camera, /■, room.
cameriere, m., waiter.
camminare, v- to walk.
campagna, /., country, field.
campanile; wi-. steeple.
campiddglio, m., capitol.
camj)0, m., field, camp.
canale, m., canal.
candela, /.. candle.
cane, m., dog.
cantare, «-, to sing.
cantatrice,/.. singer.
cantina,/., ceitar.
canzone, /•, song.
capello, m., hair.
capire, «•» to understand.
capitale, m. and/., capital.
capitauoi in., captain.
COMMEDIA.
capo, m., head.
cappello, m., hat.
cappellaio, m., hatter.
capro> m-, goat.
carbdne, m., coal.
Carlo, m., Charles.
came,/-, meat, flesh.
Oaro, oidj., dear.
carpdni, adv., on all fours.
carrdzza, ./'., carriage,
carta,, f; paper.
carte, /• pl-j cards.
casa,/-, house, home.
caso, m., case.
caso, in, adv., in case.
castagna,/-, chestnut.
Castello, m., castle.
CattlVO, adj., bad.
causa (a), adv., because.
cavalcidni, adv., astride.
cavaliere, m., knight.
Cavallo, m., horse.
Celebre, adj., celebrated.
celeramente, adv., quickly,
cena, f, suppei:
cenare, v., to sup.
Cera, /•» wax, complexion.
cercarc; ■"-, to seek.
certamente, adv., certainly.
certO, adj., certain ; adv.,
certainly.
certo (di), adv., certainly.
Cervello, m., brain.
cheCChe, pron., whatever.
che Cdsa, pron., what.
chiamare, v-, to call.
Chianti,/., Chianti (in Tus-
cany).
Chiaro, adj., clear.
chiedere, irr. v., to ask.
Chiesa, f, church.
cMtinque, pron., whosoever.
chdudere, irr. v., to close, to
shut.
ci, adv., there ; pron., us, to us,
Ciecp,^adj., blind.
cimitero, m,., cemetery.
Cl'na, /., China.
Cingere, irr. v., to gird.
Cio, pron., this.
Cioccolata, f-, chocolate.
Circa, adv., around, about.
Ciriegia, /•, cherry.
Citta, /•) town, city.
Cittadino, m., citizen.
classe,^-> class.
Cdgliere, irr. v., to gather.
colazidne,/-, breakfast.
collana,/-, chain.
COldre, m., colour.
Goldmbo, m., Columbus.
c6li>a,f; fault.
cdlpo, m., blow.
COltello, m., knife.
combattere, v., to fight.
cdme, conj., as.
cominciare, v-t to begin,
commediai f-, comedy.
206
INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ITALIAN WORDS.
COHUETTERE.
commettere, irr. v., to com-
mit.
commudvere, irr. v., to
move.
Cdmo,/-, Como.
COmpagnia, /•. company.
COmpa^nO, m., companion.
eompian^ere, irr. v., topity.
compiacersi, pron. v., to he
pleased.
completamente, adu„ com-
pletely.
comporre, irr. v., to compose.
odmpra, /•, purchase.
comprare; v., to buy.
compromettere, irr. v., to
compromise.
comune, cidj., mutual.
con, prep., with.
ooncedere, irr. v., to grant.
concerto, w-. concert.
concetto, m., thought.
condannare, v., to condemn.
COndotta, /•, behaviour.
COndtirre, irr. v., to bring,
to lead.
OOndursi, irr. v., to behave.
COnfidenza,/-, confidence.
COnoSCere, irr. v., to know.
COnOSCiutO, part, knoun.
COnseguenza, /•. conse-
quence.
consigliare, v., to advise.
COnSlglio, m., advice.
COntadino, m., peasant.
COnte, w., earl.
COntemporaneO, o4J., con-
temporary.
contentarsi, pron. v., to be
satisfied.
COntentO, cidj., content.
contessa, /•. countess.
COntinUO, o^?'-. continual.
cdnto, in., bill, account.
conto, tener, irr. v., to
value.
contrario (al), adv., on the
. contrary.
COntro, adv., against.
convenire, irr. v., to agree,
to be proper.
conyersare, v- to converse.
copiare, ■^■■, to copy.
cdrpo di Bacco ! mterj.,
good heavens !
COrreggere, irr. v., to cor-
rect.
cdrrere, v., to run.
corriere, m., courier.
corrispdndere, irr. v., to
corresixmd.
corrdmpere, irr. v., to cor-
rupt.
cdrto, adj., short.
cortlle, W-. courtyara.
Cdsa, /•, thing.
coal*, conj., thus, so.
CdBta,/., coa««.
costare, ^m to cost.
credere, irr. v., to believe.
crescere, irr. v., to grow.
CreSO, m., Croesus.
Cristo,
Christ.
crocifiggere, irr. v., to
crucify.
crncciarsi, pron. v., to get
angry.
CUCinSi,/; kitchen.
cucire, f>; to sew.
cngina,/-, cousin, f.
CUgino, w»., cousin, m.
CUore, in., heart.
curarsi, pron. v., to care.
i% prep., from.
danaro, m., money.
danzare, v., to dance.
da per tuttO, adv., every-
where.
dare, irr. v., to give.
davanti,' adv., before.
dawero, adv., truly.
debito, m., debt.
debole, adj., weak.
Decembre, w-. December.
deciderCj ^"•. to decide.
degenerare, v., to degene-
rate.
delitto, in., misdemeanour.
delizia, /•. pleasure.
denaro, m., money.
dente, m., tooth.
dcntro, adv., inside.
depdrre, irr. v., to depose.
derivare, v., to derive.
desiderare, v-. ^o wish.
desistere, irr. v., to desist.
dettare, ^'■. to dictate.
dettO, part., said.
di, m., day.
di, prep, of.
dl certq, adv., certainly.
didiacciare, v., to melt Qf
ice).
dietro, adv., behind.
difendere, v., to protect.
difetto, in., fault.
difficile, adj., difficult.
dilettarsi, pron. v., to de-
light.
diligente, adj., diligent.
dimentioarsi, pron. v., to
forget.
dimorare, v., to reside.
dintdmo, adv., around.
Dio, W-. ^od.
dipmgere, irr. v., to paint.
di raOO, adv., seldom.
dire, irr. v., to say.
direttdre, m., director.
dirimpetto, adv., opposite.
dirittO, m., right.
dirdtta (alia), adv., exces-
sively {of rain).
disaccdrdo, m., disagree-
ment.
discendere, v., to descend.
discdrrere, v., to discourse.
discdrso, m-, speech.
disegno, »t-, drawing, pur-
pose.
dlSgrazia, /•» misfortune.
disobbediente, adj., disobe-
dient.
disonestamente, adv., dis-
honestly.
disonorevole, adj., dishon-
ourable.
dispaccio, »»., telegram, dis-
patch.
dispdrre, irr. v., to dispose.
dispdsto, part., disposed.
disprezzare, i'-. to despise.
distinguere, irr. v., to dis-
tinguish.
distintamente, adv., dis-
tinctly.
distdgliere, irr. v., lo dis-
suade.
distrarre, irr. v., to distract.
distruggere, irr. v., to de-
stroy.
disubbidire, v., to disobey.
ditO, ni. (pi. dita, diti\
finger.
divellere,, irr. v., to uproot.
diversamente, adv., on the
contrary, ditjerenlly.
diverse, adj., some, different.
divertimento, m., amuse-
ment.
divertirsi, pron. v., to amuse
oneself.
dividercj v., to dii-ide.
ddlce, attj., sti-eet.
dolere, irr. v., to ache.
dolersi, "■'■• pron. v., to com-
plain.
doldre, in.,pain.
domandare, v., to ask.
Domenica,/., ■'>unday.
domani, adv., to-morrow.
dominio, »»•. dominion.
ddnde, adv., whence.
ddnna, /•. woman.
ddpOi adc, aftei-wards.
d'ora in pdi, adv. henc^ortk.
dormire, «'•, to sleep.
ddttO, cuij., learned.
dottdre, »»•. doctor, physi-
cian.
ddve, adv., where.
dovere, "• m., duty.
doyere, irr. v., to be obliged.
Dresda,/-t Dresden.
dubitare, ^'m to doubt.
duca,/-. duke.
duello, »i-. duel.
duetto, W-. duet.
duUQUe, conj., therefore.
durante,acii'.,u!/a7si, dwjt'ny.
duro, adj., hai-d.
INDEX TO VOCABULARIES.-^ITALIAN WORDS.
207
E.
e, conj., and.
e . . . e» conj., both.
ebano, m., ebony.
eccetto, conj., except.
eccezione,/-. exertion.
ecdnomo, a#. economical.
educate, part., educated.
educazidne, /•• education.
elefante, m., elephant.
elemdsina, /•. alms.
eloquente, adj., eloquent.
Emanuele, »»., Em-
manuel.
ii^nimai /•, f^mma.
endrme, "d/-, heavy, great.
enormemente, adv., ex-
tremely, enxjrmously.
Enrico, m., Henry.
entrambi, pron., both.
entrare, v., to enter.
equivalere, irr. v., to be
equivalent.
erba, /•• grass.
eredita,/-, inheritance.
erigere, irr. v., to erect.
errdre, m., error.
esame, m., examination.
esaminatdre, m., examiner.
esercitO, m., army.
esercizio, m., exercise.
esistere, irr. v., to exist.
espellere, irr. v., to expel.
eSPOSizidne,/-, exhibition.
esprimere, ""'■• v., to express.
essere, irr. v., to be.
esta, estate,/-, summer.
estrarre, irr. v., to extract.
eta, /., age.
Eurdpa, /•, Europe.
evangelo, m., gospel.
p.
fabbro, »«•, blacksmith.
fabbrica, /•, manufactory.
faccia, f.,face.
faccia (in), adv., opposite.
facile, "d/-, easy.
falegname, m., joiner.
falso, adj., false.
fame,/., hunger.
famiglia, /, family.
fancinllo, m., child.
fare, irr. v., to do, to make.
{B.Tfalla„f., butterfly.
fatO, m.,fate.
fatti (in), adv., in fact.
fattO, part., done, made.
favdre, m.,favour.
favdre (a), adv., in favour.
fazzolettO, rn., pocket-hand-
kerchief.
Febbraio, in., February.
{eh\}re,f, fever.
fede,f; faith.
felice, adj., happy, glad.
ferire, «•, ^ wound.
ferita,/., i^wnd.
fermarsi, pron. v., to stop.
ferro, "i-, iron.
ferrovia,/-, raUway.
fe8t&,f; holiday.
fiamma,/,^™«-
fiatO, in., breath.
flCO, m., Jig-tree, fg.
fidarsi, pron. v., to trust.
fig]ia., f, daughter.
Hglio, m., son.
fine (a), adv., in order.
fine (alia), adv., at last.
finestra, /•, window.
fin^ere, irr. v., to feign.
fimre, «-. to finish.
fino, adv., until.
fidre, m., flower.
firmare, ^-,'^0 sign.
fiame, »"•, river.
fdglio, in., sheet {of paper).
fdndere, «-, to melt.
forchettaj/./o'-fc.
forestiere, m., stranger, fo-
reigner.
formaggio, m., cheese.
fdrse, conj., perhaps.
fdrte, adj., strong.
fOTtuna.,f, fortune.
fdrza (a), adv., by means.
fra, prep., among.
Francesco, ™-, Francis.
Francese, adj., French.
Francia, /•, France.
franco, '«■•, franc (about 10
pence).
frappdrre, irr. v., to put be-
tween.
fratello, »»-, brother.
freddo, adj., cold.
fresco, adj., fresh, new.
fretta, /•, haste.
friggere, irr. v., to fry.
fruttO, m., fruit.
fucile, tn., gun.
fnggire, »■, to run away.
fomare, v., to smoke (to-
bacco).
ftunicare, i'-, to smoke {fire).
fumo, "»•, smoke.
fndco, m.,fire.
fndri, adv., outside.
futuro, m., future.
galantndmo, m., gentleman.
gallinaccio, m., turkey
(foal).
gamba,/, leg.
gardfano, m.,pink
gas, m., gas.
gattO, m., cat.
gelarCj imp. v., to freeze.
generale, »»., general.
generdso, adj., generous.
genitdre, m., parent.
nCMEDIATAMEKTE.
Oennaio, *»-, January.
gennflettere, irr. v., to kneel
Gennania,/.. Germany.
ghiaccio, »»., ice.
gia, adv., already.
giacche, conj., since.
giallOj adj., yellow.
giardino, "J--, garden,
giocare and giuocare, »•» to
play.
ei.6vBk,f-joy.
gioiello, m., jewel.
giomale, m., newspaper.
gldmo, m,., day.
iovanni, »»•, John.
gidvine, adj., young.
gittarsL pron. v., to throw
oneself.
gin, adv., down.
Gindeo, adj., Jeunsh.
giudice, m.,judge.
gindizio, m., judgment.
(jingno, '»•, Ju-t^-
gitingere, irr. v., to arrive.
giuntO, part, arrived.
giusta, conj., according.
godere, v., to enjoy.
gdla, /•, throat
gdnno, odj., swollen.
govematdre, m.., governor.
gOVemo, ni-, government.
grade, ™-, will, pleasure.
grado (dibudn), adv.,agree-
ably.
grande, adj., tall, great,
large.
grandinare, ^wy- v., to hail.
grano, w-, wheat, com.
gratO, adj., grateful.
grave, adj., serious.
grazia, /• «., free pardon,
ipl.) thanks.
Greco, adj., Greek.
gridare, «-, to shout.
gnadagnare, "-, to gain.
gnancia,/-, cAeefc.
guantO, m., glove.
gnardare, «-. to look, to
watch.
gnarire, v-^ to heal.
gnerra,/-, W'-ar.
Gnglielmo* w., wiiUam.
ieri, adv., yesterday.
ieri 1' altro, adv., the day
before yesterday.
igndbile, adj., ignoble.
il, art. m., the.
imbarazzo, m., trouble, en-
cumbrance.
imbarcarsi, pron. v., to em'
' bark.
immagine,/, image.
immediatamente, adv., at
once.
208
INDEX TO VOCABULARY. — ITALIAN WORDS.
IMMEKGEKE.
immergere, irr.v.,to dip into.
impadronirsi, pron. v., to
take possession.
impallidire, 'v-, to become
pale.
imparare, v., to learn.
mpedire, «•. to impede.
mpellere. "'»*• ^-^ to impel.
impdrre, irr. v., to impose.
Importante, adj., important.
impossibiie, adj., impos-
sible.
inanellato, part., curled.
incapace, adj., incapable.
incendio, m.,fire, conjlagra-
tion.
inchidstro, ink.
incontrare, v., to meet.
incdrrere, i^'f. v., to incur.
indigestidne, /•, indiges-
tion.
indirizzarei f^-, to show the
way, to address.
infastidirsi, pron. v., to be-
come /astidious.
infatti, conj., in fact.
infelice, adj., unhappy.
infingardaggine, /.. lazi-
ness.
infingardo, adj., lazy.
infdndere, v., to infuse.
ingannarej v., to deceive.
ingannarsi, pron. v., to be
mistaken.
ingegnere, m., engineer.
IngMlterra, /., Kytgland.
ingiiiottirej ^ . to swallow.
Inglese, adj., Jinglish.
innocente, adj., innocent.
innocenzai /•. innocency.
insalata, /-, salad.
insegnare, v., to teach.
inseguire, v., to pursue.
insisme, adv., together.
insultaret v., to insult.
inSUltOi in., insult.
integrO) adj., honest.
intenderei f-. to understand.
intero, adj., whole.
intimo, adj., intimate.
intdrno (ail')) adv., around.
intraprendere, v., to un-
dertake.
intrapresa,/-. undertaking.
inusatOt adj., unusual.
inutile, adj., useless.
invadercj «•« to invade.
inveccMare, v-. to become
old.
inverno, in., winter.
invitare, ^-j to invite.
invitatO, part., invited.
invito, m., invitation.
ire, irr. v., to go.
irresistibilmente, adv., ir-
raistibly.
Italia, /., Italy.
Italiano, adj., Italian.
MALINCUOBE.
la, art. J., the.
la, adv., there.
ladro, wi., thief.
lagO, wi., lake.
lamento, w., complaint.
lampadaj/-, lamp.
lampeggiare, imp. v., to
lighten.
lanterna, /., lantern.
largOj adj., wide.
lasciare, ^^ to leave, to let.
Latino, adj., Latin.
lato, m., side.
latte, m., milk.
lavorare, ^-j to work.
ledere, irr. v., to hurt.
legge, /•, law.
leggere, irr. v., to read.
legno, '«•» uooJ.
ledne, m., lion.
lettera,/., letter.
lettO, n- m., bed.
\QttViX2i,f; lecture.
levante, m., east.
lezidne, /•, lesson.
liberamente, adv.,fredy.
liberate, "v-, to free.
WhQXtk^f; freedom, liberty.
libraio, m., bookseller.
libreria, /., library.
libro, wi., book.
licere, irr. v., to be allowed.
lingua, /•> language, tongue.
liqudre, w., liquor.
lira,/- (Italian money, about
10 pence).
lodare, ""-, to praise.
Lombardia, /•, Lombardy.
Ldndra,/., London.
lontano, adj. and adv., far.
lucerej irr. v., to shine.
lucrative, adj., lucrative.
Luglio, m., July.
LuiSa,./-> Louise.
lume, m., light.
Itina,/., moon.
lungO, adj., long.
lungO, adv., along.
ludgo (in), adv., instead.
lupo, m., wolf.
M.
maccherdne, m., maccaroni.
madre, /-, mother.
maestro, m., master.
magazzino, wi., warehouse.
magnifico, adj., magnifi-
cent.
mai, adv., ever.
malattia, /.. illness.
male, «• m., evil.
male, adv., badly.
malfcrado, adv., in spite.
malincudre (a), unwill-
ingly.
MONTAGNA
male, adj., bad.
mancare, v., to fail, to
want.
mandare, ^-i to send.
mangiare, i'-. to eat.
manica, /•. sleeve.
mano,/-> hand.
mano, tener, irr. v., to help.
maravigliarsi, pron. v., to
be astonished.
marciare, v-. to march.
mare, m., sea.
margheritina, /., daisy.
Maria, Jlary.
marinaro, ni., sailor.
maritarsi, pron. v., to get
married.
marmo, ni., marble.
Marzo, »«., March.
msLScella., f, jaw.
maschera, /•, mask.
mattina, /-, morning.
mature, adj., ripe.
mediante, adv., by means.
medicina,/-, medicine.
medico, m., physician.
megliOj adv. and n.m., better.
mela,/., apjiie.
memdria, f, memory.
meno, adv., less.
mente,/., mind.
mentire, v., to lie.
mercato, ni., market.
merce, /•, goods, merchan-
dise.
meritare, v., to deserve.
mescere, irr. v., to mix, tOm
prnur out.
mese, in., mouth.
mestiere, m-, handicraft.
mettere, irr. v., to put.
mezzandtte, /•, midnight.
mezzo, n. m., half; means.
mezzogidmo, m., noon.
mezzo (in), adv., in the
midst.
mezzo (per), adv., by means
of.
mica; adv., at all.
migllO, m. ipl.f), mile.
migliorarsi, pi'on. v., to im-
prove.
miglidre, adj., better.
mignolo, adj., little {finger).
Milano, /•, Milan.
mille, adj., thousand.
ministro, m., minister.
miniitOj ■«., minute.
mischiare, v., to mix.
miseria, /•, poverty, misery.
mdbile, m., furniture.
modestia, f., modesty.
modesto, adj., modest.
mddo, m., way, manner.
m6glie, f, w{fe.
mdlto, adv. ai)d adj., much
many.
montagna, /•. mountain.
INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ITALIAN WORDS.
209
montarei i'-. ^ ascend.
mdntei '»•. mountain.
Monte Bianco, m., ifont
Blanc.
M6nte Eosa, m., Monte
Bosa.
mdrdere, v., to bite.
morire, irr. v., to die.
mortale, aOj., mortal.
mdrte, /•, death.
mdstra, /., show.
mostrare, ^'-^ to shoto.
motivO) m., cause, motive.
mure, m., wall.
musica,/-, music.
mataret ^'-i to change.
N.
Napolefine, m.. Napoleon.
narrare, <-'•» to relnte.
natale, adj., native.
nasc6ndere» irr. v., to hide.
nave, /•, skip.
nazidne, ./■, nation.
ne, adv., nor.
necessario, adj., necessary. \
negare, v., to deny.
negligere, irr. v., to neglect. \
negoziante, m., merchant. \
negdziOi m.,tcarekouse,busi- •
ness. \
nemico, m., enemy.
nemmeno, adv., not even.
nero, adj., black.
nesstino, adj., nobody.
neve, /•. snoiv.
nevicare, imp. v., to snoiv.
niente, m,., nothing.
nipdte, m., nephew.
ndbile, adj., noble.
ndccioio, m., stone (of fruit).
ndce, m. and/., walnut-tree,
icalnut.
nddo, m., knot.
ndia,/-. bother, spleen.
nommare, v., to name.
nominato, part., named.
non, adv., no.
nondimeno, conj., neverthe-
less.
ndnna, /.. grandmother.
ndnno, m., grandfather.
ndrd, m., north.
notizia, /•, notice, news.
ndtte, /., night.
novella, /•. novel, news.
nulla, pron., nothing.
numerdso, adj., numerous.
nudcere, i^-, to injure, to be
hurtful.
nudva, n.f.,news.
nndvo, adj., new.
0, conj., or.
obbediente, adj., obedient.
obbligare, v., to oblige.
PAKLARE.
Obliare, v., to forget.
OCCasidne, /•> chance, occa-
sion.
dcchi (a Quattro), adv.,
privately.
dcchio, m., eye.
occdrrere. imp. v., to be
wanted.
OCCUpatO, part., busy.
odiare, v-. to hate.
oflfendere, v., to offend.
offerta, /-.q/rer.
offeSO, part., ojl'ended.
offrire, "■'■• ^j-. to offer.
dggi, adv., to-day.
dgni, adj., each, every.
dgni qual vdlta, adv., when.
ever.
oh ! interj., oh .
Olanda, /•, Holland.
dlio, wi., oil.
dltre, ouiv., besides.
ombrello, m., umbrella.
onesta,./-, honesty.
onestamente, adv., honestly.
OneStO, adj., honest.
onorare, ^'j to honour.
dnta (ad), adv., in spite.
dpera, /•, opera.
oppressdre, m., oppressor.
opprimerei irr.v., to opp^tss.
dra, «•, hour; adv., now.
oratdre, m., orator.
ordinare, ^'v to order.
drdine, w > order.
Orecchino, m., earring.
orecchio, m., ear.
ormai, oramai, adv., now,
henceforth.
dro, m., gold.
oroldgio, m., watch.
Orribile, adj., horrible.
drto, m., fruit-garden.
OSare, i*-. to dare.
Ospedale, m., hospital.
dsso, m., bone.
OStacolo, m,., obstacle.
osteria, /•, inn.
ostinato, p- adj., obstinate.
dzio, m.., laziness.
ozidso, adj., lazy.
padre, m, father.
padrdne, m., master, owner.
paese, wi., country.
paga, /., pay.
pagare, v., to pay.
pagina, /•, page.
Palazzo, m,., palace.
pane, '«•. bread.
parCO, m.,park.
pareccM, adj., several.
parere, wi., opinion.
parere, "•> to seem.
Parigi,/., Paris.
parlare, v., to speak.
pardla, /•, v;ord.
parte, ./•. part, side.
partenza, /•. departure.
partire, '<■'■, to depart.
partita, /•, party, game.
partito, m., profit.
passare, ^'-^ to pass.
passato, part., past.
passeggiata,/-, passeggio,
m., walk; promenade.
passeggiare, 'o-, to prome-
nade.
passero, m., sparroio.
patria, /•. fatherland.
paura, /., fright, (far) to
frighten.
pazienza, /•, patience.
peCCatO, m., sin.
pecora, /•, sheep.
peggio, adv., worse.
peggiorare, v., to become
tvorse.
peggidre, adj., worse.
pelle, /■, skin.
penisola, /•» peninsula.
penna, /•, pen.
pensare, v.,.to think.
pentirsi, pron. v., to repent
VeT, prep, for.
pera, /•, pear.
perche, adv., uhy, and ((nij.
because.
percio, conj., t'lerefore.
percnotere, irr. v., to strike
perdere, ^'-j to lose.
perdita, /•, loss.
perdonare, v., to pardon.
pericoio, '"•, danger.
pemifcSSO, ni., permission
leave.
pennettere, irr. v., to allow
pero, eorij., however.
persdna,/-, person.
persdna (in), adv., per-
sonally.
perveniro, irr. v., to succeed.
pesante, adj., heavy.
pesca, /•, pach.
peace, m.,fsh.
petizidixe, f-, petition.
petto, m., chcsi,
piacere, n. m., pleasure.
piacere, v., to piecLst
piangere, irr. t , to cry.
piano, n. m., floor.
piano , adj.., slow, foft. giii>-t.
pianofdrte, m., piano.
pianta, /•■ t-iant.
piantO, m., crying [Uie).
piattO, m , plaie, dish.
piccolo, at^lj., small.
piede, m.,fbot.
piedi (in), adv., standing.
pieno, adj., full.
Pietro, m., Peter.
pidggia,/., rain.
pidvere, imp. v., to rain.
l>ipa„f,pipe.
210
INDEX TO VOCABULAKTES. — ITALIAN WORDS.
pittdre* m., painter, m.
pittrice, /•, painter,/.
pittura, /., painting.
piu, adv., more.
piuttSstO, conj., rather,
sooner.
p6co« adj. and adv., little,
few.
pdco (fra)} a<^u-. presently.
p6co a POCO, adv., little by
little.
podagra, /•. gout.
podere> "i-» estate.
poesia, /•, poetry.
p(Ji, adv., afterwards.
pollticOi adj., political.
poltr6ne) w., coward.
pdlvere,/-. dust, gunpowder.
p6polO) m., people.
p6rre» i^^- i^m to put.
pdrta, /•, door.
portare, v., to bring.
possedere, irr.v., to
possentei a->j., powerful.
pOSSlbile, adj., possible.
possibilmente, adv., pos-
sibly.
p6sta, /•, post-office.
pdsta (a bella), adv., on
purpose.
p6sto» wi., place, situation,
room.
potere, i^r. v., to be able.
pdvero, adj., poor.
pdzzo, ni., a well.
pranzare, ^"•. to dine.
pranzo, w-? dinner.
pratOi ni., field, grass-plot,
meadow.
preferire, v., to prefer.
pregare, '"•, to pray.
premiaret ■"•» to reward.
preiuio, prize, reward.
prendere, irr. v., to take.
preparatO, part., prepared.
preSSO, adv., near.
prestare, v., to lend.
presto, adv., soon.
presto (far), to be quick.
prete, m., priest.
prevedere, irr. v., to fore-
see.
prigidne, /•. prison.
prigioniero, m., prisoner.
prima, adv., before.
primavera, /•. spring.
principale, adj., principal.
probabile, adj., probable.
probabilmente, adv., pro-
baldy.
procedere, ''•. to originate,
n. TO., behaviour.
procinto (in), adv., on the
point.
professidne, /•. profession.
profitto, TO., profit.
profdndo, adj., deep.
prOmeSSO, jnir^, promised.
RAP PRESENTA ZIONE.
promettere, irr. v., to pro-
mise.
promudvere, irr. v., to pro-
mote.
prdntO, a<1J., ready.
pronunciare, v., to pro-
nounce.
propdsitO (a), adv., regard-
ing, concerning.
propdsta^, /•, proposal.
proprieta, /•, property.
prordmpere, irr. v., to burst
forth.
prdssiino,,m., neighbour.
prdssimo, adj., next, nearest.
proteggere, irr. v., to pro-
tect.
provenire, irr. v., to origin-
ate.^
proverbio, m., proverb.
provincia,/-, province.
provvedere, irr. v., to pro-
vide.
prudente, adj., prudent.
pubblico, adj., public.
pugno, m., fist.
punire, v., to punish.
punto, adv., at all.
purche, conj., provided.
pure, conj., however.
quadr#, rn., painting.
qua e la, adv., here and there.
qualche Cdsa,/-, something.
qualunque, adj., whatever.
QUando, adv., when.
quanto, adv., how much.
quanto prima, adv., as soon
as possible.
quanttinque, conj., however.
quasi, conj., nearly.
quassu, adv., up here.
quello, adj., that.
quercia, /•, oak.
questO, adj., this.
qui, adv., here.
R.
raccdgliere, irr. v., togather.
raccomandare, «-. to recom-
mend.
raccomandazidne, /- re-
commendation.
raccontare, v., to relate.
rado (di). adv , seldom.
raffiredddre, m., cold.
ragazzo, m., boy , -a,/-, girl.
raggiungere, irr. v., toover-
taJce.
ragidne,/-, reason.
ragno, tn., spider.
raflegrarsi, pron. v., to re-
joice.
rappresentazidne, /•, re-
presentatiun.
rasente, adv., near, along.
re, m,., king.
recitare, i'-. to recite.
regale, m., present.
regalare, i^-, to make a pr^
se7it.
regalatp, part., presented.
reg^imentO, m., regiment,
regina., f, queen.
relazidne,/-, relation.
rendere, irr. v., to give back.
rendita, /•» rent, income
RenOj fn., Rhine.
riaccendere, irr. v., to light
again.
riaggiustare, v., to readjust.
ribellatO, part., rebelled. .
ricchezza,/-, riches, wealth.
riCCO, adj., rich.
ricevere, «•, to receive.
ricliiedere» irr. v.,. to re-
quest.
richiesta,/., re/^west.
ricompensare, v., to reward.
ricondscsre, irr. v., to recog-
nise.
ricordarsi, pron. v., to re-
member. I
ricdrrere, irr. v., to have
recourse.
ridere, irr. v., to laugh.
ridurre, irr. v., to reduce.
riflettere, irr. v., to reflect,
to refract.
rilticere, irr. v., to shine.
rimanere, irr. v., to remain.
rimproverare, v-, to re-
proach.
rincrescere, irr. v., togrieve.
ringraziamento, m.,thanks.
ringraziare, v-. to thank.
ripellere, irr. v., to repel.
riposarsi, pron. v., to rest.
ripulire, v., to polish again.
riscudtere, irr. v., to collect,
to move.
risdlvere, irr. v., to resolve.
risdrsa, /•, resource.
rispfttare, v., to respect.
rispetto, m., respect.
rispetto (in), adv., regard-
ing.
rispdndere, irr. v., to reply.
ritardo, m., delay.
ritornare, i'-, to return.
ritdrno, rn., return.
riuscire, irr. v., to succeed.
rdba,/-, goods, property.
Rdma,/., Jiome.
rdmpere, irr. v., to break.
t6sb.J; rose.
Rosina,/-. ^lose.
rdsso, adj., red.
rotoldni, adv., rollin^f,
sprawling.
rovinare, '^■■, to ruin.
rubare, '^'•» to steal.
ruggire, v-. to roar
INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ITALIAN WORDS,
211
romfire, "»•> rumour, noise.
Hussia.,/; Russia.
s.
sa.cc6cci&, f; pocket.
Saffo,/-, Sappho.
gala, /•» hall, drawing-room.
salamG) '»•> ham.
saliret v., to ascend.
salmo, m., psalm.
salutare, i'-, to salute.
salute, /•, health.
salvare* v., to save.
Sant' Alexia, /•, Saint Ee-
lenu.
saperei irr. v., to know.
sapone, m., seap.
sarto, m., tailor.
sasso, «»., stone.
sasso, di, adv., astonished.
Sassdnia, /•- Saxony.
aatirSL, /-, satire.
Sbalordito, part., fright-
ened.
sbarazzare* ""•. to clear (the
' table).
scacciare, v., to expel.
SCaCCOt "»•> cliess.
SCala, /•, steps, stairs.
scalma.ta., /-, stairs.
Scarpa, /•, shoe.
scatola,/-, ?>oa;-
scegliere, "■^- '"■, to choose.
SCellmo, m., shilling.
scendere, i^r. v., to descend.
SCimmia,,/-, monkey.
SCidgliere, irr. v., to untie.
sciupare, v., to waste.
SCOlare, '»• a.n6f., pupil.
sconimettere, irr. v., to bet.
SCOnfiggere» irr. v., to de-
feat.
SCOnnettere, irr. v., to dis-
join.
8C6pOi "*•» goal, end.
SCdrgere, 'v-, to perceive.
SCOrrere, irr. v., to run over
(a book).
8C6rSO, part., past.
SCrittO, part., written.
SCrivere, irr. v., to write.
SCudOt »«••. shield, dollar,
crown.
acxL6la.,f, school.
Seuro, adj., dark.
scusare, ^^-j to excuse.
sdegno, wi., wrath.
sdmcirei irr. v., to tear, to
rend.
Se, conj., if.
sebbene, conj., although.
secCO, adj., dry.
Secolo, m., century.
Secondo, conj., agreeably.
sedere, irr. v., to sit.
sedia, /•, chair.
10
segnire, ^j-. to follow.
sella, /•, saddle.
sembrare, ^'•. to seem
seminare, v-, to sow.
sempre, adv., always.
sentmella,/-. sentinel
sentire, v., to feel.
sentirsi, pron. v., to feel.
senza, conj., without.
seppellire, irr. v., to bury.
sera,, f, evening.
seriamente, adv., seriously.
Serio, adj., serious.
Serva, /•> maid-servant.
servit6re, m., servant.
servire, ^-j to serve.
ServOf m., servant.
aeta., f; silk.
sete,/-. thirst.
Settembre, m., September.
settimana,/-, u-eefc.
severamente, adv., se-
riously.
severe, adj., serious, severe.
Sicuro^ adj., safe.
sicurta,/-, safety.
Slgaro, m., cigar.
signdra,/-, J^rs., lady.
signdre, m., Mr., gentleman.
sino, adv., until.
situate, part., situated.
smemoratO, adj., forgetful.
soccdrrere, irr. v., to help.
Sofia., f~, Sophia.
soffrire, irr. v., to suffer.
soggiogare, v., to subdue.
soggiungere, irr. v., to add.
SOgnare, v., to dream.
SOldatO, m., soldier.
s61do, m., halfpenny.
sdle, m., sun.
solera, irr. v., to be accus-
tom^.
sdlito, part., used.
s61ito (per), generally.
s61o, adj., alone.
SOltantO, adv., only.
soprawlverei irr. v., to
survive.
s6rdo, adj., deaf.
sorella, /■, sister.
SOrpreSO, "^rt, surprised.
sorrider to smile.
sortirBt " * 90 out.
sospend e, ■"•. to suspend.
sostenere, irr. v., to up-
hold.
s6ttO, adv., under.
sottomettere, irr. v., to
submit.
sovente, adv., often.
sowenirsi, pron. irr. v., to
remember.
spada, /..siford.
Spagna, /., Spain.
spafla, /•» shoulder.
spazzare, v-. to sweep.
Bpazzola, /• brush.
SpeCChio, ♦»•. looking-glass.
spedire, ''^•» to send.
Spegnere, irr. v., to extin-
guish.
Spendere, irr. v., to spend.
sperare, v-. to hope,
Spesso, adv., often.
speziale, m., chemist.
spQla, /., pin.
splenddre, m., splendour.
8p6sa, /•, bride.
Stamattina, f, this morn-
ing.
StancO, adj., tired.
stassera,/-. this evening.
stare, irr. v., to stand.
Btatua., f, status.
statuetta,/-, little statue,
sta.zi6ne, f, station.
Stella, /., star.
StellatO, adj., starry.
Sterlino, adj., sterling.
stimare, v., to estimate.
stivale, m., boot.
stdria, /•, history, novel,
fable.
Strada, /•. street, road.
straripare, '^•i to overflow.
stride, »»•, shout.
Studente, m. and /., student.
studiare, v-, to study.
studio, m., study.
studio (a bello), adv., pur-
posely.
Studidso, adj., studious.
StufatO, m., stew.
stupido, adj., stupid, silly.
su, adv. and prep., above,
upon.
subire, ■"-. to undergo.
SUbitO, adv., at once.
succedere, ■"•. to succeed.
SudditO, m., subject,
SUdicio, adj., dirty.
sufficienza, /-, sufficiency.
suggere, irr. v., to suck.
SUgO, m., juice.
suonare, v., to play.
superbo, adj., proud.
SUPp6rre, irr. v., to suppose
SUPpdstO Che, con;-, pro-
vided.
svegliarsi, pron. v., to
awake. |
Svizzera, /•# Switzerland.
tagliare, v., to cut.
tale, adj., such,
tanto, adv., as much.
tanto Quanto, adv.,<tsmxuh
as.
tardi, adv., late.
ti8Ca,f; pocket.
tastdni, adv., groping.
tavola, f; tat>te.
212
INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ITALIAN WORDS.
tazza,/., cup.
te, m., tea.
teatro, m., theatre.
TedeSCO, m., 'German.
temere, v., to fear.
tempesta,/.. tempest.
tempO) ™-» time, iveather.
tenere, i^r. v., to hold.
tener c6nto, irr. v., to
vatue.
tener mano, irr. v., to help.
teiidre« w., teiior.
tergere» »''''• '''•. to wipe, to
dry.
tennine» wi-. position.
terra, /•, earth.
i^ita.tf.,head.
teste, adv., lately.
tetto, m., roof.
tirare, v., to blow (of winds).
Torino,/.. Turin.
t6rre, irr. v., to take.
t6rre, «•/•> tower.
tdrto, '"•> wrong.
tosare, ■"•» to shear.
tOSSire, ^.» to cough. *
t6st0, cidv., soon.
traditdra,/, traitress.
traditdre, w., traitor.
tradtirre, irr. v., to trans-
late.
trarre, irr. v., to draw.
trascuraggine, /•. careless-
ness.
tributo, wi-j tribute.
trdno, in., throne.
tr6ppo, adv. and adj., too
much ; too many.
trovare, v., to find.
tuonare, imp. v., to thun-
der.
TurCO, m., Turk.
tuttavia, conj., still.
tuttOi adj., all.
u.
ubbidire, v., to obey.
nbbriacarsi, pron. v., to get
drunk.
nbbriaco, adj., drunk.
nccidere, irr. v., to kill.
adire, irr. v., to hear.
ultimo, adj., last.
nmido, ctd?-, damp.
umdre, wi., humour.
angere, irr. v., to anoint.
nniCO, adj., only one.
Udmo, »!•. man.
U6V0, m. (pi. uova), egg.
urtare, v., to hurt.
USCire, irr. v., to go out.
USlira,/-, usury.
utile, adv., useful.
ny&,f, grape.
vacanza,/-. vacancy; holi-
days.
valere, irr. v., to be worth.
Valdre, rn,., valour.
Valordso, adj., valorous.
vantaggio, m., advantage.
vantarsi, pron. v., to boast.
vapdre, w., steam.
vascello, w., ship.
vecchio, adj., old.
vece (in)j cuiv., instead.
vedere, ^rr. v., to see.
vedtita,/., view.
vegliare, v., to watch.
vendere, v-> to sell.
vendicarsi, pron. u to
avenge oneself.
vendita, /•, sale.
Venezia,/., Venice.
venire, '>'rr. v., to come.
ventOi >»•> witid.
ZUCCHERO.
verbo, »»., verb.
vergognarsi, pron. v., to im
ashamed.
verita,/., truth.
vero, adj., true. .
verso, adv., towards.
vetro, f",., glass,
via,, f, way, road.
via, adv., away.
viaggiare, v., to travel.
viaggiatdre, m., traveller.
Viaggio, 111., travel.
vicmo, adv., near.
vicino, adj., neighbouring.
villaggio, w-> village.
vincitore, wi-. victor.
vino, wi., wine.
vidla, /., violet.
virtii,/-. virtue.
visita, /•, visit.
visitare, v-. to visit.
vista, /•» sight, view.
vita,/., life.
Vittdrio, Victor.
viva vdce (a) adv., by word
of mouth.
vivere, irr. v., to live
Vizio, m., vice.
vdce;/, ■voice.
vdglia, /., wish.
volentieri, adv., imlUngly.
VOlere, irr: v., to be willing.
vdlf ere, irr. v., to turn.
volume, in., volume.
vudto, adj., empty.
zia, /, aunt.
zio, m., uncle.
zitto, interj., hush !
zolfanello, m., match.
zdppo, adj., lame.
ZUOOhero, m., sugar.
INDEX II. TO VOCABULAEIES.
ENGLISH WORDS.
aMe, to he, v., potere.
about, od^-f circa.
above, cui^-, su, sdpra.
absolutely, ad'"-> assoluta-
mente.
absolve, to, v., assdlvere.
accept, to, v., aggradire.
accompany, to, v., accom-
pagndre.
account, n.y'cdnto.
accordijlg, adv., gidsta.
accumulate, to, v., ammas-
sdre.
accustomed, to be, «• so-
lere.
ache, n.,dol6re._
ache, to, v., dolere.
action, n.,azi6ne.
actor, n., attdre.
actress, «•. attrice.
add, to, v., arrogere.
address, to, '"•. indirizzdre.
adduce, to, i^-, addilrre.
admire, to, ^-i ammirdre.
admit, to, v., ammettere.
adulator, «-. adulatdre.
advance, to, v., avamdrsi.
advantage, «•> vantdggio.
advice, n., consiglio.
advice, to, i-'-j consiglidre.
advise, to, v., awisdre.
affectionate, adj-, affet-
tudso.
affirm, to, v., affermdre.
affix, to, v.,affiggere.
Africa, "•, Africa.
afterwards, adv.,p6i, ddpo.
against, o^v., c&ntro.
age, «•, eia.
agio, "•» cdnibio.
agreeably, adv., secdndo, di
budn grddo.
agree, to, v., convenire.
agreement, **•> accdrdo.
Albert, «•» Alberto.
allow, to, v., permettere.
all, at, od^; affdtto.
all four, on, adv., carpdni.
allowed (to be), v., permH-
tersi, licere.
alms, «•, elemdsina.
alone, cuZ/-. solo.
ASTOXISHED.
along, a<^*-. rasente, lungo.
already, odv., di gid.
also, conj., dnche.
although, conj., sebbene,
always, adv., sempre.
America, n., America.
among, prep.,fra, tra.
amuse, to, v., dicertire.
amusement, «•, diverti-
mento.
ancestor, «-, antendto.
and, conj., e.
angle, n., dngolo.
angry, to get, v., arrdb-
bidrsi.
annoy, to, v., annoidre.
Anthony, n., Antonio.
applauded, part., applau-
dito.
appearance, «•, aspetto.
apple, «•. mela.
approach, to, v., awici-
ndrsi.
April, n., Aprile.
architect, m., architetto.
arm, «•, brdccio.
army, n., esercito.
Amo, n., A'rno.
around, adv., dintdrno, in-
tdrno.
arrest, to, v., arrestdre.
arrive, to, v.. arrimre.
art, n., arte.
ascend, to, v., ascendere.
ashamed, to be, «-, vergo-
gndrsi.
ashore, to go, v., approddre.
as far as, adv., f 1710 a.
Asia, n., A'sia.
ask, to, «•, domanddre.
asleep, to fall, v., addor-
mentdrsi.
as much, adv., tdnto.
as much as, adv., tdnio
qudnto.
as soon as, adv., appSna.
as soon as possible, adv.,
qudnto prima.
assurance, «•> assicurazidne.
assure, to, v., assicurdre.
astride, adv., cavalcidni.
astonished, to be, v., mara-
viglidrsi.
astonished, adv., di sdsso.
BET.
at all, adv., piinto.
attention, »*•» attemidne.
attentive, adj., attento.
attract, to, v., attrdrre.
August, n., Agdsto.
aunt, «•> lia.
Austrian, adj., AustrCaco.
author, n., autdre.
autumn, n., autdnno.
avaricious, adj., avdro.
avenge, to, v., vendicdre.
awaj^e, to be, «-. awedcrsi.
away, adv., via.
B.
baby, «•, bambino.
bad, adj., cattivo, mdXo.
badly, adv., mMe.
ball, «•♦ bdllo.
banker, «., banchiere.
baptism, n-, battesimo.
baroness, «•» baronessa.
battle, «•. battdglia.
be, to, ^'•1 essere.
beat, to, v., bdttere.
beautiful, adj., hello.
because, conj., a cdusa^
perche.
become, to, v., divenire.
become old, to, v., invec-
chidre.
beer, n., birra.
i bed, n., letto.
i before, adv., avdnti, davdnti^
prima.
begin, to, v., comincidre.
behave, to, v., conddrsi.
behaviour, «•> procedere,
conddtta.
beMnd, adv., dietro.
believe, to make, v., far
vista, jingere.
Bel^um, n., Belgio.
believe, to, 'v., credere.
belong, to, v., appartenere.
below, adv., abbdsso, giU.
benefactor, «•, benefattdre.
benevolent, adj., benevo-
lente, benevolo.
Berlin, n., Berlino.
besides, conj., dltre.
bet, to, v., scommettere.
214
INDEX TO VOCABULAEIES. — ENGLISH WORDS.
better, ckJ«-. meglio; adj.,
miglidre.
bill of exchange, «•. cam-
bidle.
bite, to, '"■^ mdrdere.
bitter, od^-, amdro.
black, adj., nero.
blame, to, v.,hiasimdre.
blind, adj., cieco.
blow, to, {oficinds) v.,tirdre.
blow, n., c6lpo.
blush, to, v., arrossire.
boast, to, v.,rantdrsi.
boat, n., battello.
boil, to, V-. hollire.
bone, «•. <^sso.
book, n., Ubro.
bookseller, n., Ubrdio.
boot, w., stivdle.
both, pron., tntrdmbi, conj.
e...e.
bother, «•. ndia.
bottle, "m bottiglia.
"boy, n., ragdzzo.
box. n., scdtola.
brain, «•> cervello. «
brandy, «•, acquavite.
Brazil, n., BrasHe.
bread, n., pdne.
breath, n.,jidto.
break, to, v., rdmpere.
breakfast, «•» colazidne.
bride, n., spdsa.
bring, to, f.. condurre.
brother, n.,fratello.
brush, n., spdzzola.
brush, to, v., spazzdre.
burn, to, «., drdere.
bury, to, v., seppellire.
burst forth, to, v.,prordm-
pere.
business, n., affdre.
busy, adj; occupdto.
butter, fi., butlrro.
butterfly, n.,farfdlla.
buy, to, v., comprdre.
by the by, conj., apropdsito.
c.
call, to, v., chiamdre.
calumniate, to, t"-. calun-
nidre.
calumny, «•» caltinnia.
canal, «•, candle
candle, w., candila.
cane, to, *•» bastondre.
capital, «., capitdle.
captain, «-. capitdno.
cards, «• (to play), carte.
care, to, «-. curdrsi.
careful, adj-, attento.
carelessness, "•, tratcurdg-
gine.
carriage, «-. carrdzta.
carry, to, v., portdre,
pase, " . cdso.
case* in, <idv., in cdso.
castle, «•. castello.
cause, n., motivo.
cat, «-, gdtto.
celebrated, part, ceUbre.
cellar, «•> cantina.
cemetery, n., cimitero.
century, «•> secolo.
certain, adj., certo.
certainly, adv., certamente,
certo (di).
chain, «•> colldna.
chair, «•> sedia.
chance, n., occatidne.
change, «•> cdmbio.
change, to, ■»•• cambidre.
Charles, «•» cdrio.
cheek, «•> gudncia.
cheese, n.,formdggio.
chemist, n., spezidle.
cherry, n., cirUgia.
chess, n., scdcco.
chest, n., petto.'.
chestnut, w., castdgna.
Chianti, '"■> chidnti.
chiffonier, «., armddio.
chimney, ^*m ciminiera.
China, «•, cina.
chocolate, w., doccoldta.
choose, to, Wm scegliere.
Christ, n., Crtsto.
church, «•, chiesa.
cigar, «., sj's'aro.
citizen, « , dttadino.
class, w., cldsse.
clear, adj., chidro.
clear, to {.the table) v., sba-
razzdre.
close, to, v., chiiidere.
coast, n., cdsta.
coat, n., dbito.
coffee, «., caff^.
cold, adj.,freddo.
cold, n., raffredddre.
collect, to, 'V; riscudtere.
colour, n., colore.
Columbus, "•. Coldmbo.
come, to, ^'•» venire.
comedy, »*•. commedia.
commit, to, v., commcttere.
Como, «•. Cbmo. .
companion, «•, compdgno. *
company, «•, compagnia.
complain, to, v., doiirsi.
complaint, "•. lamcnto.
completely, adv., completa-
mente.
complexion, n., cha.
compose, to, v., compSrre.
com.promise, to, v., compro-
vuttere.
concert, «•» conchto.
condemn, to, v.,condarindrc.
conflagration, "•, inctndio.
cons.equence, «•, const-
gui-nza.
contemporaneous, adj.,
contempordmeo.
content, adj., cqntento.
continuous, adj., continuo.
contrary (on the), adv., al
contrdrio.
convenient, to be, v., con^
venire.
converse, to, v., conversdre.
copy, to, v., copidre.
corner, «•. dngoio. '^
correct, to, v., correggere.
correspond, to, v., corrU-
pondere.
corrupt, to, v., corrdmpere.
cost, to, v., costdre.
cough, to, v., tossire.
countess, n., contessa.
country, n., poise.
courage ! in terj., dnimo !
courier, «-, corriere.
courtyard, n., cortile.
cousin, n., cugino.
covet, to, v., d^isiderdre.
coward, adj., poUrdne.
Croesus, "•. ('reso.
cross, adj., arrabbiato.
crown (money), n., saido.
crucify, to, "•. crocifiggere.
CTYx to, v., pidngere.
crying (the), n.,pidnto.
cup, «•, tdzza.
curled, part., inanelldto.
cut, to, v., taglidre.
D.
daisy, "•> margheritina.
damp, adj., ihtiido.
dance, to, v., bdlldre.
danger, n.,pericoU>.
dare, to, v., osdre.
dark, adj., scuro.
daughter, n.,figlia.
day, ^'j gidrno, d\.
day, to-, adv., dggi.
day before yesterday, the,
adv., avantieri.
deaf, adj., sdrdiO.
dear, adj., cdro.
death, n., mdrte.
debt, n., dl'bito.
deceive, to, v., inganndre.
December, "•. Dicembre.
decide, to, »•, deddert.
deed, «•, azidne.
deep, adj., profdndo.
defeat, to, v., sconfiggere.
defend, to, v., di/i-mUre.
degenerate, 'o,t>. ,d€pen«rdre.
delay, «•, ritdrdo.
deny, to, v., negdre.
depart, to, v., partire.
departure, n., partcnza.
depose, to, r., depdrre.
I derive, to, "•. dcrivdre.
descend, to, '"•> disovdere.
deserve, to, v., mcrildrc.
desist, to, v., desistere.
despatch, «•, dispncdo.
despise, to, v., disprezzdre.
INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ^ENGLISH WORDS.
215
destroy, to, '"■> distrurre.
dictate, to, v., d^ttdre.
dine, to, "•. pranzdre.
dinner, n.,prd»zo.
die, to, I'm morire.
different, odj-, diverso.
differently, adv., diversa-
minte.
difficult, adj., difficile.
diligent, adj., diUgente. _
dip into, to, v., immer-
gtre.
direct, to, indirizzdre.
director, n., direttdre.
dirt/, adj., sudicio.
disagreement, «•, disac-
cordo.
dish, n.,pidtto.
dishonestly, adv., disones-
tamente.
dishonourable, adj.,
disoriorecole.
disjoin, to, v-, disgiungere.
disobedient, adj., disobbe-
itiinte.
disobey, to, v., disubbi-
dire.
dispose, to, v., dispdrre.
disposed, part., dispdsto.
dissipate, to, v., sciupdre.
distinctly, adj., distinta-
mente.
distinguish, to, v., distin-
guere.
distract, to, ■"•, distdgliere,
distrdrre.
divide, to, i'-. dividere.
do, to, v.,fdre.
do .quickly, to, v., far
presto.
doctor, n., Jottdre.
dog, «•> cd7ie.
dollar, n., sctido.
domination, fi., dominio.
done, part., fdtto.
door, n., porta.
doubt, to, I'-, dubitdre.
downstairs, adv., abbdsso.
draw, to, v., trdrre.
drawing, «., disegno.
drawing-room, n., sdla.
dream, to, v., sogndre.
Dresden, n., uresda.
dress, n., dbito.
drink, to, v., bevere, bere.
drown, to, v., annegdre.
drunk, adj., nbbridco.
drunk, part., bevuto.
drunk, to get, v., ubbria-
cdrsi.
dry, adj., secco.
dry, to, v., iergere.
duel, ^-j duello.
duet, «•, duetto.
duke, n., diica.
during, adv., durante.
dust, n., pdlvere.
duty, n., dovere.
EXTINGUISH.
E.
each, adj.,6gni.
ear, «•, orecchio.
earl, «•, cdnte.
earring, n., orecchino.
earth, n., terra.
east, n., levdnte.
easy, adj., facile.
eat, to, I'-, mangidre.
ebony, «•. ebano.
economical, adj., ecdnomo.
educated, part., educdto.
education, «•, educazidne,
egg, n., novo.
elephant, n., elefdnte.
eloquent, adj., eloquente.
elsewhere, adv., altrdce.
embark, to, v., imbarcdrsi.
embassy, w., ambascidta.
Emma, «•, E'mma.
Emmanuel, w., Emanuele.
empty, adj., vudto.
encumbrance, n., imba-
rdzzo.
enemy, «•, nemico.
engineer, «-, ingegnSre.
England, rt., IvgUilterra.
English, adj., ingle se.
enJoy, to, v., godire.
enormously, adv., enorme-
mente.
enough, adv., abbastdnza.
enough ! interj., bdsta !
enrich, to, v., arricchire.
enter, to, v., entrdre.
enterprise, «•, intrapresa.
entrust, to, v., affiddre.
equivalent, to be, v., equi-
valere.
erect, to, v., erigere.
estate, «•. podere.
esteem, to, v., stimdre.
Europe, «•. Europa.
even, conj., dnche.
eveUj not, conJ., nednche.
evening, n., sera.
evening, this, adv., stas-
sera.
ever, adv., sempre.
every, adj., 6gni.
every time, adv., dgni qudl
volta.
everywhere, adv., doviinqiie.
evil, n., mdle.
examination, n., esdme.
examiner, n., esaminutdre.
except, conj., eccetto.
exception, «., eccezidne.
excessively (of rain), adv.,
dlla^ dirotta.
exercise, n., eserdzio.
exhibition, n., esposizidne.
exist, to, v., esistere.
expel, to, v., espellere.
expect, to, v., attendersi.
express, to, v., esprtmere.
extinguish, to, v., spegnere.
extract, to, v., estrdrre.
extremely, adv., enorme-
mente.
eye, w-, <^cchio.
P.
fable, n.,fdvola, storia.
face, n.yfdccia.
fact (in), adv.,fdtti {in).
fail, to, mancdre.
faith, n.,Jede. ^
fall, to, v., cadere.
false, adj., f also.
family, n.,famiglia.
far, adj., lontdno.
far away, adv., lontdno.
fastidious (to become), v.,
infastidirsi.
father, n.,pddre.
fatherland, n.,pdtria.
fate, n.,fdto.
fault, n., cdlpa.
favour, n.,fav6re.
favour, in, adv., infavdre.
fear, n.,paura.
February, n., Febbrdio.
feel, to, v., senttre.
feign, to, v.,fngere.
fever, n.,febbre.
few (pl-), pochi.
fib, n., storiella.
field, n.,prato, campdgna.
fig, n.,fico.
fight, to, v., hdttersi.
fig-tree, n.,fico.
find, to, v., trovdre.
finger, n., dito.
finish, to, v.,finire.
fire, n.,fuoco, incendio.
fish, n., pesce.
fist, n.,pugno.
flame, n.,fidmma.
flatterer, n., adulat&re.
flood, to, v., allagdre.
floor, n., piano.
flower, n.,fi6re.
follow, to, v., seguire.
foot, n., piede.
foot, at the, adv., apple.
tot y prep., per.
foresee, to, v., preved&e.
forest, n., b6sco.
forget, to, v., oblidre.
forgetful, adj., smemordto.
fork, n.,forcketta.
fortune, n.,fortuna.
forward, adv., avdnti.
forward, to go, v., avan-
zdrsi.
franc, n., franco.
France, n., Frdncia.
Francis, n., Francesco.
free, to, v., Uberdre.
freedom, n., libertd.
freely, adv., Uberamente.
freeze, to, imp., geldre.
French, adj.,francese.
fresh, adj., fresco.
216
INDEX TO VOOABULAKIES. — ENGLISH WORDS.
friend, «-. amtco.
friendsMpi w., amicizia.
frighten, to, v., far paHra,
sbalordire.
from, prep., da.
fruit, n.,frtltto.
fruit-garden, n., 6rto.
fry, to, v.,friggere.
fulfil, to, adempiere.
furniture, w., mdbile.
future, n.,futiiro.
gain, to, v., guadagndre.
game, n., partita.
garden, »i-» giardino.
gas, n., gas.
gather, to, ■"•, raccdgliere.
general, n., generdle.
generally, adv., per sdUto.
generous, adj., generdso.
gentleman, «•> galantudmo,
signdre.
German, adj., tedisco.
Germany, n., Germdnia.
get, to, v., avere.
get ^angry, to, "o., arrab-
bidrsi.
get drunk, to, v., ubhria-
cdrsi.
get near, to, «•> amidndrsi.
get up, to, ^'■, alzdrsi.
gird, to, v., clngere.
girl, n., ragdzza.
give, to, v., dare. _
give back, to, v., rendere.
give a prize, to, v., pre-
midre.
given, part, ddto.
glad, a4j.,felice.
glass, n., bicchiere, vetro.
glove, n., gudnto.
go, to, 'V; anddre.
go away, to, v., anddrsene.
go ashore, to, v., approddre.
go down at sea, to (to
sink), v., affonddre.
go out, to, v., uscire.
goal, n., gcdpo.
83at, n., cdpro.
Od, n., Dio.
gold, n., 6ro.
good, adj., budno.
good heavens! interj., cdrpo
di Bdcco I
goodness, «•» honta.
goods, n., rdba.
gospel, n-, evangelo.
gout, n., podagra.
government, «•, governo.
governor, «•. governatdre.
grandfather, n., nvnno.
grandmother, n.,n6nna.
grant, to, v., conccdcre.
grape, n., liva.
grass, «•, trba.
grass-plot, n., prdto.
gratenil, adj., grdto.
great, adj., grdnde, endrtne.
Greek, adj., grko.
grey, adj., bigio.
grieve, to, i^-, attristdrsi.
groping, adv., tastdni.
grow, to, v., crescere.
gun, n.,jucile.
H.
habit, ft'-i abitudine.
hail, to, i'nip- v., grandindre.
hair, »'•, capello.
hali*-penny, n., sdldo.
hall, n., sdla.
ham, n., saldme.
Hamlet, «•» AmUto.
handj^-, mdno.
handicraft, «•. mestiere.
handkerchief, n.,fazzoUtto.
happen, to, v., accadere.
happened, what, n., acca-
duto.
happy, adj.,felice.
hard, adj., dilro.
haste, n.,frkta.
hasten, to, v., affrettdrsi.
hat, n., cappello.
hatter, «., cappelldio.
have, to, v., avere.
have recourse, to, v., ric6r-
rere.
head, n., testa, capo.
heal, to, v., guarire.
health, n., salute.
hear, to, «-. udire.
heart, «•> cudre.
heart, by, adv., a mmte.
heavens, good, interj.,
cdrpo di Bacco !
heavy, adj., pesdnte.
height, n., altezza.
help, to, v., iener mdno,
aiutdre.
henceforth, adv., d'dra in-
ndnzi.
Henry, n., Enrico.
here, adv., qui.
here above, adv., quassU.
here andthere,adi'.,9waeZa.
hide, to, v., nascdndere.
high, adj., alto.
history, n., stdria.
hold, to, v., tenere.
holiday, n., vacdma.
Holland, n., Oldnda.
honest, adj., oncsto, integro.
honestly, adv., onestam&nte.
honour, to, '"•> onordre.
hope, to, v., sperdre.
horrible, adj., orribile.
horse, n., cavdllo.
hospital, "., ospeddle.
hotel, n-, albcrgo.
hotel-keeper, in., albcrga-
ture.
house, n., cdsa.
how, conj., cdme.
however, conj., quantunque,
pure.
how much, adv., qudnto.
hunger, n., fame.
hunt, n., cdccia.
hurt, to, v., urtdre.
hurtful, to be, «•, nudcert.
hush ! interj., zitto I
ice, n., ghidccio.
ignoble, adj., igndbile.
if, CU7IJ., se.
ill, adj., ammaldto.
illness, n., malattta.
image, n., immdgine.
immediately, adv., stibito.
impede, to, i'-. impedire.
impel, to, ■"•> impellere.
important, adj., importdnte
impose, to, ^'-j impdrre.
impossible, adj., impossi-
bile.
improve, to, v., migliordre.
incapable, adj., incapdce.
income, n., rendita.
increase, to, v., accrescere.
incur, to, v., incdrrere.
indigestion, n.,indigestidne.
in fact, ado., infdtti.
in favour, adv., infavdre.
infuse, to, ■"-, infdndere.
inheritance, n., eredita.
injure, to, 'v., Udere.
ink, n., inchidstro.
inkstand, n., calamdw.
inn, n., osteria.
innocent, adj., innoccnte.
in place, adv., in ludgo.
inside, adv., dentro.
in spite, adv., ad dnta.
instead, adv., in ludgo.
insult, n-, instilto.
insult, to, v., insultdre.
in the midst, adv., in mezzo.
intimate, adj., intimo.
invade, to, v., invddere.
invite, to, v., invitdre.
invitation, n., invito.
invited, part., invitdto.
iron, n.,ferro.
irresistibly, adv., v-resisii-
hilmente.
Italian, adj., Italidno.
Italy, n., Italia.
January, n-, genndio.
jaw, n., masc(lla.
jewel, n.,gioi(Ilo.
Jewish, adj., giudio.
John, «•. Gioxuinni.
joiner, n.,falegnditK.
journey, «■, vidggio.
joy, n., gidia.
judge, «•, giUdice.
INDEX TO VOCABULARIES.— ENGLISH WORDS.
217
JUDGMENT.
judgment, "•. giudizio.
juice, n., siigo.
June, «-. giiigno.
July, n., liiglio.
keep awake, to, v., veghare.
kill, to, v., uccidere.
kind, adj., budno.
kindness, "-i bonta,
king, n-, re.
kitchen, «•, cucina.
kneel) to, v., genujUttere.
knife, n., coUillo.
knight, «•> cavaliere.
knot, "•> nodo.
know, to, v., sapere, cond-
scere.
known, part., saputo, cono-
sciiito.
lady, fi; signora.
lake, n , i<igo
lame, adj., zoppo.
lamp, n., Idmpada.
language, «•. lingua.
lantern, n., lanterna.
large, «<^J-. Idrgo, grdnde.
last, adj., ultimo.
last, at, adv., alia fine.
late, adv., tdrdi.
lately, ado.,p6cofa.
Latin, adj.. Latino.
laugh, to, "o-j ridere.
lawyer, n.,avvocdto.
lazy, adj., ozidso.
laziness, «•. <^2">, infingar-
ddggine.
lean, to, v., appoggidrsi.
learn, to, »'•. impardre.
learned, adj., dotto.
leave, to, v., lascidre.
leave, n., permesso.
leg, n-, gdmba.
lend, to, v.,prestdre.
less, adv., meno.
lesson, «•, lezi&ne.
let, to, v., appiggiondre.
letter, n., lettcra.
liberty, «•» Ubertd.
library, n., Ubreria.
lie, n., bugia.
lie, to, v., mentire.
life, n., vita.
light, n., lumc.
light again, to, v., riacd-n-
dere.
lighten, to, imp. v., lampeg-
gidre.
lion, n., ledne.
liqueur, «-, liquore.
listen, tO; v., ascoltdre.
little, adj., piccolo.
little, adv..pvco.
little by little, adv.,pdco a
poco.
live, to, v., vivere.
loadstone, «•- calamita.
Lombardy, n., Lombardla.
London, "•> Londra.
long, adj., lungo.
long, to, v., desiderdre.
look; to, v., semhrdre.
looking-glass, «•> specchio.
lose, to, "«;. perdere.
loss, «•> perdita.
louo, adj., dlto.
Louise, "•> Luisa.
love, «•» amore.
lucrative) adj., lucrativo.
M.
maccaroni, «•» maccherdne.
mad (,0/ a do^), adj., arrab-
biuto.
made, part.,fdtto.
make, to, v., fare.
make believe, to, v., far
vista, finyere.
make a present, to, v.,
regaldre.
man, n., udmo.
manner, n., mddo.
manufactory, n.,fdbbrica.
many, adj., moiti.
marble, «•» mdrmo.
March, n., mdrzo.
march, to, i'-. marcidre.
market, "•> mercdto.
marry, to, ^'■, marltdrsi.
Mary, n., Maria.
mask, n., mdschera.
master, n., maestro, pa-
drone.
match, «., zolfanello.
meadow, n.,prato.
me^nS) n., mezzo.
meanS) by, adv., per m^zzo.
meat, «•> cdme.
me^t) salt, "•> saldme.
medicine, **•> medicina.
meeC, to, v., incontrdre.
melt, to, '*^; fondere, di-
diaccidre.
memory, n., mente.
merchandise, «•. merce.
merchant, «•, negozidnte.
midnight, n., mezzandtte.
merry, adj., allegro.
midst, in the, adv., in
mezzo.
Milan, n., Mildno.
mile, «•, miglio.
milk, n., Idtte.
minister, «•, ministro.
minute, n., minuto.
misdemeanour, «•» delitto.
miser, n., avdro.
miseiry, «•» miseria.
misfortune, n., disgrdzia.
mistake, «•, err ore.
Mr., n-, signore.
Mrs., «•, signdra.
mix, to, n., mescere.
modest) adj., modhto.
modesty, «■» modestia.
money, n-, dandro.
monkey, n., scimmia.
Mont JSlanc, n., Moute
Bianco.
Monte Rosa, «•, Monte
Kosa.
month, n., nUse.
moon, n., liina.
moonlight, «•, chidro di
liina.
more, adv.,piu.
morning, «•. mattina.
morning, this, adv., stamat-
tina.
morrow, to-, adv., domdni.
mortal, adj., mortdle.
mother. «•, mddre.
mountain. «•, mdnte, m^n-
tdgna.
mouth, by word of, adv.,
a viva v6ce.
much, adv., assdi, molto.
much, as. adv., tdnto.
much as, as, adv., tdnto
qudnto.
much, by, adv., afirza.
much, how, adv., qudnto.
much, too, adv., trdppo.
murderer, n., assassino.
mnta&li adj., comune.
N.
name. to. *-, nomindre.
named, part., nomindto.
liapoleon, «•. Napoledne.
nation, n., nazione.
naiive, adj., natdle.
near, adj. and adv., vicino.
near, to get, i^-, awtcindrsi.
nearest, adj., prdssimo.
nearly, conj., quasi.
necessary, adj., necessdrio.
necessary, to be, v., hiso-
gndre.
need, «., bisdgno.
needle, n., ago.
neglect, to, ^-i negligere.
neighbour, n., prdssimo.
neighbouring, adj., vicino.
nephew, «•> nipdte.
nevertheless, conj., nondi-
meno.
new, adj., nudvo.
news, n., nudva, novella.
newspaper, n., giorndle.
next, adj., prdssimo.
night, n., ndtte.
noble, adj.. ndbile.
nobody, pron., nessiino.
noise, n., ruvidre.
none, pron., nessuno.
noon. "•, mezzogidiiio.
nor, adv., ne.
north, n., nord.
not) ado., non.
218
INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH WORDS.
KOTE.
note. «•> higlil'tto.
not even, od^-, nednche.
nothing, pron., nillla,niente.
now, a«y.. <^Ta, adesso.
numerous* ci,dj., numeroso.
o.
oak- n., querela.
obedient. oAJ-, uhbidicnte.
oba N tO) v., ubbidi're.
oblige, tO( v., obbligdre.
obliged, to be. ^-j dovire.
obstacle, n., ostdcolo.
obstinate, adj-, ostindto.
occasion, «•> occasidne.
occupied, part., occupdto.
of, prep., di.
olfsnd, to, '«'•. offendere.
offended, part., offeso.
offer, n., offerta.
offer, to, v., offrire.
often, adj., spcsso.
Oil! inter j., ok I
oil, n., olio.
old, adj., vecchio.
ombrella, n., omhrello.
on all fours, adv., carpdni.
only, adv., soltdnto.
only one, adj., unico.
on the contrary, adv., diver-
samente.
on the point, adv., in pro-
017) to.
on the other side, adv., al
di Id.
open, to, f., aprire.
opera, n., dpera.
opinion, n.,parere.
opposite, adv., dirimpi'tto,
Jaccia {iii).
oppress, to, «-, opprimere.
Oppressor, n., oppressdre.
or, corij., 0, od, altriminti.
orange, «•, aranda.
orator, n., oratdre.
order, "•, drdine.
order, in, adv., a fine, ajfm-
cite.
order, to, v., ordindre.
originate, to, v., procedere.
othar, adj., dltro.
Otiiers, pron., altriii.
Otherwise, conj., altrimcnti.
outside, adv.,fudri.
out, to go, v., uscire.
everbearing, «•, arrogdma.
overflow, to, v., allaydre.
overtake, to, v., raggiun-
yere.
owner. n.,padrdne.
OX, n., biie.
pa^e, «■, pagina.
pain, "•, doldre.
pain, to, v., doh're.
paint, to, '0', dipingere.
POUR OUT.
painter, n., pittrke, f., pit-
tdre, in.
painting, «-, pittura,
quddro.
palace, n., paldzzo.
pale, to become, v., impal-
lidire.
paper, n., carta.
pardon, to, i'-, perdondre.
pardon, free, «•, grdzia.
parent, n., genitdre.
Paris, n., Parigi.
park, n.,pdrco.
part, n., parte.
pass, to. "•, passdre.
past, adj., scdrso.
patience, n.,pazienza.
pay, to, v.,pagdre.
peach, n., pe'sca.
pear, n.,pf:ra.
pen, n., pinna.
Peter. «•, yikro.
pea^iant, n., contadino.
peninsula. n.,penisola.
penny (half), n-, sdido.
people, n.,pdpoio.
perceive, to, v., scdrgcre.
perhaps, conj.,fdrse.
person, n., persona.
personally, adv., inpersdna.
peruse, to, ^-i scdrrere.
petition, n-, petizidne.
piano, n., pianoforte.
pin, n., spilla.
pink, n., gardfano.
pipe, n.,p'ipa.
pity, to, '^; compidngere.
place, in, adv., in ludgo.
place, n., pdsto.
plant, n.,pidnta.
plate, n.,pidtto.
play, to, v., giocdre, giico-
cdre, suondre.
pleasant, adj., ami-no.
please, to, v., piacere.
ple,ase t6 be, ''•» compia-
cersi.
I pleasure, «•, piacere, grddo.
I plenty, adv., a bizzeffe.
) plot, grass, n., prd'to.
\ pocket, n., tasca, saccdccia.
I pocket-handkerchief, n.
fazzolttto.
poetry, n.,poesia.
poisoned, part., awelendto.
polish again, to, v., ripuUre.
political, adj., politico.
poor, adj., pdvero.
portion, n., parte.
possess, to, v., possedt'-re.
possess oneself, to, v., im-
padronirsi.
possible, adj.,possibiU.
possibly, adv.,possibilmente.
post-ofSce, n.,pdsta.
pound (money), «-, lira
sterlina.
pour out, to, v., mescere.
QUIET.
poverty, n., miseria.
powerful, adj., possmte.
praise, to, "•, loddre.
pray, to, i^-, pregdre.
prefer, to, v., preferirc.
prepared, part, prepardto.
present, "•, regdlo.
present, to make a, «,
regald7-e.
presented, part., regaldto.
presently, adv.,frapdr.o.
prevent, to, v., impedire.
priest, n.,prete.
principal, aJj.,principdle.
prison, n.,prigidne.
prisoner, n., prigionicro.
privately, adv., a qudttr'tiC'
chi.
prize, n.,premio.
prize, to give a, v., pre-
midre.
probable, adj.,probdbile.
probably, adv., probabil-
mente.
proceed, to, v., procedere.
profession, n-, professi&ne.
profit, n., profitto, partito.
promenade, n., passeggidta,
passi-ggio.
promenade, to, v., passeg-
gidre.
promise, to, v., promettere.
promised, part., promesso.
promote, to, v., promudvere.
pronounce, to, ^'•, pronun-
cidre.
proper, to be, v. imp., con-
venire.
property, n., avere, pro-
prietd.
proposal, n.,propdsta.
protect, to, v., proteggere.
proud, adj., superbo.
proverb, n., proverbio.
provide, to, v., provvedere.
provided, conj., suppdstochk,
jmrche.
province, n.,provincia.
prudent, adj., prudcnte.
psalm, n., sdlmo.
public, adj., piibblico.
punish, to, V vunire.
pupil, n., scoLdre, allievo.
purchase, to, ^^ cmnprdre.
purchase, «., cdmpra.
purpose, n., disrgno.
purposely, , adv., a billo
studio, a btllapdsta.
pursue, to, «-, inseguire.
put, to, v., mittere, pdrre.
put between, to, v., frap-
pdrre.
queen. «., regma.
quickly, adv., presto.
quickly, to do, v.,/crprigto.
quiet, a^j; zitto.
INDEX TO VOCABULAEIES. — ENGLISH WORDS.
219
R.
railway, n.,ferrovia.
rain, n.,pidggia.
rain, to, imp. v.,pwvere.
rather, covj., piuttosto.
read, to, ^'•, i^ggere.
read, part., ktto.
reading, the, letuira.
ready, adj., pronto.
readjust, to, v., riaggius-
tdre.
reason, n., ragidne.
receive, to, v-, ricevere.
recite, to, ^^ redtdre.
recognise, to, ^-j ricond-
scere.
recommend, to, '"■, racco-
manddre.
recommendation, «., rac-
coviandazione.
recompense, to, v., ricom-
pensdre.
recourse, to have, v., ricdr-
rere.
red, cu^j; rosso.
redeem, to, v., salvdre.
reduce, to, «•, ridurre.
reflect, to, v., Hjiktere.
refract, to, ^'•, rifiktere.
regarding, <^d^-^ apropdsito.
regiment, «•, reggimento.
regret, to, v.,pentirsi.
rejoice, to, t?., rallegrdrsi.
relate, to, v., narrdre, rac-
contare.
relation, «•, relazidne.
remain, to, ^'•, rimanere.
rememoer, to, v., ricor-
ddrsi.
rend, to, I'/f sdrucire.
rent, "-, fendUa.
repel, to, v., ripellere.
repent, to, v., pentirsi.
reply, to, v., rispdndere.
representation, «•• rappre-
se.ntazione.
reproach, to, v., rimpro-
verdre.
request, «•, richiesta.
request, to, ■"•, richiedere.
reside, to, v., dimordre.
residence, «•> abitazidne.
resolve, to, ^; risdlvere.
resource. «•> risdrsa.
respect, «•, rispkto.
respect, to, v., rispeUdre.
rest, to, I'-, riposdrsi.
return, n., ritdrrw.
return, to, v-, ritomdre.
revolted, part., ribdldto.
rich, adj., rkco. ^
riches, n., ricchezza.
ride, n., cavalcdta.
right, «•» diritto.
ring, n., anello.
ripe, adj., mattiro.
river, n.,fium,e.
road, n., via.
roar, to, v., ruggire.
roast, «•» arrdsto.
JEtome, "■» Rdma.
roof, n., tetto.
room, W-, cdmera, pdsto.
rose, n., rdsa.
"Rose, propern., Rdsa, Rosiiia.
ruin, to, v., rovindre.
run, to, v., cdrrere.
run away, to, v.,fuggire.
run towards, to, ^-j accdr-
rere.
Bussia, «•, Russia.
s.
saddened, to be, v., attris-
tarsi.
saddle, »i-, sella.
safe, adj., siciiro.
safety, «•» sicurta.
said, part., detto.
sailor, w., marindro.
Saint Helena} «•, 'S'a»<'
salad, n-, insaldta.
sale, «•, vendita.
salute, to, ^'•. salutdre.
Kappho, n.. Safe.
satire, «•, sdtira.
satisfied, to be, v., conten-
tdrsi.
save, to, ■"••. salvdre.
Saxony, «•, Sassdnia.
say, to, ^'•, d"e.
scarcely, co??;., a pena.
school, n., scudla.
sea, «■, mciJ-e.
see, to, ^-j vedere.
seek, to, i'-, cercdre.
seem, to, v-, parere.
seldom, adv., di rddo.
sell, to, v., vendere.
send, to, v., manddre.
sentinel, n-, sentinella.
September, n., Settembi-e.
serious, adj., severe, serio.
seriously, adv., seriamente.
servant, n., servo, servitdre.
serve, to, v., servire.
several, adj.,parecchi.
severe, adj., severo, serio.
severely, adv., severamente.
sew, to, v., cucire.
shear, to, V;, tosdre.
sheep, n.,pecora.
sheet (of paper), n.,fdglio.
shilling, n., scellino.
shine, to, «•, rilucere.
ship, n., nave, vascello.
shoe, «•> Scarpa.
shoemaker, »-, cdlzoldio.
shooting, n., cdccia.
shopkeeper, «•. bottegdio.
short, adj., cdrto.
shoulder, «•, spdlla.
shout, «•. grtdo.
STATION.
shout, to, v., griddre.
show, «•. rndstra.
snow, to, v-, rtiostrdre.
snuc, to, v., chiudere.
side, on the other, adv.,
al di la.
side, n., Idto, parte.
sight, n., vista.
sign, to, v.,firmdre.
silk, n., seta.
silly, oidj-t stiipido.
sin, n.,peccdto.
since, <^onj., gia/xhe.
sing, to, ^-j cantdre.
singer,/. «•. carUatrioe.
sink, to, v-, affonddre.
sir, «•, signdre.
sister, «•, sorella.
sit, to, ^-j sedere.
situation, «-, p(^'s<o.
situated, part., situdto.
skin, «•, i>eif€.
sleep, to, ^'•. dormire.
sleep, to fall a-, ^"-j addcr-
mentdrsi.
sleeve, «•, mdnica.
slothful, a^?-. infingdrdo.
slow, «47-, piano.
small, CKi;-. piccolo.
smile, to, ^'•, sorridere.
smith, n.,fdbbro.
smoke, n.,fumo.
smoke, to, v.,fumdre,fumi'
cdre.
snow, n., neve.
snow, to, i^P- *•, nevicdre.
so, to"i-. cosi.
soap, n-, sapdne.
soldier, «•, soiddto.
some, adj., alciino.
something. «., qudlche cdsa.
son, n.Jiglio.
song, «., canzone.
soon, at^i'-, presto.
soon, as, adv., appena.
soon as, as, odu., appena che.
sooner, con;., piuttdsto.
Sophia, n., Sirfia.
SOW, to, ^-j semindre.
Spain, n., Spdgna.
sparrow, n.,pdssero.
speak, to, ^'•, parldre.
speech, «.. discdrso.
spend, to, ^j-, spendere.
spider, «-, ragmo.
spirit, «•, dnimo.
spite, in, adv., ad dnta.
splendour, n., spUnddre.
spleen, n., ndia.
spring, primavera.
staircase, n., scalindta. '
stairs, n., scdla.
' stand to, ^'•, stdre.
standing, adv., inpiedi.
star, n., stkla.
starry, adj., stelldto.
start, to, v., avvidrsi.
station, n., stazidne.
220
INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH WORDS.
statue, n., stdtua.
statue, little, «•, statuHta.
steal, to, v., rubdre.
steam. "•> vapdre.
steel. «•. accidio.
Steeple, «-, campanile.
Sterling, (i'dJ-> sterlino.
Stew. «•, stufdlo.
stick. "•. bastone.
still, conj., tuttavia.
stir the soul, to, "•. com-
muovere.
Stock Exchange, n., Bdrsa.
stone, «•, sdsso, (of fruit)
nocciolo.
stop, to, v.,fermdrsi.
Storm, n., tempesta.
Story, n., stdria.
stranger, n.,forestiere.
street, n-, strdda.
Strike, to, f •, percudtere.
strong, adj.,f6rte.
Student. «•, studente.
Studious, adj., studioso.
study, n., studio.
study, to, V-, studidre.
stupid, adj., stiipido.
subject, n., suddito.
subjugate, to, v., soggio-
gdre.
submit, to, v., sottomettere.
succeed, to, y-j riusdre, per-
venire, succedere.
such, conj., tale.
suck, to, '0; svggere.
suddenly, adv., subito.
suffer, to, v., soffrire.
sufficient, to be, imp. v.,
bastdre.
sufficiently, adv., ahbas-
tdnza.
sugar, «■, zucchero.
summer, n., estd, estate.
sun, «•. S(jle.
sup, to, v., cendre.
supper, n., cena.
suppose, to, v., suppdrre.
surprised, part., sorpreso.
survive, to, v., soprawi-
vere.
surrender, to, v., anm-
dersi.
suspend, to, v., sosplndere.
swallow, to, «•, irighiottire.
sweep, to, 'V; .tpazzdre.
sweet, adj., dolce.
Switzerland, n. Svizzera.
swollen, adj., gdnfio.
8 3(rord, «•, ^pdda.
table, n-, tdvola.
tailor. «•. tdrto.
take, to, '"; tdrre, prcndere.
talk, to, v.,parldre.
tall, aijj., alio, grunde.
tea. ''.. '•*•
teach, to, v., insegndre.
tear. to. v., sdrucire.
tenor, n., tendre.
thanks. «-, grdzie.
thank, to. v.,ringrazidre.
thai, adj., quello.
the. art., il, lo, la, i, gli, le.
theatre. «•, tedtro.
then, adv., alldra.
there, adv., id.
therefore. conj.,percid, dun-
que.
thief. fi;_ Iddro.
thin, adj., secco.
thing. «•> cosa.
think, to. ^;. pensdre.
thirst. "•» sete.
this, adj., questo,pron., cib.
this evening, ado., stas-
sera.
this morning, adv., stamat-
tina.
thought. w-» concetto.
thousand, adj., mille.
throat, n-, gdla.
through, prep., per mezzo.
throne. «•. trdno.
throw oneself, to. gittdrsi.
thunder, to, in^jP' «•» t^o-
ndre.
thus, conj., cosl.^
ticket, n., biglietto.
time, n., tempo.
tired, part., stdnco.
to, prep., a, ad.
to-day, adv., 6ggi.
together, adv., insieme.
to-morrow, adv., domdni.
tongue, W-, lingua.
too much, adv., troppo.
tooth, n., dente.
towards, prep., verso.
towards, to run, v., accdr-
rere.
towel, «•, asciugamdno.
tower, n., tdrre.
town, n-, citta.
traitor, n., traditore.
traitress, n., traditdra.
translate, to, i^-, tradiirre.
travel, to, v-, viaggidre.
traveller, «•, viaggidto.
travel over, to, ^'•. scdr-
rere.
tree, n., drbore, dlbero.
tribute, «-, tribiito.
trouble, «•. imbardzzo.
true, adj., vera.
tru|y, adv., certameiite, dav-
vero.
trust, "•. confidrnza.
trust, to, v.,'f,ildrsi.
truth, n., vcritd.
Turin, «•. Torino.
turkey (fowl), w., galHndc-
cio.
Turkish, adj., liirco.
turn, to, '••. vdl-gere.
u.
ugly, adj., hrdtto.
uncle, w., zio.
under, adv., sdtto.
undergo, to, v., sublre.
understand, to, ■"., capire,
intendere.
undertake, to, v., intra-
prendere.
undertaking, «•» intra-
presa.
unhappy, adj., infelice.
untie, to, f-, sciogliere.
until, adv., sino.
unusual, adj., inusdto.
unwillingly, adv., a malin-
cudre.
up, to get, v-, alzdrsi.
uphold, to, v., sostenere.
upon, prep., su, sopra.
uproot, to, I'-, svellere, diveU
lere.
US^pron., ndi, ci.
used, adj., sdlito.
useful, adj., Utile.
useless, adj., inutile.
usually, adv., spesso.
usury, n., usiira.
vacancy, n-, vacama.
valour, n., valdre.
valorous, adj., valordso.
value, to, ^'m tener cdnto.
various, culj-t diverso.
Venice, «•» venezia.
verb, n-, verbo,
very much, adv., mdlto.
very much (of rain), adv.^
alia dirdtta.
vice, «•» "oizio.
Victor, n., Vittorio.
victorious, adj., vincitdre.
view, "•, ^'ista.
village, "•, villdggio.
violet, "•. vidla.
virtue, "•. virtit.
visit, «•, visita.
voice, "•, ff^ce.
volume, «•. volume.
w.
wait. to. v., aspettdre.
waiter. "-, cameriere.
waiting, adv., a bdda.
waitress, "•, cam^riera.
wake up. to, v., svegUdrsi.
walk, «•, passeggidta, paa-
srggio.
walk, to, ''•. camminiirc.
wall, "•, muro.
walnut, "•.■»'rfcc.
want, «•. bisdgno.
INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH WORDS.
221
want, tO» ^'•> abbisogndre,
mancdre.
war, n., guhrra.
warehouse, "•. magazzino.
warm, oA)-, cdido.
watch, n-. orolugio.
watch, to, ■"•. veglidre.
water, n.,dcqua.
wax, n., cera.
way, to show the, v., in-
dirizzdre.
way, «•» ''^w*. tnddo.
weak, adj., debole.
weather, «•, tempo.
week, n., settimdna.
well, n.,pdzzo.
well, adv., bene.
what, pron., che c6sa.
whatever, pron., checcke.
wheat, n., grdno.
when, adv., qudndo.
whence, adv., dnde, d&nde.
where, adv., 6ve, dove.
white, adj., bianco.
whole, adj'i inter 0, tMto.
WOKK.
whosoever, pron., chidnque.
why, adv.,perche.
wide, adj., largo.
Vnfe, n., mdglie.
wife, to take a, 'y . ammo-
glidrsi.
Will, «•. grddo.
William, «-, Gugllelmo.
willingly, adv., volentHri.
wind, n , vento. ^
window, n.,Jinestra.
wine, n-> '"ino.
winter, «•, inverno.
wipe, to, v., tergere.
wish, n., vdglia.
wish, to, "w . desiderdre.
with, prep., con.
without, conj., senza.
wolf, n., liipo.
woman, n., donna.
wood, ri., bdsco. legno.
word, n.,pardla.
word of mouth, by, adv.,
a viva vdce.
work, to, v., lavordre.
worse, adj., peggiore.
worse, adv., prggio.
worse, to become, "o., peg-
giordre.
worth, to be, '"-, vaUre.
wound, n.,ferita.
wound, to, v.,ferire.
wrath, «•, sdegno.
wrinkled, part., aggrimito.
write, to, '»■, scrivere.
written, part, scritto.
wrong, «•, torto.
year, «•. anno.
yellow, adj., gidllo.
yesterday, adv., ieri.
yesterday, the day beforei
adv., avantieri.
yet, adv., ancora.
yet, not, adv., non ancdra.
young, adj., gidvine.
youth, w., ragdzzo, giovi-
netto.
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11